Home

CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers

1. Table 66 2193F T B K C 30TGM z CH Bulletin Number Mounting Max Trip Rating NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Circuit Breaker Trip Size and Type Options Code Type Code Trip Code Line Voltage Code Circuit Breaker Trip 2193F Circuit Breaker Feeder A 125A B Up to 480V Size and Type FCB B 125A C Up to 600V See table on page 100 2193M Main Circuit Breaker C 250A 8 D 400A Code Options a Code NEMA Endosure See Options section K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with beginning on page 145 G 1200 ket T 2000 Code Mounting K 2500 A 1 12 1 top L 3000A BM Bottom Z 0 5 Space Factor 1 A T or B is required for all 2193M units and all 400A frame and larger Bulletin 2193F units 96 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB See page 96 for product description See Appendix for circuit breaker characteristics Continuous current rating based on 40 C ambient CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers e Select circuit breaker frame and trip size based upon 125 of actual load amperes Refer to NEC CEC Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative if 10096 rated circuit breakers are required Twocircuit breakers with trip current up
2. Table 164 2154 B F108 L K B 49 WW 2155 F108 L K B 49THM si c BE Bulletin Number Wiring Type Current Rating NEMA Type Line Voltage Horsepower kW Code and Options Disconnecting Means Code Type Code Current Code Line Voltage Code Options 2154 SMCFlex Soft Starter Rating P 220 2304 0 See Options section SMQ with Fusible F005 5A 2401 beginning on page 191 Disconnect F025 25 N 380v 00 2155 SMC Flex Soft Starter F043 43A m SMC with Circuit F060 60A KN 400V i Breaker F085 85 L lire F108 108 Connected _ B 480V F135 135A c 600v F201 201A 1 Units at these voltages Code Wiring Type F251 251A are not UL or C UL listed B Type B F317 317 F361 361A F480 480 A Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Horsepower kW Code and K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Disconnecting Means gasket without external reset 2154 49 49 Horsepower kW code button See table on Page 314 J NEMA Type 12 without 2155 49THM 1749 code external reset button __ Circuit Breaker See tables on pages 314 and 321 186 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2154J Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC Flex Line Connected
3. The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output Frame Rating 0 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Heavy Duty 480V SpaceFactor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 4 Program 1 1 0 5 2 0 2163RA 2P1HKB 33_ 2 0 2163RA 2P1HJB 33_ SC 1 6 0 75 2163RA 2P1HKB 34_ 2163RA 2P1HJB 34_ 2 1 1 2163RA 3P4HKB 35_ 2163RA 3P4HJB 35_ 3 0 1 5 2163RA 3P4HKB 36_ 2163RA 3P4HJB 36_ 3 4 2 2163 5 37 2163RA 5POHJB 37 5 0 3 2163RA 8POHKB 38 _ 2 5 2163RA 8POHJB 38 8 0 5 2163RA 011HKB 39 2163RA 011HJB 39 11 7 5 2163RA 014HKB 40 2163RA 014HJB 40 14 10 2163RA 022HKB 41 _ 30 2163RA 022HJB 41 _ 22 15 2 5 2163RA 027HKB 42 2163RA 027HJB 42 27 20 2163RA 034HKB 43_ 2163RA 034HJB 43_ 34 25 3 0 2163RA O40HKB 44_ 3 5 2163RA 040HJB 44_ 40 30 2163RA 052HKB 45_ 4 0 2163RA 052HJB 45 52 40 3 5 2163RA 065HKB 46 _ 2163RA 065HJB 46 65 50 6 0 20 0 2163RA 077HKB 47 6 0 25 W 2163RA 077HJB 47_ SCA 7 60 6 0 2163RA 096HKB 48 _ 6 0 2163RA 096HJB 48 96 75 2070 2163RA 125HKB 49 29 2163RA 125HJB 49 m m 2163RA 156HKB 50 iow ood 2163RA 156HJB 50_ 196 125 2163RA 180HKB 51_ 60 2163RA 180HJB 51 232 35 W 20700 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2
4. Frame Type Rating Amperes Trip Current Amperes Cables Phase Cable Wire Size Range WireType Option Number Mechanical lugs 6 TGM 125 15 125 1 14 1 0 AWG CU THM THX THML THXL 125 15 125 1 14 1 0 AWG CU TJM UX UU UML UXL WUL 1 250 70 250 1 10 250 kcmil CU 14 1 0 AWG CU AL 80A1X0 14 350 kcmil CU AL 803350 TKM TKX TKU TK 1 TK G 400 300 1 250 500 kcmil CU CU AL 803500 400 2 2 0 250 CU CU AL 808250 TMM TMX TMN TM 6 800 600 2 13 0 350 CU 250 500 kcmil CU AL 808500 800 3 12 0 350 CU 32 0 400 CU AL 80400 TNX TNN TN G 1200 400 1200 4 14 0 500 CU 4 0 500 CU AL 800500 TRUG 2000 1000 1600 4 2 600 kcmil CU AL 2000 6 2500 2500 7 3000 3000 8 Crimp Lugs TKM TKX TKU TK L TK G 400 300 400 2 250 kcmil cu 828250 300 1 500 kcmil cu 823500 300 400 2 250 kcmil 838250 300 1 500 kcmil 83 500 TMM TMX TMN TM 6 800 600 2 cu 828500 8385000 800 3 cu 825009 835000 TNM TNX TNN TN G 1200 400 800 3 cue 82C500 CU AL 836500 600 1200 4 cu 820500 CU ALU 830500 TRUG 2000 1000 2000 6 500 kcmil cu 82F500 83F500 2500 2500 7 cue 826500 836500 3000 3000 8 cue 82H500 83 500 1 Lugs are designed for use with breaker frame For lug combinations other
5. Table 24 2102L B B K B 24 6P 2103L B B K B 30THM 6P Bulletin Number Wiring Type Rating Amperes NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Type Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip Current Option and Circuit Breaker Type Code Rating Amperes Code Option Code Control Voltage Type Code Type 7 30 A 0 5 Space Factor See 0 on Page 313 ge yp See Options section beginning 2102L Full Voltage Lighting B 30A ge on Page 145 Contactor FVLC with C 60A Fusible Disconnect D 100A 2103L Full Voltage Lighting 200A Code Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Contactor FVLC with F 300A Trip Current Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Type 2102L 24J Fuse Clip Rating and Class See Table Code Enclosure Type i page 317 Code Wiring Type K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 2103L 30THM Trip Current and Circuit Breaker Type gasket See Table on page 319 and table on B Type B J NEMA Type 12 page 320 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 53 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2102L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVLC See page 53 for product description For unit sizing select unit rating based on 125 of actual load amperes Basic configuration includes three power poles and one hold in contact IMPORTANT Toaddressthe h
6. Table 61 2192F T B K C 24J 9 Bulletin Number Mounting Maximum Trip Ratings NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Fuse Clip Rating and Class Options Code Type Code Maximum Trip Code Line Voltage Code Fuse Clip Rating Ratings P 220 230V and Class 2192F Fusible Disconnect 8 30 Switch Feeder FDS E Up to 250V See Fuse Clip Sizes Type on 2192M Main Fusible Disconnect 100A 380V page 92 Switch MFDS KN 400V E 200A 415V Code B id um G 600 A C Up to 600V inni 300A beginning on page 145 Code Mounting 7 1600 atten L 2000 A Code NEMA Enclosure Type 7 0 5 Space Factor K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket 1 A T or B isrequired for all 2192M J NEMA Type 12 units and only 400A and above 2192F units Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 91 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2192F Fusible Disconnect Switch Feeders FDS See page 91 for product description Select disconnect switch rating based upon 12596 of actual load amperes Refer to NEC CEC 2192FZ Plug in unit 0 5 space factor 30 A only 2192F Plug in unit 30 200 A 2192FT Top mounted feeder 400 A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch 2192FT Top mounted feeder 600 1200 A are reverse fed connect load to top of switch 2192FB Bottom mounted feeder 400 1200 A are top fed connec
7. Table 217 2162V B 034N K B 44 14HA0 2163V B 034N K B 44THM 14HA0 Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 755 Nominal NEMA Enclosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 2162V 755 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with gasket 2162V 33 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 See Table 266 and Table 267 21630 PowerFlex 755 Variable 2163V 33THM 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code See Frequency AC Drive with Table 266 and Table 267 Circuit Breaker __ Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 322 Code Wiring Type Code Line Voltag Code Human Interface Module and B Type B B 480V Options C 600V See options section beginning on page 285 Drive Size Code Maximum Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal HP and kW Normal Duty Applications Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP 12 3 15
8. Table 46 2190 B K B 54M 860 Bulletin Number Space Factor Endosure Type Line Voltage Ammeter Scale Meter Designation Options Code Type Code Endose Type Code Ammeter Scale Code Options 2190 Metering Unit METER K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 48M 300A See Options section beginning gasket 50M 400A on Page 145 J NEMA Type 12 52M 600A 54M 800A 56M 1200A 58M 1600A Code Line Voltage 60M 12000 H 208V Code Space Factor P 220 230V 0 5 Space Factor A 2401 Code Meter Designation B 1 0 Space Factor N 380V 85AAXX Analog ammeter KN 400V 85BBXX Analog ammeter with ammeter switch 2 CTs 4154 85BCXX Analog ammeter with ammeter switch 3 CTs B 480V 85EBB Analog ammeter and voltmeter with switches 2 CTs C 600V 85ECB Analog ammeter and voltmeter with switches 3 CTs 86W5 X Bulletin 1426 M5 PowerMonitor 5000 86W6 X Bulletin 1426 M6 PowerMonitor 5000 86W8 X Bulletin 1426 M8 PowerMonitor 5000 76 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 6 Metering Units Table 47 Analog Metering Compartments CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers MeterType Description Line Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery Voltage Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program Volt NEMATypeland NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket Analog One current transformer and pan
9. Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Class Fuse Clip Power Fuse Power Fuse Power Fuse Fuse Class Amperes Designator Rating Rating Code Manufacturer 6 Amperes 3 OD 1 px 1 n 3 601 6 602 10 603 15 604 20 605 25 606 30 607 J 24 1 600 Gorg J WT d 3 601 id 6 602 10 603 15 604 20 605 25 606 30 607 60 25 35 608 MT 2 40 609 45 610 50 611 60 612 100 26 70 613 j 4 80 614 i 90 615 100 616 200 J 27 110 617 MT 125 618 150 619 175 620 200 621 400 28 225 622 J 4 ae 250 623 d 300 624 350 625 400 626 Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 317 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 19 Configuration Tables Table 269 Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M 1 2 Use this information to select a fuse clip designator Use this information to select power fuses Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Class Fuse Clip Power Fuse Power Fuse Power Fuse Fuse Class Amperes Designator Rating Rating Code Manufacturer 6 Amperes 0 j ew87 R 29R 500 628 R 29 600 629 L 2319 601 630 L 800 L 24L 601 630 L 700 631 800 632 1200 L 25L 1000 633 L 1200 634 1600 L 26L 1600 637 L 2000 L 27L 2000 639 L 1 ForBulletins 2106 2112 2122 2126
10. Frame Rating 0 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Normal Duty 380 415V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number fromm 0 13 0 37 2 0 2162RA 1P3NK_ 33K 2 0 2162RA 1P3NJ_ 33K PE 1 5 0 55 2162RA 2P1NK_ 34K 2162RA 2P1NJ_ 34K 2 1 0 75 2162RA 2P1NK 35K 2162RA 2P1NJ_ 35K 2 6 1 1 2162RA 3P5NK 36K 2162RA 3P5NJ 36K 3 5 15 2162RA 3P5NK_ 37K 2162RA 3P5NJ_ 37K 5 0 2 2 2162RA 5PONK 38K 2162RA 5PONJ_ 38K 8 7 3 7 2162RA 8P7NK 39K 2 5 2162RA 8P7NJ 39K 11 5 5 5 2162RA 011NK 40K 2162RA 011NJ_ 40K 1 15 4 75 2162RA 015NK 41K 2162RA 015NJ_ 41K 22 11 2162RA 022NK 42K 3 0 2162RA 022NJ_ 42K 2 30 15 25 2162RA 030NK 43K 2162RA 030NJ_ 43K 37 18 5 2162RA 037NK_ 44K 2162RA 037NJ_ 44K 3 43 22 3 0 2162RA 043NK 45K 3 5 2162RA 043NJ_ 45K 56 30 2162RA 056NK 46K 4 0 2162RA 056NJ_ 46K 72 37 2162RA 072NK 47K 2162RA 072NJ 47K 5 85 45 6 0 25 W 20 D 2162RA 105NK 48K 6 0 2162RA 105NJ_ 48K PE II 105 55 2162RA 105NK 49K am ao 2162RA 105NJ_ 49K 6 138 75 2162RA 170NK_ 50K 6 0 2162RA 170NJ_ 50K 170 90 2162RA 170NK_ 51K 2007 2162RA 170NJ_ 51K 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference
11. Table 314 Circuit Breaker Frame Circuit Breaker Trip Type Interrupting Capacity Ratings rms symmetrical Amperes Code Breaker Suffix 1 208V 230V 240V 380 415V 480V 600v G6G G Frame TGM Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 65 kA 125 A Magnetic H6 H Frame THM Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 65 125 A up to Magnetic 70A H6F3 H Frame THM Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 65 125 A above Magnetic 70A H6H3 H Frame 125 THML Inverse Time Electronic 100 65 H0C3 H Frame THX Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 125 A up to Magnetic 70A HOF3 H Frame THX Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 35 kA 125 A above Magnetic 70A H0H3 H Frame 125 THXL Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 35 15 3 125 THUL Inverse Time Electronic 42 J6F3 J Frame Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 65 250 A Magnetic J15G J Frame TU Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 160 A up to Magnetic 70A J15F3 J Frame TU Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 160 A above Magnetic 70A JOF3 J Frame TX Inverse Time Thermal 100 kA 35kA 250 A Magnetic K6H3 K Frame TKM Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 65 kA 400 A K15H3 K Frame TKU Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 400 A K0H3 K Frame TKX Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 65 kA 400 A K15H3 K Frame TKU Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 400 A M6H3 M Frame TMM Inverse
12. 0 5 0 5 None None None 2P3 4 0 4 2 12 2 0 None None None None None None 6 6P6 010 12 2 0 None None None None 0 5 0 5 9P9 012 013 1 16 2 0 None None None None None None None None None 0 5 0 5 1 0 017 019 024 1 1G 2 0 None None None None 0 00 10 1 0 1 0 022 116 20 0 00 15 15 2 0 030 1 1G 2 5 None None None None 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 9P9 012 013 12 25 m None None None None None 017 12 25 0 5 0 5 019 024 12 3 0 0 m None None None 022 12 3 5 None None None None None None None None None 030 12 3 5 None None None None None None None None None 1 Combination of EMC Filter Kit and 148 Reactor requires an additional 0 5 SF Table 252 Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162R and 2163R Table 253 Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162R and 2163R 480V 600V NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder 034 027 040 032 052 041 065 7
13. Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Normal Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program 0 170 1 20 2162RA 1P7NKC 35 20 2162RA 1P7NJC 35 PE 24 15 2162RA 2P7NKC 36 2162RA 2P7NJC 36 270 2 2162RA 2P7NKC 37 2162RA 2P7NJC 37 39 3 2162RA 3P9NKC 38 2162RA 3P9NJC 38 61 5 2162RA 6P1NKC 39 25 2162RA GP1NJC 39 9 00 75 2162RA 9PONKC 40 2162RA 9PONJC 40 1 11 10 2162RA 011NKC 41 2162RA 011NJC 41 17 15 2162RA 017NKC 42 30 2162RA 017NJC 42 2 2 20 25 2162RA 022NKC 43 2162RA 022NJC 43 2 25 2162RA 027NKC 44 2162RA 027NJC 44 3 32 30 30 2162RA 032NKC 45 35 2162RA 032NJC 45 4 40 2162RA 041NKC 46 40 2162RA 041NJC 46 52 50 2162RA 052NKC 47 2162RA 052NJC 47 4 629 60 6 0 20710 2162RA 062NKC 48 6 0 25710 2162RA 062NJC 48 5 770 75 6 0 25 W 2162RA 077NKC 49 6 0 2162RA 077NJC 49 20 p 9 25 W 2070 9 6 990 100 2162RA 125NKC 50 6 0 2162RA 125NJC 50 125 9 125 2162RA 125NKC 51 30w 20D 2162RA 125NJC 51 1449 150 2162RA 144NKC 52 6 0 2162RA 144NJC 52 35 W 2070 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency If ca
14. Hp Program 480V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 14 0 5 1 0 2163 1 4 33___ 1 5 2163 1 33___ SC 17 0 75 1 0 2163WB 2P3KB 34 1 5 2163WB 2P3JB 34 23 10 1 0 2163 2 3 35___ 1 5 2163WB 2P3JB 35 3 0 1 5 1 0 2163WB 4POKB 36 20 2163WB 4P0JB 36 40 20 1 0 2163WB 4POKB 37 20 2163WB 4P0JB 37 __ _ 6 0 3 0 1 0 2163WB 6POKB 38 20 2163 6 0 38___ 10 5 5 0 1 0 2163WB 010KB 39 20 2163 010 8 39 C 13 75 2 0 2163WB 013KB 40 25 2163 013 8 40___ C 17 10 2 0 2163WB 017KB 41 25 2163WB 017JB 41___ D 24 15 2 0 2163WB 024KB 42 3 0 2163WB 024JB 42_ D 30 20 25 2163WB 030KB 43 35 21634 030 8 43 0 PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated Forderating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 UM001 The
15. Table 199 2162T A 6 0 38 TMHBA3 2163T A 6 0 38THM 14HBA3 Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 40 Nominal NEMA Endosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code Endosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 2162T 40 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with with gasket 21621 38 38 Nominal Horsepower kW code See Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 Table 266 and Table 267 2163T PowerFlex 40 Variable 2163T 38THM 738 Nominal Horsepower kW code Frequency AC Drive with See Table 266 and Table 267 Circuit Breaker THM Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 322 Code Wiring Type Code Voltage Type A Nn 380v 7 400v 7 415 0 480V C 600V Nominal Constant Current Ratings Amperes 1 Units at these voltages are Code Interface 380 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage not UL or C UL listed Module and Options Code Ratings Code Ratings See options section beginning on 1 4 14 1 7 17 285 2 3 23 3 0 3 0 4 0 4 0 4 2 42 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 010 10 5 9 9 9 9 012 12 012 122 017 17 019 19 024 24 238 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Dri
16. Feeder rating must match horizontal bus rating when 2191F is less than 6 0 space factor By using a larger wire lug size than is listed violates bend radius guidelines as listed in NEC UL C UL wire bending tables and voids UL C UL listing and CSA certification The maximum possible rating of this unit is 300 A The rating ofthis unit can be determined by subtracting the current requirements of the units in the 3 0 space factors above or below this unit Review NEC CEC for further information 7 Themaximum possible rating ofthis unit is 600 A The rating ofthis unit can be determined by subtracting the current requirements of the units in the 3 0 space factors above or below this unit Review NEC CEC for further information 8 Cannot be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units transformer units excluded Unit compartments 1 0 through 2 0 space factors must be located at top or bottom of section 9 required Must be mounted at top of vertical section Cannot be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units transformer units excluded 10 Not available with incoming neutral bus 11 Shipped in single shipping split only Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 12 Unit is 4 5 space factors in a 71 high section The catalog number must be changed from 2191 Mto2191 _ J for example 2191MT JKC 52 13 The catalog numbers listed are not complete If required insert M for main or F fo
17. w gasket Space Space Factor Factor E 40 30 3 07 21630A 052HKB 45 40 21630 052 45__ SC 52 40 3 50 216303 065 46 409 2163QA 065HJB 46_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 322 to identify the desired circuit breaker type for example 21630A 1P 1NKB 33THM 4 Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC II Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600V NORMAL DUTY See page 199 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3
18. W82 135 0 W46 5 66 346 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Table 306 NEMA Table 146 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Heater Element Full load Amps Heater Element Full load Amps Number Size 2 Number x 2 W45 5 53 W58 173 W46 6 04 W59 18 9 W47 6 60 W60 20 6 W48 7 21 W61 22 5 W49 7 87 W62 24 6 W50 8 60 W63 26 8 W51 9 39 W64 294 W52 10 3 W65 32 0 W53 112 W66 345 W54 122 W67 37 5 W55 133 W68 41 0 W56 14 6 W69 445 W57 15 8 Table 307 NEMA Table 152 Heater Element Full load Amps Heater Element Full load Amps Number Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Number Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 W45 W65 33 0 36 5 39 5 W46 W66 35 5 40 0 43 0 W47 W67 38 5 44 0 47 0 W48 W68 41 5 48 0 51 0 W49 W69 45 0 53 0 56 0 W50 8 56 W70 58 0 61 0 W51 94 W71 62 0 66 0 W52 104 W72 67 0 72 0 W53 11 5 W73 72 0 77 0 W54 12 6 W74 77 0 83 0 W55 13 8 W75 82 0 89 0 W56 15 1 W76 88 0 95 0 W57 16 4 W77 94 0 102 0 W58 17 7 W78 108 0 W59 19 1 W79 116 0 W60 21 1 W80 123 0 W61 232 25 1 W81 130 0 W62 25 7 275 W82 137 0 W63 28 5 30 5 33 0 W64 30 5 33 5 36 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P Octob
19. 3 25 83 SPACE FOR Bottom View INCOMING c CABLES 262 L 1 69 67 mm 43 mm Rear 56 x 1 13 SLOT mm x 29 mm SLOT Basic 20 wide section 90 high t woos t 1 1131 20 508 Vies mm 6 152 mm 90 2286 mm 6 152 mm 1 14 1 14 29 mm 29 mm 1 3 25 83 mm i SPACE FOR Bottom View INCOMING c CABLES 2 62 2 1 69 67 mm 43 mm Rear 556 x 1 13 SLOT 14 mm x 29 mm SLOT 25 30 and 35 wide sections 90 high Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 335 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix Table 291 Section Dimensions Dimension 15 Deep 20 Deep 20 Wide 25 Wide 30 Wide 35 Wide 20 Wide 25 Wide 30 Wide 35 Wide inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm A 9 13 232 9 13 232 9 13 232 9 13 232 1433 359 1413 359 1413 359 1413 359 B 1156 294 11 56 294 11 56 294 11 56 294 16 56 421 16 56 421 1656 421 1656 421 C 15 00 381 15 00 381 15 00 381 15 00 381 20 00 508 20 00 508 20 00 508 20 00 508 D 20 00 508 25 00 635 30 00 762 35 00 889 20 00 508 25 00 635 30 00 762 35 00 889 E 10 00 254 12 50 318 15 00 381 1750 445 10 00
20. 33___ 25 216318 1 7 6 33 3 13 0 75 2 5 21630 1 7 34___ 25 2163UB 1P7NJC34 3 17 1 25 2163UB 1P7NKC 35 25 2163UB 1P7NJC35 3 24 1 5 25 2163UB 2P7NKC36 25 2163UB 2P7NJC 36 9 27 2 0 25 21630 2 7 37___ 25 2163UB 2P7NJC37 3 3 9 3 25 2163UB 3P9NKC 38 25 2163UB 3P9NJC38 3 6 1 5 25 2163 6 1 39___ 25 2163UB 6P1NJC39 3 9 0 75 25 2163UB 9PONKC 40 3 0 2163UB 9PONJC 40 3 11 10 0 25 2163UB 011NKC 41 3 0 2163UB 011NUC 41 3 1 15 25 21630 017 42___ 3 5 21630 017 42_ 3 22 20 25 216308 022 43 3 5 21630 022 43___ 4 27 25 3 0 2163UB 027NKC 44 40 21630 027 44___ 4 32 30 3 0 2163UB 032NKC 45 40 2163UB 032NJC 45_ 5 41 40 6 0x20 Wx 2163 041 46___ 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 041NJC46 15 D 15 D 5 52 50 6 0x25 Wx 2163 052 47___ 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 052NJC 47 15 D 15 D 6 63 60 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 063NKC 48 8 60x25 Wx 21 63UB 063N C48 4 20 D 20 D 6 77 75 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 077NKC49 60x25 Wx 21 63UB 077N C49 8 20 D 20 D 6 99 100 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 099NKC s0 60x30 Wx 21 63UB 099N C 50 4 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 6 0 x 25 Wx 2163UB 125NKC 51__ 6 0x35 Wx 2163UB 125NJC51 4 20 D 20 D 6 144 150 6 0x30 Wx 2163UB 144NKC 52__ N A 20 D 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the appli Standard units are configured to properly protect on Do use another size motor without
21. 600 C Table 258 Circuit Breaker Options and Adders for combination short circuit ratings see page 358 q Circuit Breaker Suffix Frame Type G6C3 TGM 1563 TJU 1 Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers publication 2100 TD032 for information Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 307 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 17 Programmable Controller Units Notes 308 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 259 Communication Door Ground Stab and Contact Options Chapter 1 8 Option Option Description Bulletin 1756 Delivery Number ControlLogix Chassis Program 2180L 2182L 2183L Power Supply 0 12 72 Bulletin 1756 PA72 10 0A power supply for 4 and 7 8 01 ControlLogix chassis Y Y SC 121 _ Logix5561 Processor With 2Mbyte Memory includes 1784 CF64 64Mbyte CompactFlash Y PE Processor 0 memory module 12LPB_ Logix5562 Processor With 4Mbyte Memory includes 1784 CF64 64Mbyte CompactFlash Y Y Y memory module 121 _ Logix5563 Processor With 8Mbyte Memory includes 1784 CF64 64Mbyte CompactFlash Y Y memory
22. Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated Delivery Program PE For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 263 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC and 600V AC Heavy Duty 264 Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overl
23. For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 84 Ratin Fuse Clip Rating Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery kvA Amperes Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 380V 4000 415V NEMA 1 NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 121 1w gasket 8 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 110 115 Volt secondary with one 1 pole circuit breaker 0 050 30 30 30 10 2196 _5 __ 2196 4 5 750 2196 _5 _ 2196 8 _5 __ 101 15 2196 K 5 2196 0 160 20 21968 2196 1 _5 __ 9 219648 206 E 3059 259 neem s 2196 FK S 16A 2196 H S SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220V phase to phase 110V phase to center tap neutral 5 5 0 30 2590 296 GKNP 2196 GKNP 16A 2196 GNP PE I 7 5 3 7 0 30 2196 HKNP 2196 HKNP 16A 2196 10 5 9 30 2196 JKNP 2196 JKNP 16A 219644 150519 60 300 219 amp KKNP 2196 KKNP 16A 2196 __ SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230V phase to phase 115V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 250 2196 GKKNP 2196 GKKNP 16A 2196 GJKNP PE II 7 5 3
24. 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code from Line Voltage table to identify the line voltage code The voltage code must be in two places in the catalog string for example 2190 BKB 54M 86W50CXB Select the appropriate catalog string number from Ammeter Scales table to identify the current transformer primary ratio for example 2190 BKB 54M 86W50CXB For PowerMonitor 5000 units select the appropriate letter from the PowerMonitor 5000 Communication Options table to identify the communication platform for example 2190 BKB 54M 86W54CXB Space Factor 1 5 6 Metering Units Catalog Number 0 Delivery Wiring Type A Only Class 1 Program NEMA 1 and 1 NEMA 12 w gasket 2190 CK_ _ 86W5__X_ 2190 CJ_ _ 86W5__X_ SC 2190 CK_ _ 86W6__X_ 2190 CJ_ _ 86W6__X_ PE 2190 CK_ _ 86W8__X_ 2190 CJ_ _ 86W8__X_ PE The wiring system is determined in the system settings for Assembled MCC Orders and must be selected for Unassembled MCC Orders For Unassembled MCC Orders select the appropriate letter from System Wiring table to identify the system wiring for example 2190 BKB 54M 86W50CXB Table 49 Line Voltage Line Voltage Voltage Code 208 H 240 A 380 N 400 KN 415 480 600 C Table 50 Ammeter Scales Ammeter Scale Catalog String 300A 48M 400A 50M 600A 52M 800A 54M 1200 5
25. 2163RA 077NKB 48_ 60 25 WO 2163RA 077NJB 48_ 801 5 96 75 20 2163 096 49 2163RA 096NJB 49 125 100 2163RA 125NKB 50_ 2163RA 125NJB 50 _ 9 i 2163 156 51 2163RA 156NJB 51_ un 2163RA 180NKB 52 is a 2163RA 180NJB 52 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 4 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163RA 034NKB 44THM 230 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC HEAVY DUTY See page 215 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive ap
26. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Delivery Program SC 287 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 238 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD HIM Options Option Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 520 700 and 750 Series Drives Delivery Number Program 21620 21627 2162W 2162X 21620 2162V 21630 2163T 2163W 2163X 21630 2163V 2162R 2163R Human 14HBAO No HIM blank plate Mounted in bezel on the door HIM is Y Y Y Y Y Y SC Interface removable NEMA 1 1G only Cable to Module 14HBA3 LCD display full numeric drive is included Y Y Y Y HIM keypad mutuall 14HBA5 LCD display programmer Y only 14HBA6 LCD display full numeric Y Y keypad MHBN1 LCD display Wireless Interface Module 14 0 No HIM blank plate Mounted inside unit on drive Available v Y Y 1 1 with gasket and 12 0 MHA3 LCD display full numeric Includes viewing window on door Y keypad 14 5 LCD display programmer X0 only 14HA6 LCD display full numeric Y Y keypad 14HC2S LCD display digital keypad Door mounted HIM is not removable Y Y Y Cable to
27. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs Support Email RAMCCSupport ra rockwell com Phone 1 440 646 3434 Select Option 3 then enter code 901 for CENTERLINE 2100 MCC support CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with IntelliCENTER Technology Support Email RAICTechSupport ra rockwell com Phone 1 440 646 3434 Select Option 3 then enter code 903 IntelliCENTER Technology support General Terms and Conditions of Sale A copy of the general terms and conditions of sale for CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers can be obtained at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation legal notices terms of sale page 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information Serial Number and Series Letter Information From 1980 to 1996 only numbers 600000 to 999999 were used Refer to Series Identification for Sections for the implementation date of series letters on sections and units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers The serial numbers of sections are on the serial plate on the wireway door for special width sections the nameplate is located on the section door On special width sections the nameplate is located on the section door The serial numbers of units are on the nameplate on the bottom of the units SC I sections or units will have a series letter after the unit or section catalog number In late 1995 some SC SC Il and PE orders were entere
28. HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT Thehorsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 185 Bulletin 21630 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 480V Heavy Duty 1 1 12 w gasket Space Space Factor Factor 11 0 5 15 21630A 2P1HKB 33 20 21630A 2P1HJB 33 SC 1 6 0 75 2163QA 2P1HKB 34 21630A 2P1HJB 34 21 1 2163QA 3P4HKB 35_ 2163QA 3P4HJB 35_ 3 0 15 2163QA 3P4HKB 36_ 2163QA 3P4HJB 36_ B 34 2 2163QA 5POHKB 37 _ 2163QA 5P0HJB 37 5 3 21630A 8POHKB 38 2 5 21630A 8P0HJB 38 C 8 5 20 21630A 011HKB 39 _ 3 0 2163QA 011HJB 39_ 1 75 21630A 014HKB 40 2163QA 014HJB 40_ D 14 10 2 5 21630A 022HKB 41 216304 022HJB 41 22 15 21630A 027HKB 42 3 5 2163QA 027HJB 42_ 27 20 2163QA 034HKB 43_ 3 0 21630A 034HJB 43 _ 34 25 3 0 21630 040 44_ 35 2163QA 040HJB 44_ Table continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 211 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 185 Bulletin 21630 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 480V Heavy Duty Frame Rating m NominalHP Catalog Number NEMA Catalog Number Delivery 1 1 12
29. Industry standard NEMA Part ICS 2 222 designates an overload relay by a class number indicating the maximum time in seconds at which the relay trips when carrying a current equal to 60096 of its current rating A class 10 overload relay trips in 10 seconds or less at a current equal to 60096 of its rating Applications include hermetic motors submersible pumps and motors with short locked rotor time capability A class 20 overload relay trips in 20 seconds or less at a current equal to 60096 of its rating They are often used for applications involving motors driving high inertia loads where additional accelerating time is needed Allen Bradley standard overload relay protection using type W heater elements provides class 20 operation and is recommended for general applications For applications regarding class 10 and 30 overload relays consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Heater Element Selection The full load amps listed in the table are used for heater element selection The rating of the relay in amperes at 40 C is 115 of the full load amps listed for the Heater Element No Refer to the motor nameplate for the full load current the service factor and the motor classification by application and temperature rise Use this motor nameplate information the application rules and the full load amps listed in the tables to determine the Heater Element No Motors Rated For Continuous
30. 100 kA 35 J15G TJU 21831 100 kA kW to Catalog HP Code Conversion for Bulletins 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 and 2123 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 323 kw Metric Required Required kw Metric Required Required HP NEMA HP Catalog HP HP NEMA HP Catalog HP Rating Code Rating Code 0 06 0 08 0 125 30 22 30 30 45 0 09 0 12 0 125 30 25 34 40 46 0 12 0 16 0 25 31 30 40 40 46 0 18 0 24 0 25 31 32 43 50 47 0 25 0 34 0 33 32 37 50 50 47 0 37 0 5 0 5 33 40 54 60 48 0 55 0 75 0 75 34 45 60 60 48 0 75 1 1 35 50 68 75 49 1 1 1 5 1 5 36 55 75 75 49 1 5 2 2 37 63 85 100 50 1 8 2 4 3 38 75 100 100 50 2 2 3 3 38 80 110 125 51 3 4 5 39 90 125 125 51 37 5 5 39 100 136 150 52 4 55 75 40 110 150 150 52 55 75 75 40 125 169 200 54 63 85 10 41 132 180 200 54 75 10 10 41 150 205 250 56 10 13 5 15 42 160 220 250 56 11 15 15 42 185 250 250 56 13 18 20 43 200 270 300 57 15 20 20 43 220 300 300 57 17 23 25 44 250 340 350 58 18 5 25 25 44 315 430 400 59 20 27 30 45 1 Forratings other than those listed use the next highest rating shown Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 359 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Recommended Capacitor Sizes 480V and 600V Appendix Table 324 lists suggested capacitor ratings for T fr
31. 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2155J Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker SMC Flex Line Connected See page 180 for product description SMC Flex units are configured as line connected for Delta connected contact factory Isolation contactor 13IC is optional Select on page 195 The addition of this option can require additional space See page 190 for space factor of units with options Control circuit transformer included e Bulletin 150 SMC Flex controllers are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 357 for short circuit withstand ratings Fusing is required Table 167 Bulletin 2155J Units Rating Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Delivery Amps The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal w gasket Program The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC Flex is the output ampere rating 220 230V 240V 380V 415V 0 480V 0 Space Catalog Number 5 Space Catalog Number 5 Factor Wiring Type B Factor Wiring Type B Class Class 5 0 25 1 1 0 5 1 0 37 2 2 0 5 3 502 20 2155 B FO05LK 30 2155 B FO05L SC 25 1 5 5 5 15 75 3 7
32. 415v 480V 2 Space Catalog Number 6 Space Catalog Number Factor Wiring Type B Factor Wiring Type B Class Class 3 0 25 0 55 105 037 11 0 5 1 5 0 75 2 30 0505 2154HB AA_ _ 0 5 2154HB AD_ _ SC 9 075 22 075 1 5 3 7 2 5 3 75 30 050 2154HB BA 05 2154HB BD 2 19 37 3 5 5 5 7 5 7 5 10 10 15 30 050 2154HB DA_ _ 0 5 2154HB DD 25 5 5 75 11 15 20 30 10 2154HB EA 1 0 2154HB ED 30 7 5 10 15 20 25 60 1 0 2154HB FA 1 0 2154HB FD 37 18 5 25 30 60 1 0 2154HB GA 1 0 2154HB GD 43 11 15 22 30 40 60 15 2154 2 0 2154HB HD 60 15 20 30 40 50 100 15 2154HB JA 2 5 2154HB JD 85 18 5 22 25 37 50 100 2154HB KA 2154HB KD 30 45 60 60 75 200 108 30 40 55 75 100 200 3 5 2154HB LA_ _ 4 0 2154HB LD 135 37 50 100 125 200 2154HB MA 2154HB MD 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed 2 Delivery program is PE in U S and SC in Canada 3 See space factor tables below for NEMA Type 12 or for any NEMA Type when options are selected 4 These units have horizontal operating handles Bulletin 194R fused molded case switch up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt pull apart control terminal block Type B D only with 16 AWG control wire only 5 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 313 to i
33. 480VAC 217 219 221 223 225 2193F and 2193M Units 355 233 235 370 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Circuit Breaker Interrupting Capacity Ratings 353 Circuit Breaker on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 168 Circuit Breaker Suffix Letter Designation 29 Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletin 2163 322 for Bulletins 2107 2113 2123 and 2127 320 for Horsepower and kW Rated Units for Bulletins 2155 321 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Solid State Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2103L 320 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2197 321 Communication Module on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 194 Conductor Size Conversion Chart 361 Contactors and Starters Catalog Number Explanations 53 76 81 91 96 107 109 113 133 180 186 Control Circuit Fuse on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 157 Control Circuit Lugs on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 168 Control Circuit Ring Lugs on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Control Circuit Spade Lugs on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Control Circuit Transformer on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 148 173
34. 60 J R HRCII C 2 10 10 15 152225 15 25 30 J R H HRCII C 15 2106B CA 2106B CD 60 J R HRCII C 100 J 100 R H HRCII C 209 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 60 J R H 3 0 2106B DA 2106B DD 100 J R H HRCII C 200 J R H HRCII C 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 1000 J R H 4 0 2106B EA 2106B ED 200 J R H HRCII C 400 J 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 2007 J R H HRCII C 6 0 2106B FA_ __ 2106B FD 400 J R HRCII C 20 W 600 J Available on 480V and 600V applications only For 208V and 240V applications with Class R or H fuses unit only requires 1 5 space factors Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2106B BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2106B BABD 31 If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip from Table 28 Then select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2106B BABD 31 24J If power fuse is selected first select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2106B BABD 31 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 316 for example 2106B BABD 31GT 20J For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 IMPORTANT The catalog numbers liste
35. E1 Plus Y Module the Electronic Overload Relay Ei Plus electronic overload relay is supplied with one 0 and one N C auxiliary contact 2 Overload relay option 7FEE 7FEE D 7FEE G 7FEE Jor7FEC _ _ must be specified Overload relay option 7FEE 7FEE_D 7FEE_G 7FEE_J and 7FEC__ are mutually exclusive 3 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2106 and 2107 units are increased to 1 0 space factor 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2112 and 2113 units with pilot devices and external reset button for overload relay are increased to 1 0 space factor 0 5 space factor Size 2 Bulletin 2113 units are increased to 1 0 space factor Not available with push button or selector switches except options 3 and 1F Not available with unwired control relay option 89CF_ and 89HA_ 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2107 units are increased to 1 0 space factor 1 0 space factor Size 4 Bulletin 2113 units are increased to 1 5 space factor Not available with E3 Electronic Overload option 7FEC__ Mutually exclusive with E1 Plus options 7FEE_D 7FEE_G and 7FEE_J Extra capacity control circuit transformer option 6XP changes 0 5 space factor units to 1 0 space factor 10 Option number is not complete Select overload relay code from appropriate table below and add to option number for example 7FEED or 7FEC2B For option 7FEC review configuration options in the table below and if needed select and add to option number for examp
36. Three Phase 5 25 KVA Code Secondary T 30 kVA AH 240V 208 120 V 3 Fuses 37 5 480 V 208 120 V 3 Fuses W 45 kVA CH 600 V 208 120 V 3 Fuses Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 113 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means XFMR See page 113 for product description TIP Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip e To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative e arrangement for 15 50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCBN e Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 80 kva Protection Amperes Factor Wiring Type A Class I Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 0 1w gasket filters and Type 1 w gas
37. Wide Includes standard features indicated in the tables below and on following pages Maximum three 20 wide sections per shipping split 5011 Section 25 30 35 These sections do not have a vertical wireway These sections require individual shipping splits Wide Section 25 Wide Section width is 25 Section has a 9 wireway Maximum of two 25 wide sections with 9 wireway per shipping split Maximum of one 25 wide Section with 9 section with 9 wireway per shipping split with export packing or NEMA Type 3R or NEMA Type 4 enclosure Wireway Back to Back There is no additional charge for assembling 15 or 20 deep sections back to back Back to back construction consists of two separate sections Section mounted together each with separate bus Front and rear sections must be equal in width Six 20 wide sections per shipping split is maximum A front to rear horizontal bus link is provided only when an incoming line lug compartment main breaker or main disconnect is selected This splice link is located at the opposite end of the MCC from the incoming line section Corner Section Inside corner configuration is either 15 deep by 25 125 wide or 20 deep by 30 125 wide and is designed to contain power bus rated 600 2000 A only There is no available space for the installation of units Section does not have vertical wireway See page 144 to select Corner sections can be selected with an incoming line lug provision see B
38. for three Bulletin 800T pilot devices Bulletin 2103L and 2113 dual only 2100H N11D Door Hardware Kit Includes two door latch assemblies Series H or later 1 0 space factor 2100H NDH2 and two door hinge assemblies 0 5 space factor 2100 1083 Door Hinge Kit 0 Includes two hinges and two hinge Series H or later 0 5 space factor door 2100H NHP1 pins Series E or later 1 0 space factor or larger door 2100H NHP2 Cardholder for Unit Doors 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders with blank cards 6 per package 2100H CH1 Delivery Program SC Table is continued on the next page 328 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 20 Hardware and Kits Table 284 Unit Hardware and Kits Description Unit Door Nameplates CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Catalog Number Engravable acrylic White background Blank 6 per package 2100H N3AW 1 125 x 3 625 ith black letteri Hera win paccenenng With legend 2100H N3EAW not available in Canada Black background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3AB white lettering With legend 2100H N3EAB Engravable phenolic White background Blank 6 per package 2100H N3W 1 125 x 3 625 with black lettering With legend Red background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3R White lettering With legend 2100H N3ER Black background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3B white lettering With legend 2100
39. 022 42 4 22 20 3 0 2163 027 43___ 40 2163 027 43 _ 4 27 25 3 0 2163 032 44___ 40 2163 032 44 5 32 30 6 0x20 Wx 2163 041 45___ 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 041H C45 15 D 15 D 5 41 40 6 0x25 Wx 2163 052 46 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 052H C46 15 0 15 0 6 52 50 60x25 Wx 2163VB 063HKC 47__4 60x25 Wx 2163VB 0638 C47 9 20 D 20 D 6 63 60 60x25 Wx 2163VB 077HKC48 60x25 Wx 2163VB 077 C48 9 20 20 D 6 77 75 60x25 Wx 2163 099 49___ 6 0x30 Wx 2163VB 099H C49 9 20 20 D 6 99 100 6 0x25 Wx 216348 125 50 6 0x35 Wx 2163VB 125 C50 9 20D 20 D 6 125 125 6 0x30 Wx 2163VB M4HKC5 na 20 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating SES 272 Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information cont
40. 21138 80 9 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 1 0 2113 2113 0_ _ 3 15 25 20 30 30 509 20 2113 211380 30 50 1 5 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 25 211388 2113840 60 100 2 0 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 35 211388 2113840 69 100 150 125 200 200 300 250 400 600 21BBTGA 211381 00 Bn 2113BB GA 2113BB GD 1 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal operating handles up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt pull Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2113B BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2113B BABD 30 Select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2113B BABD 30TGA e For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publication 2100 TD032 9 Dual mounting of combination starters in one unit Add two numbers from table on page 314 to identify the horsepower and add the suffix letter from table on page 320 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2113B BABD 3941TGA IMPORTANT Thecatalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K for example 2113B BK orreplace
41. 254 12 50 318 15 00 381 17 50 445 IMPORTANT Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to page 324 for mounting channels 336 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 25 Section 10 Section 2 50 Y 64 mm 4 p 4 4 1 1 1 WIREWAY r3 1 f 1 4 1 L1 2 Hm Y cele LT n E Y 1 n HE 4 E 3 m gt 168 me on 112 381 508 mm 125 128 32 100012544 M 25 9 635 mm 7 I LL Ww LY yt H 12 50 9 12 50 9 318 mm 318 mm KO qr LF Me 29 Front 29 mm soe 576 i WIRES 4 Kota OO CFP HF SPACE FOR Cx WX4X y Bottom View INCOMING B C Kt bu WW ur ar CABLES 2 x t Rear 57 1 69 56 x 1 13 SLOT mm SLOT 43 Table 292 25 Wide Section with 9 Wireway 90 High Table 293 10 Incoming Line Section Dimensions Section Dimensions Section Depth Depth 15 Deep 20 Deep 15
42. 3 2 6 0 6 3 4 2 42 3 010 10 5 5 6 6 6 6 5 013 C 13 7 5 9p9 C 9 9 75 017 C 17 10 012 C 12 10 024 D 24 15 019 D 19 15 030 D 30 20 022 D 22 20 1 The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating 274 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V and 600V AC See page 273 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 525 User Manual publication 520 0 001 PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Bucket includes branch circuit short circuit 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See Table 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type B only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units
43. 40 wide section is a two door section with a 3 point latch 40 wide cannot have horizontal power bus Table 95 Mounting Plate Depth Mounting Plate Depth Inches Code 14 02 19 ca 85 p Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For 15 deep sections without horizontal bus or 20 deep sections with or without horizontal bus Only available with 20 deep section without horizontal bus Not available with 40 wide mounting plate SERUUM UNI SS Table 96 Disconnect Rating and Fuse Clip Disconnect Rating Fuse Clip Class Short Circuit Fuse Clip and Fuse Clip Size withstand Designator Rating through 600V 30 J 100 kA 24 R 100 kA 24R H 10 kA 24 60 100 25 R 100 kA 25R H 10 kA 25 100 100 26 R 100 kA 26R H 10 kA 26 200 100 27 R 100 kA 27R H 10 kA 27 400 100 28 R 100 kA 28R H 10 kA 28 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 135 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 97 Trip Current 10 Miscellaneous Units Trip Current Number Trip Current Number Trip Current Number Amperes Amperes Amperes 15 30 80 38 200 44 20 31 90 39 225 45 30 32 100 40 250 46 40 34 125 41 300 48 50 35 150 42 350 49 60 36 175 43 400 50 70 37 Table 98 Circuit Breaker Option Rating High Interruptin
44. 6 63 60 156 6 125 100 077 6 63 60 156 6 156 125 077N 6 7 75 186H 6 150 125 099H 6 7 75 186H 6 186 150 099 6 99 100 248 6 186 150 125 6 99 100 248H 6 248 200 125N 6 125 125 144 6 125 125 144N 6 144 150 1 The kW and HP ratings shown for reference only Size PowerFlex 750 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating 2 Drive comes pre programmed for Heavy Duty Applications Refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 246 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC and 600V AC Normal Duty Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 753 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications Powe
45. B 6 6 50 1 0 2162WB 6P6KC 39 20 2162WB 6P6JC 39 C 9 9 7 5 2 0 2162WB 9P9KC 40 25 2162WB 9P9JC 40 C 12 10 2 0 2162WB 012KC 41 25 2162WB 012JC 41 D 19 15 2 0 2162WB 019KC 42 30 2162WB 019JC 42 D 22 20 25 2162WB 022KC 43 35 2162WB 022JC 43 1 PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User 276 Manual publication 520 UM001 2 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit B
46. Cable Pullbox In horiz WW 600 1 13 19 335 mm 2 1 1 pullbox required 1 0 300 2 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 24 81 630 mm 2 2 1 0 600 2 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 24 81 630 mm 4 2 2 1 0 800 3 21 56 548 mm 4 4 N A pullbox required 1200 1 5 600 2 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 31 31 795 mm 4 2 2 800 3 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 27 75 705 mm 4 4 N A 16 63 422 mm 8 16 63 422 mm 16 63 422 3 28 63 727 2 2 2 0 800 3 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 32 00 813 mm 4 4 1200 20 88 530 mm 20 88 530 mm 20 88 530 9 32 88 835 2 2 6 0 600 4 37 63 956 mm 44 13 1121mm 50 63 1286mm 4 4 20 wide 800 1200 1600 2000 4 37 63 956 mm 44 13 1121mm 50 63 1286mm 6 6 6 0 600 5 37 63 956 mm 44 13 1121mm 50 63 1286mm 4 4 corner section 800 1200 1600 2000 6 0 600 6 35 88 911 mm 42 38 1076 mm 48 88 1242 4 4 107 wide 800 1200 1 Depending on wire size and wires per phase pullbox is required to meet wire bending radius as specified by NEC UL C UL 2 See page 90 for figures 3 When cable size selected limits the user to two single lugs per phase Dimension A is measured from center set of holes in lug pad See Figur
47. Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2102L 2103L 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 and 2123 Control Voltage Code Control Type 208V 240V 380V 400V 415V 480V 600V Cw aA 8 c myVW H WasfomeCnml HD AD BD CD 120V 60 Hz Separate Control 2 N 110V 50 Hz Transformer Control 3 NS IS 110V 50 Hz Separate Control 2 KN 115V 50 Hz Transformer Control 18 KNS 115V 50 Hz Separate Control 2 NP 220V 50 Hz Transformer Control 18 NP 220V 50 Hz Separate Control 2 KNP 230V 50 Hz Transformer Control 18 KNP 230V 50 Hz Separate Control 2 IT 240V 50 Hz Transformer Control 18 IT 240V 50 Hz Separate Control 2 NLP 220V 50 Hz Line to Neutral Control Separate Control 06 KNLP 230V 50 Hz Line to Neutral Control Separate Control 06 ILT 240V 50 Hz Line to Neutral Control Separate Control 06 H A B C Common Control 9 7 Select a control circuit transformer See Options section Control circuit fusing option 21 and or disconnect interlock option 98 can be required to comply with NEC See Options section Incorporates primary
48. Current Ground Fault Voltage 5C 0 5 30 A Pass thru Current Only 5V 0 5 30 A Pass thru Current Voltage 6C 6 60 A Current Only 66 6 60 A Current Ground Fault 6V 6 60 A Current Ground Fault Voltage 1C 10 100 A Current Only 1G 10 100 A Current Ground Fault 1V 10 100 A Current Ground Fault Voltage 2c 20 200 A Current Only 260 20 200 A Current Ground Fault 210 20 200 A Current Ground Fault Voltage 1 Not Available Until CR3 Table 133 E300 Overload Relay Operator Station Code Operator Station x Operator Station 2 3 0 Control Station 00 8 09 Diagnostic Station Re Electronic Reset 1 Requires Enclosure code or J for Bulletin 2106 2107 2112 or 2113 units 2 Requires Enclosure code A or D for Bulletin 2106 2107 2112 or 2113 units 3 Control and Diagnostic Operator Stations are mutually exclusive with all push button pilot light selector switch and control station options 4 Operator Stations and Expansion Modules can not be added to the same unit E300 Power Supply required that will be available in CR3 Table 134 E300 Overload Relay Expansion Module Code Expansion Module None Selected pp 0 120V AC Digital 1 0 Module pj 2 24V DC Digital 1 0 Module 1 Not Available Until Available on Bulletin 2106 and 2107 with GN or GT Control Module Option 2 Operator Stations and Expansion Modules can not be added to the same unit E30
49. Deep 20 Deep inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm 9 13 232 14 13 359 12 75 324 17 75 451 11 56 294 16 56 421 14 75 375 19 75 502 C 15 00 381 20 00 508 IMPORTANT Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to page 324 for mounting channels Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 337 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 Section 90 high Corner Section 90 high 30 12 765 mm 2 50 63 5 mm l 3 nl l t 2286 mm 92 50 al 2350 m Lotti I l 287 178mm 421mm 73 mm 8 1 14 29 mm A 2 62 67 mm 2 62 16 mm DIA 262 67 mm MTG HOLES 1 41 36 mm 1 _ 2 OF CABINET tt emmy 23m SPACE FOR INCOMING SPACEFOR uh CABLES INCOMING 344mm 421 mm Top View Front 36 mm Table 294 Table 295 25 00 635 3000 762 35 00 889 25 13 638 3033 765 1375 349 1625 413 1875 476 B 12 63 321 15 13 384 C 11 25 286 1375 349 1625 413 C 16 81 427 21 81 554 D 887 Q25 1137 289 13 87 352 NOTE Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to 24f ting channels NOTE Optional non removable lifting angle add 3 63 to height page 324 for mounting c
50. Delivery program is PE in the United States and SC in Canada 3 See space factor tables below for options 4 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Selectthe control voltage code from the table on page 314 to identify the preferred control voltage for example 2155HB AAB If horsepower rated select the number from the table on page 314 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired for example 2155HB AAB 35 If kW rated select the number from the table on page 315 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired for example 2155HB AAN 35K Selectthe appropriate suffix from the table on page 321 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2155HB AAB 35THM or 2155HB AAN 35KTHM The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the SMC 3 To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K for example 2155HB AK__ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 2155HB AJ 5 Reduce by 0 5 space factor for 45 kW at 380 415V 60 HP at 480V and 60 75 HP at 600V applications when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected Table 162 Bulletin 2155H Space Factors with NEMA Type 1 Unit Options refer to page 194 196 Ratings NEMA Type 1 and 1 with Gasket Amps Amps Standard With With With With With With With With With With Option With Option Unit Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option 13HIC and
51. Dua eA ETT 1 14 1 0AWG fas 2192F DK_ 2624 2920 2624 100 30 0 fuse designator code The fuse 1144 AWG manufacturer for both fuses must be the Dua same for example 2192F CAC 25243 1006 2192F DK_ 2625__ 2192F DJ_ 2625_ 100 60 6096026 2 4 Larger switch must be mounted on the left pua 100 side 100 1 14 1 0AWG CU 2192F DK 2626 2192F D 2626 100 100 1 8 1 0AWG CU 219F DK 2192 0 200 200 1 6 4 0AWG CU 2 0 219F EK 219F E 400 400 2 1 0 250 CU 250 2192F_ FK 21928 B 501 kcmil 600 Bolted pressure contact switch Viewing 600 2 32 600kcmil CU AL 3 5 2192F GK 2192F_ G _ window on door for visual verification of disconnect blades 800 800 L 3 6 350 kcmil 359 2192F_ HKC __ 21926 1200 1200 4 6 350 kcmil 359 2192F JKc 219F 41 Not available with DSA options 11DSA2 and 110533 Frame mounted unit Must be located at top or bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Mus Thecatalog numbers listed are not complete be located at top or bottom of section Cannot be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units For 400 1200 A insert T for Top mounted or B for Bottom mounted for example 2192FT or 2192FB Unless already selected select the voltage from Fuse Clip Voltage table for example 2192F BKC Select the fuse dip
52. Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Integrated HIM Human Interface Module is included Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 525 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 525 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors Table 227 2162W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC Normal Duty HP Program 480V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 14 0 5 1 0 2162WB 1P4KB 33 15 2162WB 1P4JB 33 SC 17 0 75 10 2162WB 2P3KB 34 15 2162WB 2P3JB 34 23 1 0 1 0 2162WB 2P3KB 35 15 2162WB 2P3JB 35 3 0 1 5 1 0 2162WB 4POKB 36 2 0 2162WB 4P0JB 36 A 4 0 2 0 1 0 2162WB 4POKB 37 2 0 2162WB 4P0JB 37 A 6 0 3 0 10 2162 6 0 38 20 2162WB 6P0JB 38 B 10 5 50 10 2162WB 010KB 39 2 0 2162WB 010JB 39 C 13 7 5 2 0 2162WB 013KB 40 25 2162WB 013JB 40 C 17 10 2 0 2162WB 017KB 41 25 2162WB 017JB 41 D 24 15 2 0 2162WB 024KB 42 3 0 2162WB 024JB 42 D 30 20 25 2162WB 030KB 43 35 2162WB 030JB 43 1 PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Donot use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the u
53. Notes 132 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Chapter 1 0 Miscellaneous Units Catalog Number Explanation Full Section Mounting Plates Table 90 Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with No Disconnecting Means with or without Horizontal Power Bus 2100 E K C 1 X 1 B 120 H Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with Fusible Disconnect Switch with or without Horizontal Power Bus 2100 F K C 1 X 1 B 24 120 o s Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with Circuit Breaker with or without Horizontal Power Bus 2100 G K C 1 X 1 B 32TGM 120 Bulletin Disconnecting NEMA Type Voltage Unit Depth Placeholder Unit Width Mounting Fuse Clip or Horizontal Options Number Means Plate Depth Circuit Power Bus Breaker ode Type Code Placeholder 2100 X is a placeholder Code Option See available Options Code Unit Width Code _ Voltage 1 207 wide A Up to 250V 2 25 wide Code Disconnecting Means C Up to 600V 3 30 wide E No disconnecting means 4 35 wide F With fusible disconnect 5 40 wide Code _ Horizontal Power Bus Deep Blank Provided with horizontal 2 20 Deep Code Mounting Plate Depth power bus B 14 Deep 120 No horizontal busi Code NEMA Enclosure Type C 19 Deep NEMA Typ
54. and 2154 see table on page 316 For Bulletin 2196 see page 319 2 Referto the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Power Fuses publication 2100 TD003 for more information Power fuse option is not available for Class H fuse clips Available on 480V and 600V applications only To select power fuses for Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M combine power fuse rating code and power fuse manufacturer code and add to catalog string number for example 2102LB BKBD 24J 607G Only use power fuse code when selecting power fuses Dual 2192F units require two sets of fuses The fuse size code must correspond to the respective fuse clip designator code the first fuse size code designates the fuse for the left side of the dual unit the second code is for the right side of the dual unit The fuse manufacturer for both fuses must be the same for example 2192F CAC 2524 6096026 L Littelfuse Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut B Bussmann The Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8 A 7 When selecting Bussmann or Littelfuse power fuses delivery program changes to PE Littelfuse power fuses are available only in Class CC fuses with blown fuse indicators Available G Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut 601A only Table 270 Fuse Clip Designator for Bulletin 2196 21967 1 Fuse Clip Size Fuse Clip Class Fuse Clip Designator
55. especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative arrangement for 15 50 KVA single phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCBN e Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise e Unit consists of two compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together The fusible disconnect compartment has a horizontal operating handle For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 119 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Table 83 Ratin Fuse Clip Rating Space Factor Catalog Number 0 Delivery kvA Amperes Wiring Type A Class Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 1w gasket 5 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 6 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse 3 1 5 30 30 30 200 219618 0 21967 FK_D __ 16A 21968 D 0 5 25 30 209 21967 GK 0 21967 GK D 16A 21967 G D SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to p
56. locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 181 Bulletin 21620 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 600V Normal Duty Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Program Factor Factor 0 9 0 5 1 5 21620A 0P9NKC 33 2 0 21620A 0P9NJC 33 SC 13 0 75 21620A 1P7NKC 34 21620A 1P7NJC 34 17 1 21620A 1P7NKC 35 21620A 1P7NJC 35 24 15 21620A 2P7NKC 36 21620A 2P7NJC 36 2 7 2 21620A 2P7NKC 37 2162QA 2P7NJC 37 B 3 9 3 21620A 3P9NKC 38 21620A 3P9NJC 38 6 1 5 21620A 6P1NKC 39 2 5 21620A 6P1NJC 39 C 9 0 7 5 20 21620A 9PONKC 40 30 2162QA 9PONJC 40 11 10 21620A 011NKC 41 21620A 011NJC 41 D 17 15 25 21620A 017NKC 42 2162QA 017NJC 42 22 20 2162QA 022NKC 43 35 2162QA 022NJC 43 27 25 2162QA 027NKC 44 3 0 2162QA 027NJC 44 32 30 2162QA 032NKC 45 21620A 032NJC 45 E 41 40 309 21620A 041NKC 46 40 21620A 041NJC 46 52 50 2162QA 052NKC 47 2162QA 052NJC 47 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected
57. must be selected 11 When a eutectic alloy overload relay is used option 9 0 overload relay auxiliary contact must be selected Not available with option 11DSA3 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 12 Bulletin 800F incandescent lamps are only available for 110 120V AC separate or transformer control 13 Option numbers are not complete select pilot light lens color add letters to the option number A amber blue C dear green R red W white for example 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights 14 SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage Bulletin 800F pilot lights cannot be used with common line voltage control Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Pilot Lights Push To Test When selected option 851 Elapsed Time Meter occupies the space of one Bulletin 8001 or 800H pilot device or the space of two Bul
58. p Mag Thermal THX qp 100 35k 2193M BKC THX 2193M BJC THX SC Mag 250A Thermal 70 90 225 A 100 65k 2193M CKC TJM 2193M SC Ma wee 100 35k 2193M CKC TJX 2193M TJX SC LSI TIML 40A 60A 100A 100k 65k 2193M_ CKC _TIML 2193M OC TDML PE 1504 250A 9 TXL fo 100k 35k 2193M CKC TJXL 2193M TJXL PE 400A LSI TKM 300 A 400 A 0 100k 6k 2 0 2193M_ DKC _TKM 2193M DJC SC 8 p LSI T q 100k 65k 2193M DKC TKX 2193M DJC TKX SC KU qe j 100 2193M DKC TKU 2193M DJC TKU SC Table is continued on the next page 102 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 70 Frame Range of Interrupting Capacity Rating Space Catalog Number Delivery Available Trips rms symmetrical amperes Factor Wiring Type A only Class 1 Program amperes Rating Trip Suffix 208V 240V 380V 400V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 ampere Style 415V 480V Type 1 w Gasket 800 A LSI TMM 600A 100k 65k 20 2193M_ EKC _TMM 2193M_ EJC _TMM SC LSI TX e 100k 42k 2193M EKC 2193M_ EJC _TMX SC 1569 TMMG 600A 100k 65k 2193M EKC TMMG 2193M_ EJC _TMMG PE 1569 TG se 100k 42k 2193M EKC TMXG 2193M EJC TM
59. protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 223 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 192 Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 600V Normal Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units
60. the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 206 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V HEAVY DUTY See page 199 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single
61. 00 108 135 25 30 25 30 35 108 1350 3 0 35 30 35 40 201 6 0 20 W 251 6 0 20 W 317 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 361 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 480 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D Rating Space Factor for NEMA Type 12 Units Amps Standard Wih with with With With With Unit Option Option Options Option Options Options Options 13GF 13IC 13GFand 13HIC 13GFand 131Cand 13GF 131C 13IC 13HIC 13HIC and 13HIC 5 30 25 43 60 30 35 85 350 108 135 35 40 108 135 3 5 40 35 40 45 201 6 0 20 W 251 6 0 20 W 317 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 361 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 480 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D 1 Space factor when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected 2 Space factor 190 or 45kW applications at 380 415V when circuit suffix THM is selected 3 following combination of option requires 2 5 space factors Options 89_ and 4T or4TL or5TLand9 without Option 1310 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 1 4 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 169 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Push Button Control Station Housing and Pilot Light Options Option Description 5 3 SMC Flex
62. 05 1 0 0529 12 1p1 7 0 5 12 197 3 9 0 2p1 027 3p 032 5 0 0 034 040 1 Bulletin 2163R only 2 Bulletin 2162R requires 1 0 space factor adder and Bulletin 2163R requires 0 5 space factor adder 3 Bulletin 2162R only 302 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units 2162 and 2163 Variable Frequency Drive Options Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 254 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Grounding Control Wiring and Miscellaneous Options CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Option Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 Delivery Number 520 700 and 750 Program Series Drives 21620 21630 2162R 2163R 2162T 2163T 2162U 2163U 2162V 2163V 2162W 2163W 2162X 2163X Grounded 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on hinge of unit door Unit door grounding strap for IEC Y Y SC Unit Door requirements Unit Load 79L Specify on plug in units for sections with unplated vertical unit load ground bus Unplated copper Y Y Connector 9119 Specify on plug in units for sections with tin plated vertical unit load ground Tin plated cooper Y bus UnitGround Specify on plug in units for sections with vertical plug in ground bus Unplated Copper alloy
63. 1 Control type MUST be selected for Bulletin 2162R and 2163R 2 Enhanced control option MUST be specified 3 When this option is selected with Option 1451 Safe Speed Monitor only one of the following options be selected with in addition to this option 1 Communication Module or 2 1 0 Module s The Auxiliary Power Supply Option 14APS can also be selected 4 Digital Analog 1 0 options are mutually exclusive with each other and is installed in Port 4 Options 14DA2R3 and 14DA2R4 consist of two cards and are installed in Port 4 and Port 7 5 This option must be selected with Option 14DENC1 Dual Encoder Feedback Only one of the following options can be selected with in addition to this option 1 Communication Module or 2 1 0 Module The Auxiliary Power Supply Option 14APS can also be selected Option can not be called out with the Ungrounded Power System option 14PSUG per product specifications Optional UL Class J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163U units Available only for Bulletin 2162R and 2163R units except units with size code 300 Available only for Bulletin 21628 and 2163R with size code 300 0 For size code 300 Bulletin 2162R and 2163R option 14PSUG changes delivery program to Engineered Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation s
64. 1 0 2162 6 0 38 20 2162XB 6P0JB 38 B 10 5 5 0 1 0 2162XB 010KB 39 2 0 2162XB 010JB 39 C 13 75 2 0 2162XB 013KB 40 25 2162XB 013JB 40 C 17 10 20 2162XB 017KB 41 25 2162XB 017JB 41 D 24 15 20 2162XB 024KB 42 30 2162XB 024JB 42 D 30 20 25 2162XB 030KB 43 35 2162XB 030JB 43 Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated Forderating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 UM001 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 523 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 281 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 233 2162X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Fr
65. 11 5 15 5977 2155 B FO25LK 2155 B FO25L 43 7 5 11 10 15 15 22 20 30 25 40 2155 B FO43lK 2155 B FO43L 60 15 20 30 40 50 2155 B FO60LK 2155 B F060L 85 18 5 22 25 30 37 50 60 60 75 2155 B FO85LK 2155 8 80851 45 25 3 0 108 30 40 55 75 100 2155JB FIO8LK_ 3 5 2155 B F108L 135 37 50 100 125 2155 B F135lK 2155 B F135L 201 45 55 60 75 75 90 125 150 150 200 6009 21558 201 60 21558 02010 5 1 20 W 20 W 251 75 100 110 132 200 250 2155 B F251lK 2155 B F251L 317 90 125 150 160 250 300 609 2155 B F317LK_ __ 6 0 2155JB F317LJ_ 20 W 20 W 361 110 150 185 300 350 md 2155 B F2610K n 2155 B F361L 20D 20D 480 132 200 200 250 350 400 400 500 2155 B FA80LK 2155 B FA80L 1 2 3 4 Delivery program is PE Il in the United States and SC II in Canada Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the factory Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the factory The catalog numbe
66. 12 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None 125N 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 35 W x 20 D None 144N 1 1G 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None None None 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 295 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 245 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Heavy Duty Drive Rating Code 480V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor Space Factor Adder MR 112A 14R and 112A 2P1H 3P4H 5 8 011H 1 1G 25 12 25 022 1 16 25 None 0 5 1 0 12 3 0 0 5 None 0 5 027H 034H 116 25 05 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 oo z5 040H 1 16 3 0 0 5 None 0 5 12 3 5 0 5 052 1 16 3 0 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 40 065H 1 16 3 0 1 0 0 5 1 0 12 40 0 077 1 16 6 0 S F x 20 W x 15 D None None None 12 6 0 S F 25 W x 15 D None 096 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None 125 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None 156 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None 186 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None 5 W 5 W 12 6 0 S F x 35 W x
67. 14 kA rms 14 kA rms symmetrical symmetrical symmetrical interrupting interrupting interrupting capacity capacity capacity Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Branch Breakers for Panel 15A 2100 GHB1015 2100 GHB2015 2100 GHB3015 PE PoE ee 20A 2100 GHB1020 2100 GHB2020 2100 GHB3020 25 2100 GHB1025 2100 GHB2025 2100 GHB3025 30A 2100 GHB1030 2100 GHB2030 2100 GHB3030 35 2100 GHB1035 2100 GHB2035 2100 GHB3035 40A 2100 GHB1040 2100 GHB2040 2100 GHB3040 50 2100 GHB1050 2100 GHB2050 2100 GHB3050 60 2100 GHB1060 2100 GHB2060 2100 GHB3060 70 2100 GHB1070 2100 GHB2070 2100 GHB3070 80A 2100 GHB1080 2100 GHB2080 2100 GHB3080 90 2100 GHB1090 2100 GHB2090 2100 GHB3090 100A 2100 GHB1100 2100 GHB2100 2100 GHB3100 Filler plates 2100 FILLER SC 10 per package 1 Bolt on branch breaker frame type for lighting panel boards is BAB 2 Bolt on branch breaker frame type for plug in panel board unit is GHB 332 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 20 Hardware and Kits Table 289 Unit Hardware and Kits continued Description 140G Handle Repair Kit includes handle mounting base bail and hardware Frame Size Style Catalog Number Delivery Program G Right 2100H HOAGR SC Left 2100H HOAGL SC Horizontal 2100H HOAGH SC H Right 2100H HOAHR SC Left 2100H HOAHL SC Horizontal 2100H HOAHH SC J Right 2100H HOAJR SC Horizontal 2100H HOAJH SC K Right 2100H HO
68. 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A 7 240V and 480V are SC in U S and Canada 600V is PE in U S and SC in Canada 8 240V and 480V are SC Il in U S and Canada 600V is PE II in U S and SC Il in Canada Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 115 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means XFMR continued See page 113 for product description TIP Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 81 Ratin Recommended Primary Space Catalog Number Delivery kvA U Protection Factor Wiring Type A Class Program Amperes 380V 4000 415V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 121 1w gasket 7 filt
69. 1P7N 3 13 0 75 3P4H 2 3 15 2P7H 3 13 0 75 9 12 34 2 1P7N 3 17 1 3P4H 2 34 2 2P7H 3 17 1 5 9 2 5 3 2P7N 3 24 15 5P0H 2 5 3 3P9H_ 3 24 15 8 2 2 8 5 2P7N 3 27 2 8P0H 2 8 5 3P9H 3 27 2 onu 12 1 75 3PN 3 39 onu 12 11 75 emH 3 39 3 014N 2 14 10 6P1N 3 6 1 5 02H 2 14 10 3 6 1 5 022N 2 22 15 9 3 9 75 027H 3 22 15 011 3 9 75 0271 3 27 20 011 3 11 10 034H 3 27 20 0UH 3 11 10 034N 3 3 25 017N 3 17 15 040 3 34 25 02H 3 17 15 0401 3 40 30 022 3 22 20 052 4 40 30 027 4 22 20 0521 4 52 40 027N 4 27 25 065 4 52 40 032H 4 27 25 0651 4 65 50 032N 4 3 30 077 5 65 50 041 5 32 30 077N 5 77 60 041N 5 41 40 096H 5 77 60 052H 5 41 40 096N 5 96 75 052N 5 52 50 125H 6 96 75 063 6 52 50 125N 6 125 100 063N 6 63 60 156H 6 125 100 077H 6 63 60 156N 6 156 125 077N 6 77 75 186H 6 150 125 099 6 77 75 1861 6 186 150 099N 6 99 100 248H 6 186 150 125H 6 99 100 248N 6 248 200 125N 6 125 125 144H 6 125 125 144N 6 144 150 1 The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 750 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating 2 Drive comes pre programmed for Heavy Duty Applications Refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 PM001 260 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control C
70. 1w gasket 5 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 6 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse 3 1 5 15 15 15 200 97LFK D 2197LFK D 16A 21972H D 0 5 25 15 200 297GK D 21977 6 0__ 16 21977 6 _0 __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 5 25 30 15 200 21972 GK_A _ 2197LGK A 16A 2197 6 0 7 5 3 7 40 20 20 21972 HK 21977 HK A 16 21977 11 A 10 5 50 30 20 2197L K A 21977 JK A 16A 21971 _ __ 15 7 5 70 40 30 250 21972 KK_A _ 2197LKK A 16A 21977K A 25 12 5 125 70 60 21971 A 21977 A 16A 21972 M A 37 5 18 5 200 100 70 25 2197L XK A 21977 XK A 16A 21977 _ 50 25 150 100 a 21971 _ __ 21971 _ __ 16 21972 Table is continued on the next page 126 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units Table 87 Ratin Size of Primary Protection kVA 240V 480 V 600 V Space Factor Catalog Number Wiring Type A Only Class CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers NEMA Type 1 and Type 1w gasket 5 NEMA Type 1 with filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 0 NEMA Type 12 Delivery Program THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three secondar
71. 2 Packing storage may require space heater and other considerations For sections see page 34 days Below Deck 1 Alsoavailable on Bulletin 2160R units 2 Unit Load Ground Connector and Unit Ground Stab plating must match horizontal amp vertical ground bus plating 3 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is two in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to 0 terminal block 304 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames mounted internally must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired 4 These are form C contacts Each form C contact includes one N 0 and one N C contact Internal auxiliary contacts 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames are wired to a 3 point unmounted Chapter 1 7 Programmable Controller Units Bulletin 2180L 2182L 2183L with Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Chassis The Bulletin 2180L 2182L and 2183L units include a choice of one 4 slot or one 7 slot Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix chassis Unit Features Without disconnecting means or plug in stabs e 4 slot chassis 1 0 space factor 7 slot chassis 2 0 space factor frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Bottom mou
72. 2 0 21630A 011NKB 40 3 0 21630A 011NJB 40 14 10 21630A 014NKB 41 21630A 014NJB 41 D 22 15 2 5 21630A 022NKB 42 21630A 022NJB 42 27 20 21630A 027NKB 43 3 5 21630A 027NJB 43 34 25 21630A 034NKB 44 3 0 21630A 034NJB 44 40 30 3 0 21630A 040NKB 45 3 5 21630A 040NJB 45 E 52 40 3 02 2163QA 052NKB 46_ 4 0 2163QA 052NJB 46_ 65 50 354 216303 065 47 4 0 21630A 065NJB 47_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker table on page 322 to identify the desired circuit breaker type for example 2163QA 1P1NKB 33THM 4 Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SCI 210 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive
73. 2 0 250VA 1 8 slot 2 5 250VA 30 250VA 250VA 1 8 slot 6 0 25 W 1 250VA 1 250VA 1 500VA 2 8 slot 6 0 25 W 2 250VA 2 250VA 2 500VA 1 16 slot 6 0 35 W 250VA 250VA 500VA 500VA 2 16 slot 6 0 35 W 2 250VA 2 250VA 2 500VA 2 500VA 1 16 slot 6 0 40 W 250VA 500VA 500VA 2 16 slot 6 0 40 W 500VA 1kVA 1kVA 366 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CAQ04C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Power System Configuration Application Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers are suitable for use on 3 phase 3 wire or 4 wire Wye connected power systems rated 600V or less 50 or 60 Hz that have a solidly grounded neutral CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers can also be used on the following power system configurations however some units and options are available 3 phase 3 wire Wye systems rated 600Y 347V or less with impedance grounded neutral 3 phase 3 wire ungrounded Delta systems rated 600V or less For 3 phase 3 wire corner grounded Delta systems 3 phase 4 wire center tap grounded high leg Delta systems rated 240V and any other power systems not listed above the MCC is processed on the Engineered delivery program to help ensure proper product configuration TIP For more information regarding MCC selection criteria related to power system configurations see the Power System Consider
74. 2 on Page 145 Disconnect D 3 2107 Full Voltage Reversing E 4 Code Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip Current FVR with Circuit Breaker F 5 Circuit 2106 41 24 41 Horsepower Code See Horsepower Table Page 314 724 Fuse Clip Rating and Class Code Wiring Type See Fuse Clip Designator table on page 316 A Type A 2107 41TGA 41 Horsepower Code See Horsepower Table on B Type page 314 TGA Circuit Breaker Type See Table on Circuit Breaker Type Table on page 320 Code Enclosure Type NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket with external reset button K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button J NEMA Type 12 without external reset button 56 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2106 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVR See page 56 for product description Table 28 NEMA Horsepower Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery Size See Appendix for short Factor Wiring Type B Class Program circuit withstand ratings 208V 240V 3801 480V 600V Rating Class NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 415V Amperes and Type 1 w gasket 1 0 125 7 5 0 12 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 CC J 15 2106B BA 2106B BD SC
75. 20 D 20 D 6 125 100 6 0x 25 Wx 2162VB 156HKB 50 60x30 Wx 2162VB 156H B 50 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 6 0x 25 Wx 2162VB 186HKB 51 60x35 Wx 2162VB 186H B 51 20 D 20 D 6 186 150 ax 30 Wx 2162VB 248HKB 522 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 nominal horsepower ratings shown for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA0
76. 2000 60 90 39 2500 64 100 40 3000 65 125 4 150 42 175 43 200 44 225 45 100 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 69 Mechanical Lugs for Feeders Amperes Factor Phase Range Type Mechanical Lugs TGM 125 15 125 1 14 1 0 AWG CU THM THX THML THXL 125 15 125 1 0and 1 14 1 0 AWG CU larger 0 5 1 14 1 0 AWG CU AL TJM TJX TJU IML TJXL JUL 250 60 or less 1 5 or 1 14 1 0 AWG CU AL 70 250 10 250 kcmil CU 14 1 0 AWG CU AL 80A1X0 10 350 kcmil CU 804350 6 350 kcmil AL 60 or less 0 5 14 2 0 AWG CU AL 70 250 6 350 kcmil CU TKM TKX TKU TK L TK G 400 300 1 250 500 kcmil CU CU AL 80A500 400 2 32 0 250 kcmil CU CU AL 80B250 TMM TMX TMN TM G 800 600 2 3 0 350 kcmil CU 250 500 kcmil CU AL 80B500 800 3 2 0 350 kcmil CU 32 0 400 kcmil CU AL 80C400 TNM TNX TNN TN G 1200 600 1200 4 4 0 500 kcmil CU 34 0 500 kcmil CU AL 80D500 TRUG 2000 1000 1600 4 2 600 kcmil CU AL 2000 6 2500 2500 7 1 Lugs are designed for use with breaker frame Standard crimp or mechanical lugs cannot be used without special lug pad assembly 2 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus is specified the quantity and size type of the lug
77. 2070 None 156N 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None 186N 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None 5 W 5 W 12 6 0 S F x 35 W x 20 D None 248N 1 16 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None None None 12 1 Type 12 w 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6 0 S F 20 W x 15 D 294 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 244 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Normal Duty Drive Rating Code 600V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor Space Factor Adder 1R 112A 14R and 112A 1P7N 2P7N 3P9N 1 1G 2 5 None None None 12 25 6P1N 1 1G 25 0 5 None 0 5 12 25 0 5 0 5 9PON 011N 1 1G 25 05 05 05 12 3 017 022N 1 1G 25 05 05 0 5 12 3 5 027N 1 1G 3 0 5 None 0 5 12 4 None 032N 1 1G 3 0 5 None 0 5 12 4 None 0411 1 1G 6 0 S F x 20 W x 15 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W 15 D None 052N 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None None None 12 6 0 5 x 25 W 15 D None 063N 0771 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x 2070 None 099N 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None
78. 2100 Motor Control Centers MCCFinish Table 300 NEMA Type Finishes NEMA Type Finish 1 1G 12 ANSI 49 Medium Light Grey 3R High Gloss White inside only Cross Reference Chart NEMA UL to IEC Table 301 NEMA UL IEC Enclosure Cross Reference approximate Appendix NEMA Compliance to IP Protection Rating Type 10 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 40 41 42 43 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 1 2 1 3 3R viviviviviviv wv 35 4 vViviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviwv 4X viviviviviviviviviviviviviviviviv viv 6 12 13 1 1 529 has no equivalent to NEMA enclosure Types 7 8 9 10 or 11 Table 302 Degree of Protection
79. 2122 2126 1 100 kA 2106 2112 Space Saving NEMA 1 100 21021 30 100A 5kA 2102L 200 300A 10 kA 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 3 5kA 2106 2112 2122 4 5 10 2112 6 10 2112 Vacuum Contactor Starters 200 A 400 A 600 A 10 kA 2196 10 kA JR 2102L 30 100A 100 kA 2102L 200 300A 100 kA 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 3 100 kA 2106 2112 2122 4 5 100 2106 2112 Space Saving NEMA 1 100 2112 6 100 2112 Vacuum Contactor Starters 200 A 400 A 600 A 100 kA 2196 100 kA HRCII C 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 3 100 kA 2106 2112 2122 M 100 ka 2106 2112 Space Saving NEMA n 100 kA 2 6 100 ka 2112 Vacuum Contactor Starters 200 A 400 A 600 A 100 L 2112 6 100 kA 1 NOT UL listed 356 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Soft Starter Units SMCs Table 317 Combination Fusible Disconnect Soft Starter Units for Bulletin 2154H and 2154J Bulletin Number SMC Device Rating Fuse Class Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical 240V 480V 600V 2154H 3 85A J 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 108 A and 135 A 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 2154 5 654 100 100 100 108 A and 135 A 65 kA 65 kA 65 kA 201 361A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 480A L 100 kA
80. 2162V All ratings 100 kA N A Table 320 AC Drive Combination Circuit Breaker Units for Bulletins 2163Q 2163R 2163T 2163U 2163V 2163W and 2163X Bulletin Number Frame catalog With Drive Without Horsepower Short Circuit Withstand Ratings code suffix Input Fuse Drive Input amperes rms symmetrical Class Fuse Class 150 2163T TM CJ N A All Ratings 100 100 21630 N A All Ratings 100 100 21638 N A All Ratings 100 100 2163U V TMTX J All Ratings 100 kA N A 2163U V Yes All Ratings 65 kA N A 2163U V TX Yes All Ratings 100 kA N A 2163W X TM C N A 0 5 10 HP 100 kA 100 kA 2163W X TM J N A 15 20 HP 100 kA 100 kA 2163W X TX N A 15 20 HP 100 kA 100 kA 2163W X 0 5 10 HP 100 kA 100 kA UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Programmable Controllers The following tables show short circuit capabilities for combination units that are UL listed and CSA certified Table 321 Bulletin Number Fuse Class Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical 380 415V 480V 600V 358 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Table 322 Circuit Breaker Bulletin Short Circuit Withstand Ratings amperes rms symmetrical Frame Number 240V 380 480V 600V G6C3 TGM 2183L 100 kA 65 kA HOC3 THX 2183L
81. 2197 A K BD 30TGM s CE Bulletin Number Transformer Size NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Fuse Clip Rating and Class or Circuit Options Breaker Trip and Type Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Fuse Clip Rating and Class or Circuit 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer without K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Breaker Trip and Type Disconnecting Means XFMR gasket 2195 Not Applicable 21960 Control and Lighting Transformer with J NEMA Type 12 2196 24 Fuse Clip Rating and Class See table Fusible Disconnect XFMR on page 319 2197 Z Control and Lighting Transformer with 2197 30TGM Circuit Breaker Trip and Type See Circuit Breaker XFMR Code table on page 319 and 321 Note The 7 denotes that the disconnect portion of the Single Phase Line Voltage unit is 0 5 space factor EA Single Phase B 0 75 Code Primary Secondary C 1 0 kVA AD 240V 120 V 1 Fuse 1 1 6 kVA BD 480 V0 V 120 V 1 Fuse E 2 0 kVA co 600V 120V 1 Fuse Code Options F 3 0 kVA AA 2401 240 120 V 2 Fuses See Options Section beginning on 6 5 0 BA 480V 240 120 V 2 Fuses page 145 H 7 5 CA 600 V 240 120 V 2 Fuses J 10 KVA NS 380 V 110 115 V 1 1 pole CB K 15 KVA KNS 400 V 110 115 V 1 1 pole CB M 25 kVA IS 415V 110 115 V 1 1 pole CB X 37 5 NP 380 V 110 V 2 1 pole CB Y 50 kVA KNP 400 V 115 V 2 1 pole CB Three Phase IP 415V 220 V 2 1 pole CB P 10 kVA IT 415V 240 V 2 1 pole CB Q 15
82. 225 A with a maximum 42 branch circuits 1 20r3 pole bolt on branch circuit breakers are available with ratings from 15 100 A Reference page 332 for additional bolt on breakers Table 73 2193LE A K L 1 18 00WT 30A18 Bulletin Number Maximum Rating of NEMA Enclosure TypeofMain System Phases 1 Pole Branch Breakers Main Breaker Trip Rating and Branch Breakers Main Bus Type Positions Type Rating Code System Phases Code al Breaker Trip Code 1 Single Phase Rating and Type mE 3 Three Phase Rating 2193LE Lightning Panels with QOWT Lug Only Bolt on Branch Breakers LPAN z 40WT 100A ode Type of Main 45WT 2254 L Main Lug Only B Main Circuit Breaker Code Max Rating of Code 1 Pole Branch Breakers Main Bus Positions 100A 15 15 Code Branch Breakers C 225A 16 16 See Factory Installed Bolt On Branch 18 18 Breaker table on Page 109 27 27 Code NEMA Enclosure Type 30 30 K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 42 42 gasket J NEMA Type 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 107 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2193LE Frame Mounted Lighting Panel for Bolt on Branch Circuit Breakers LPAN See page 107 for product description Basic configuration includes door with T handles and support pan Units are NOT wired Units have NO plug in stabs L
83. 2P7N 24 15 sP4H 30 15 2P7H 24 1 5 3P5N 35 15 3P4N 34 2 2P7N 27 2 5 34 2 3P9H 27 2 5PON 50 22 5 50 3 3P9N 39 3 8 5 0 3 6 1 39 3 8P7N 87 37 8PON 80 5 6PIN 6 1 5 011 8 0 5 9POH 61 5 01141115 55 0111 11 75 9 190 75 014 75 011H 90 7 5 015N 154 75 014N 14 10 011 11 10 022 14 10 017 11 10 0224 22 1 022N 22 15 017N 117 15 027 22 15 02H 17 15 0303 30 15 QN 2 20 022N 22 20 034H 27 20 027 22 20 037N 37 18 5 034N 3 25 QN 27 25 040H 34 25 03H 27 25 043N 43 22 040N 40 30 032N 32 30 052H 40 30 04H 32 30 060N 60 30 0524 52 40 O41N 41 40 065 52 40 052 41 40 072N 72 37 065N 65 50 052N 52 50 1 The kW and HP ratings shown for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 201 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 415V NORMAL DUTY 202 See page 199 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive i
84. 3 0 9 0 5 2 5 2163 1 7 33___ 2 5 2163 1 7 33___ 3 13 0 75 25 2163VB 1P7NKC 34 25 2163VB 1P7NJC34 3 17 1 25 2163 1 7 35___ 2 5 2163VB 1P7NJC35 3 24 15 25 2163 2 7 36___ 2 5 2163 2 7 36___ 3 27 20 2 5 2163 2 7 37___ 2 5 2163VB2P7NJC37 3 3 9 3 25 2163 3 9 38___ 2 5 2163 3 9 38___ 3 6 1 5 2 5 2163 6 1 39___ 2 5 2163 6 1 39___ 3 9 0 7 5 2 5 2163 9 40___ 30 2163VB 9PONJC40 3 11 10 0 2 5 2163VB 011NKC 41 30 2163VB 011N JC A1 3 17 15 25 2163 017 42___ 3 5 2163VB 017NJC 42 3 22 20 25 2163 022 43 35 2163VB 022NJCT43 4 27 25 3 0 2163 027 44___ 40 2163VB 027NJCA4 4 32 30 30 2163VB 032NKC 45 40 2163VB 032NJCA45 5 4 40 6 0x20 Wx 2163VB 041NKC 46 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 01N C46 15 D 15 D 5 52 50 6 0x25 Wx 2163 052 47___ 6 0x25 Wx 2163 052 0 47___ 15 D 15 D 6 63 60 6 0x25 Wx 21 63VB 063NKC48 0 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 063NJC 48_ 4 20 D 20 D 6 77 75 6 0x25 Wx 21 63VB 077NKC49 9 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 077NJC 49___ 4 20 D 20 D 6 99 100 6 0x25 Wx 21 63 099 50 0 6 0x30 Wx 2163VB 099NJC 50 4 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 125NKC 51_ 6 0x35 Wx 2163VB 125NC 51__ 20 D 20 D 6 144 150 6 0x30 Wx 2163VB 144NKC 52__ N A 20 D 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect on
85. 30 kVAR 150 30 kVAR 40 kVAR 40 kVAR 50 kVAR 150 30 kVAR 30 kVAR 35 kVAR 37 5 kVAR 200 35 kVAR 50 kVAR 50 kVAR 70 kVAR 200 40 kVAR 37 5 kVAR 40 kVAR 50 kVAR 250 40 kVAR 60 kVAR 60 kVAR 80 kVAR 250 50 kVAR 45 kVAR 50 kVAR 60 kVAR 300 45 kVAR 70 kVAR 75 kVAR 100 kVAR 300 60 kVAR 50 kVAR 60 kVAR 60 kVAR 350 50 kVAR 75 kVAR 90 kVAR 120 kVAR 350 60 kVAR 60 kVAR 75 kVAR 75 kVAR 400 75 kVAR 80 kVAR 100 kVAR 130 kVAR 400 75 kVAR 60 kVAR 75 kVAR 85 kVAR 450 80 kVAR 90 kVAR 120 kVAR 140 kVAR 450 75 kVAR 75 kVAR 80 kVAR 90 kVAR 500 100 kVAR 120 kVAR 150 kVAR 160 kVAR 500 75 kVAR 75 kVAR 85 kVAR 100 kVAR 360 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Horsepower Ratings for Bulletin 2192F Fusible Disconnect Feeder Switch FDS Units Table 326 Switch Ratings Amperes Horsepower at Rated Motor Voltage 200V 230V 380 415V 460V 575V 30 0 125 75 0 125 75 0 125 15 0 125 15 0 125 20 60 10 15 10 15 20 30 20 30 25 40 100 20 25 20 30 40 50 40 50 50 200 30 50 40 60 60 100 60 125 60 150 400 60 100 75 125 125 250 150 250 175 350 600 125 150 150 200 300 350 300 400 400 Conductor Size Conversion Chart Metric Conductor Size to American Wire Gauge Conductor Size Table 327 Metric Conductor Size American Wire Gauge Size 0 Metric Conduct
86. 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 184 Bulletin 21630 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 480V Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMAType1 Catalog Number NEMA Type 12 Catalog Number Delivery and Type 1 w Program gasket Space Factor Space Factor A 11 0 5 1 5 21630 33_ 2 0 21630A 1P1NJB 33 SC 1 6 0 75 21630 2 34_ 2 1 1 21630A 2P1NJB 34 3 0 15 21630A 2P1NJB 35 21630A 3PA4NJB 36 34 2 21630A 3PANKB 37 _ 2163QA 3P4NJB 37_ B 5 0 3 2163QA 5PONKB 38_ 21630A 5PONJB 38 8 0 5 21630A 8PONKB 39 25 21630A 8PONJB 39 C 11 75
87. 40 30 3 0 2162UB 052HKB 45 40 2162UB 052HJB 45 4 52 40 3 0 2162UB 065HKB 46 4 0 2162UB 065HJB 46 5 65 50 6 0x20 Wx 2162UB 077HKB 47 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 077HJB 47 15 D 15 D 5 7 60 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 096HKB 48 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 096HJB 48 15 D 15 D 6 96 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 125HKB 49 6 0x25 Wx 21621 8 125 490 20 D 20 D 6 125 100 60x25 Wx 2162UB 156HKB 50 7 6 0x30 Wx 216208 1569 50 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 186HKB 51 6 0x35 Wx 2162UB 186HJB 51 20 D 20 D 6 186 150 6 0x30 Wx 2162UB 248HKB 52 20 D 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and
88. 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC NORMAL DUTY See page 215 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Sel
89. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Rating Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Amps The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal Program The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC 3 is the output ampere rating 220 230V 12404 380 415V 14804 600 2 Space Catalog Number w Space Catalog Number Factor Wiring Type B Class Factor Wiring Type B Class 3 0 25 0 55 05 0 37 1 1 0 5 1 5 10 75 2 1 0 2155HB AA 1 0 2155HB AD SC 9 0 75 2 2 0 75 2 1 5 3 7 2 55 3777 2155HB BA 2155 80 19 3 7 35 35 5 5 7 5 7 5 10 10 15 2155HB DA 2155HB DD 25 5 5 7 5 11 15 20 2155HB EA 2155HB ED 30 7 5 10 15 20 25 2155HB FA 2155HB FD 37 18 5 25 30 2155 0 2155HB GD 43 11 15 22 30 40 15 2155 2 0 2155HB HD 60 15 20 30 40 50 2155HB JA 2 5 2155HB JD 85 18 5 22 25 30 67 50 2155HB KA 309 2155HB KD_ 45 60 60 75 108 30 40 55 75 100 2 5 2155HB LA 35 21558840 135 37 50 100 2 5 2155 _ __ 2155HB MD 135 125 3 0 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 2
90. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Figure Catalog Delivery Number Program Mechanical Lugs 166 350 kcmil CU AL 1 2100H 80350 SC for use with 42 kA bus bracing only when used with main or feeder lug tibiis CU AL 2 2100H 80350DB compartment Bulletin 2191M or Or use on incoming line tug 2191F compartments only 14 0 600 kcmil CU AL 1 2100H 80600 4 0 600 kcmil double barrel lug CU AL 2 2100H 80600DB For use on 600 A incoming line lug compartments only 0 350 800 kcmil CU AL 1 2100H 80800 Crimp Lugs 250 kcmil CU 3 2100H 82250 Type LCC 350 CU 3 2100H 82350 500 kcmil CU 3 2100H 82500 750 kcmil CU 3 2100H 82750 Crimp Lugs 250 kcmil CU AL 3 2100H 83250 Burndy YA A seri YASA series 350 kcmil 3 21009 83350 500 kcmil CU AL 3 2100 83500 750 kcmil CU AL 3 2100H 83750 Incoming Line Lug Barriers Insulating barrier for covering user s terminations in main bus lug compartments 1 0 space factor 2100H NLB10 1 5 space factor 2100H NLB15 2 0 space factor 1 NOT for use on incoming neutral bus Use single conductor lug for incoming neutral bus applications 2100H NLB20 1 The lugs can only be used if the Bulletin 2192 400 A or Bulletin 2193 unit has been ordered with a factory installed lug pad assembly for example option code 82B500 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 327
91. CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 283 Lug Dimensions Figure 3 20 Hardware and Kits Lugs shown are drilled for 2 hole NEMA 1 75 spacing Lug Size Number of Cables Dimension A Refer to Per Lug Figure Mechanical Type 366 350 kcmil 1 2 13 54 mm 1 4 0 600 kcmil 1 2 31 59 mm 1 350 800 kcmil 1 2 25 57 mm 1 366 350 kcmil 2 2 13 54 mm 2 4 0 600 2 213 54 2 Crimp Type CU Panduit Type LCC 250 kcmil 1 2 94 75 mm 3 350 kcmil 3 38 86 mm 500 kcmil 3 78 96 mm 750 kcmil 4 63 118 mm Crimp Type CU AL Burndy YA A Series 250 kcmil 1 2 91 74 mm 3 Figure 2 350 kcmil 3 69 94 mm 500 kcmil 4 44 113 mm 750 kcmil 4 94 125 mm Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation Table 284 Unit Hardware and Kits Description Catalog Number Control Station Housing Available for use on units series Blank 2100H N8 rea hole for one Bulletin 800T pilot device 2100H N9 no longer available 2 hole for two Bulletin 8001 pilot devices 2100H N10 3 hole for three Bulletin 800T pilot devices 2100H N11 Control Station Mounting Blank Bulletin 2103L and 2113 dual only 2100H N8D klate 1 hole for one Bulletin 8001 pilot device Bulletin 21031 and 2113 dual only 2100H N9D 2 hole for two Bulletin 800T pilot devices Bulletin 2103L and 2113 dual only 2100H N10D 3 hole
92. Current for Bulletin 2197 and 21977 Trip Current Number Current Number Trip Current Number Amperes Amperes Amperes 450 135 425 41 20 31 60 36 150 42 30 32 70 37 200 44 40 34 100 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 319 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 273 Circuit Breaker Type Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 210310 2 19 Configuration Tables Rating High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Amperes 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V Frame 65 kA at 600V K Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Optional Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Frame 30 0 5 SF TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX HOC3 30 70 TGM 6663 H6C3 THX HOC3 100 TGM 6663 H6F3 THX HOC3 200 TJM 63 TJX JOF3 300 TKM K6F3 TKU K15F3 1 Q Refer to Appendix for interrupting capacity and short circuit withstand rating Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers pub ication 2100 TD032 for more information Table 274 Inverse Time Thermal Mag or Solid State Circuit Breakers Rating High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity A
93. Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC and 600V AC Normal Duty Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 755 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 755 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with circuit breaker use thermal magnetic trip unit and do not include factory supplied installed drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available See Table 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Ratings table Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the s
94. Duty Motors with marked service factor not less than 1 15 or motors with a marked temperature rise not over 40 C 1 The same temperature at the controller and motor Select the heater element number with the listed full load amps nearest the full load value shown on the motor nameplate This provides integral horsepower motors with protection between 110 120 of the nameplate full load amps 2 Higher temperature at the controller than at the motor If the full load amps value shown on the motor nameplate is between the listed full load amps select the heater element number with the higher value This provides integral horsepower motors with protection between 115 12596 of the nameplate full load amps 3 Lower temperature at the controller than at the motor If the full load amps value shown on the motor nameplate is between the listed full load amps select the heater element number with the lower value This provides integral horsepower motors with protection between 105 115 of the nameplate full load amps All other motors rated for continuous duty includes motors with marked service factor of 1 0 Select the heater element number one rating smaller than determined by the rules in paragraphs 1 2 and 3 This provides protection at current levels 1096 lower than indicated above 1 Rules 2 and 3 apply when the temperature difference does not exceed 10 C 18 F Consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Au
95. EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 58 Lug Quantity Letter Number of Cables per Phase 1 1 2 C 3 D 4 E 5 F 6 1 Ifoptional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 161 is specified the quantity and size type of the lugs on neutral lug pad is the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus see page 161 is specified and one or two lugs per phase are specified one lug is provided on the half rated neutral riser When three or four lugs are specified two lugs are provided When five or six lugs are specified three lugs are provided on half rated neutral riser Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 87 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Line Dimensions Lug pads shown on page 90 are drilled for 2 hole NEMA 1 75 spacing 7 Main and Feeder Units Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Give special consideration to the mounting of the CTs for a metering device Consider the addition of a pull box Table 59 Top Entry Compartment Ratings Referto Dimensions Dimension B Maximum Maximum Size Amperes Figure 2 No of Number of Lugs Space Factor Cables per Phase Phase L1 12 L3 Total Available Single Double Space with Cable
96. Fuse Manufacturer Code 0 Select G B 30 J 24 G Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut R 248 B Bussmann HO 24 60 J 25 G Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut R 258 B Bussmann HO 25 100 J 26 G Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut R 268 B Bussmann ug 26 200 J 27 G Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut R 778 B Bussmann HO 27 1 Only 24 option available for 21967 units 2 See Appendix for short circuit withstand ratings For fuse rating based upon kVA of transformer see publication 2100 TD003 Selecting Bussmann or Littelfuse power fuse changes delivery program to PE Power fuses are not available for Class H fuse clip Power fuses are available on 480V and 600V only Power fuse option not available for Class fuse clip 4 The Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8 A 318 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 19 Configuration Tables CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 271 Trip Current for Bulletin 2103L Contactor Rating Amps Trip Current Amps Number Contactor Rating Amps Trip Current Amps Number 30r 20030 a5 a 20 31 150 42 30 60 or 100 30 32 175 43 60 or 100 40 34 200 44 50 35 300 225 45 60 36 250 46 100 200 or 300 70 372 300 48 80 380 90 39 0 100 40 1 Available only on 100 A contactors 2 Available only on 100 A and 200 A contactors Table 272 Trip
97. Fusible Disconnect 600V AC IMPORTANT See page 237 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 228 0 001 PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included Optional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors The HP ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 40 drive units according to the application and output ampere
98. KN 115V 50 Hz Transformer Control B C 120V 60 Hz Transformer Control 1 Units atthese voltages are not UL listed C UL listed or CSA certified Table 265 Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2162 and 2163 2164 and 2165 Line Voltage Voltage Code mo 1 pM 7 240 AU 380 NO 400 KN 415 0 2 480 600 C 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 2 Not applicable to 2164 or 2165 Table 266 Horsepower Ratings for Bulletins Motor Number Number Motor Number Hp Hp 0 125 30 250 56 0 25 31 300 57 0 33 32 350 58 0 50 33 400 59 0 75 34 450 60 1 35 500 6 15 36 2 37 1 Notall HP ratings are available for all configurations See PowerControl Builder for valid configuration options 314 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 19 Configuration Tables Table 267 kW Ratings for Bulletins 2154 2155 2162 and 2163 kW Number Number 0 25 32K 47K 0 37 33K 48K 0 55 34K 49K 0 75 35K 50K 11 36K 51K 15 37 52 2 2 38 53 37 39 54 5 5 40 55 75 41K 56K 11 42K 57K 15 43K 58K 18 5 44K 59K 22 45K 30 46K 1 kW rated units are not UL listed C UL listed or CSA certified Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 315 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 26
99. Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415V I for example 2162RA 1P3NKN 33K 218 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC NORMAL DUTY See page 215 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum
100. Motor Control Centers User Manual publication 2100 INO12 for more information Each unit has a unit label located inside the unit on the bottom plate Information on the unit nameplate includes Serial number Series letter Factory order number Catalog string number Unit location System voltage Unit Label Data for units shipped on the SC or PE Delivery Programs CAT WIRING DIAGRAM SERIAL NO ELEMENT LIST DESCRIPTION RATING PLANT IF CENTRALIZED DRAWINGS REQUESTED MANUFACTURED ON MARKED HORIZONTAL WIREWAY COVER Allen Bradley PRODUCT OF TIP CAT number for units supplied on the Engineered Delivery Program will have a unique catalog number based on the factory order number For example YULDBCN99 1AF assembled MCCs or 2100U LDBCN99 1 individually ordered units 24 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Series Identification for Units This table gives a brief explanation of the series letter changes that have taken place since the original design of the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center Table 7 Unit Series Units Series Letter Scope Description of Change Date Implemented in U S AU Original design February 1971 sizes Changed terminal blocks November 1976 c All sizes Changed
101. Motor Control Centers The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output Delivery Program PE Frame Rating 0 Nominal kW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Space Catalog Number 8 Space Catalog Number Factor Factor B 13 0 37 15 2162QA 1P3NK_ 33K 2 0 2162QA 1P3NJ 33K 15 0 55 2162QA 2P 1NK_ 34K 2162QA 2P1NJ 34K 2 1 0 75 21620A 2P1NK 35K 2162QA 2P1NJ 35K 2 6 11 2162QA 3P5NK_ 36K 2162QA 3P5NJ 36K 35 15 2162QA 3P5NK_ 37K 2162QA 3P5NJ 37K 5 0 22 2162QA 5PONK_ 38K 2162QA 5PONJ 38K 8 7 3 7 2162QA 8P7NK_ 39K 25 2162QA 8P7NJ 39K C 11 5 5 5 2 0 2162QA 011NK_ 40K 3 0 21620A 011NJ 40K 15 4 75 2162QA 015NK_ 41K 21620A 015NJ 41K D 22 11 25 2162QA 022NK_ 42K 2162QA 022NJ_ 42K 30 15 2162QA 030NK_ 43K 35 21620A 030NJ 43K 37 18 5 2162QA 037NK_ 44K 3 0 2162QA 037NJ_ 44K 43 22 3 0 2162QA 043NK_ 45K 3 5 21620 043 45K 60 30 3 00 2162QA 060NK_ 46K 4 0 2162QA 060NJ_ 46K 72 37 3 5 2162QA 072NK_ 47K 21620A 072NJ_ 47K 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected 3
102. Option Delivery 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 Number Program STOP Y 00 00 1B START STOP and IMPORTANT When SMC Flex option 13 is selected y Q0 SC SOFT STOP the only push button option that can be selected is 1XB When SMC Flex option 13XD is selected the only push button options that can be selected are 1XD 1XE or START STOP and PUMP STOP vim jy START STOP and SLOW SPEED 0 y xc SC START STOP and BRAKE v y X PE START STOP and ACCU STOP v y 1X START STOP SLOW SPEED and BRAKE v 0903 y 02 03 aye Control Station Blank Y Y Y Y 2 SC Housing 1 hole for one pilot device Y Y Y 2 2 holes for two pilot devices Y Y Y Y 2B 3 holes for three pilot devices Y Y Y Y 2C 4 holes for four pilot devices Y 3p Selector Switch 4 HAND OFF AUTO Y 3 OFF ON Selector Switch HAND OFF AUTO for Soft Stop Y Y 3XA SC HAND OFF AUTO for Pump Control Y Y 3 HAND OFF AUTO for Smart Motor Braking 9 Y Y 3XD Ov UM 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 Maximum one switch per unit Push buttons cannot be used in conjunction with selector switches When three or less pilot devices are selected Bulletin 8007 pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices Generally when more than three pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied For 0 5 space fa
103. P October 2015 89 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Line Dimensions Dimensions for drawings are provided on page 88 1 1 E 1 2 B o 8 5 E amp 2 2000 gt 2 5 n o P 3 00 2 plese Y 6 00 4 00 4 00 6 00 o o o o o Y b 2 Le P FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 Phase A vertical bus on top incoming 2 0 space factors and Phase C vertical bus on bottom incoming 2 0 s
104. P 220 230 A 240V 138017 KN 400y 4154 0 B 480 C 16007 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2154H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC 3 See page 179 for product description Basic configuration includes power fuses Isolation contactor 131C is optional Select on page 195 This addition or other options can require additional space see Table 159 Table 160 and the footnotes in the Options section Control circuit transformer included Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controller includes one N O auxiliary contact set to NORMAL The Bulletin 150 CF64 fan also is included for 3 37 A ratings Integrated fan is standard for 43 135 A ratings Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controllers are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 357 for short circuit withstand ratings Table 158 Bulletin 2154H Units Rating Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW Disc NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Delivery Amps The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal Rating w gasket Program The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC 3 is the output ampere rating 220 230V 2404 380
105. PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 UM001 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 523 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163XB 1P4KB 33TGM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 1 6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order To select pilot light lens color add letters to the option number A amber B blue C clear G green red W white for example 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights Table 236 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Push Button Control Station Housing and Selector Switch Options Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 520 700 and 750 Series Drives Option Delivery Number Program 21620 2162T 2162W 2162X 21620 2162V 2162R 2163T 2163W 216
106. See page 180 for product description SMC Flex units are configured as line connected for Delta connected contact factory Isolation contactor 131 is optional Select on page 195 The addition of this option can require additional space See Table 166 for space factor of units with option e Basic configuration includes power fuses Control circuit transformer included Bulletin 150 SMC Flex controllers are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 357 for short circuit withstand ratings Table 165 Bulletin 2154 Units Rating Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW Disc NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Delivery Amps The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal Rating w gasket Program The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC Flex is the output ampere rating 220 230V 240v 380 415V 4804 60040 Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number 6 Factor Wiring Type B Factor Wiring Type B Class Class 5 0 25 1 1 0 5 0 37 22 05 075 30 2 0 2154JB FOOSLK 3 0 2154JB FO05L SC 1 3 3 25 5 55 15 37 11 5 15 5 20 30 2154JB F025LK 2154JB FO25L 75 43 7 5 11 10 15 22 20 25 40 60 2154JB FO43LK 2154J
107. Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard 252 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC and 600V AC Normal Duty Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 753 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 753 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with circuit breaker use thermal magnetic trip unit and do not include factory supplied installed drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed U
108. Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 137 Option Option Description FVC FVR FVNR TS1W Feeder 2100 Delivery Number TS2W Main ESW Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2192 21031 2107 2113 2123 2193 Filters for Door 16A Filters for door vents on NEMA 1 and NEMA Type 1 with gasket Bulletin Available on NEMA 1 and NEMA Type 1 with SC Vents 2195 2196 and 2197 units gasket Bulletins 2195 2196 and 2197 only Surge 478 On coil one per contactor for starters and contactors not available on Y Y Suppressor 0 vacuum type selection of this option requires the selection of 17R if an 7 V option relay 89 is also selected 17R For units with interposing relays 89CB and 89CBL and unwired control Y Y relays 89CF and 89 can only be used if option relay 89 is selected 7 Selection ofthis option requires selection of option 17 Except when 89CBL or Common Control is selected O LContaton 18 9 Moves overload trip contact from right grounded side of the control circuit Y Y Y Left Side of to left power input side of control circuit Circuit Omit Wiring 19 Omission of control wiring 72 Y Y Y Y Control Circuit 21 One control circuit fuse for separate control or line to neutral control Y Y Y Y RIS 32 Two control circuit fuses for commo
109. Table 267 Circuit Breaker __ Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 322 Code Wiring Type Code Line Voltage 380 KN 4oov Code Human Interface Module and 4154 1 Options B 480V See options section beginning on page 285 C 600V 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed Drive Size Code Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal HP or kw m Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications 380 415V Line Voltage 4801 Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Ratings kW Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP Ratings HP Code Ratings HP 1P3N 113 0 37 1P1N 11 05 1P7N 17 1 2P1H 11 0 5 2P7H 17 1 2PIN 15 0 55 2PIN 16 075 2 7 24 15 2 1 1 6 075 2 24 1 5 2PIN 221 0 75 2PIN 21 1 2P7N 27 2 3P4H 21 1 3P9H 27 2 3P5N 26 11 3P4N 30 1 5 3poN 39 3 3 0 15 6 39 3 3P5N 35 15 3P4N 134 2 6PIN 61 5 5 34 2 9P0H 61 5 5 50 22 5PON 50 3 9 90 75 8P0H 5 0 3 011H 190 75 8P7N 87 37 8PON 80 5 0118 11 10 011 8 0 5 017 11 10 01141115 55 011N 11 75 017 17 15 014 11 7 5 02H 17 15 015N 154 7 5 O14N 14 10 022N 22 20 022H 14 10 027 22 20 022N 22 11 022N 22 15 QN 27 25 027 22 15 02H 27 25 0303 30 15 QN 27 20 0328 32 30 034 27 20 041 32 30 03N 3 18 5 034N 3 25 041414 40 040 34 25 052H 4
110. Terminal Shield Transparent polycarbonate For 30 A 60 A 100 A fusible disconnect 10 per package 2100H NLT26 wraparound line terminal shield permits visual For 200 A fusible disconnect Series A M 5 per package 2100H NLT27 monitoring of conductors For 200 A fusible disconnect Series N and later 5 per package 2100H NLT28 and power terminations Replaces standard line terminal shield Not available on 0 5 space factor units For 400 A fusible disconnect Series N and later 5 per package 2100H NLT29 External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits FOR FUSIBLE DISCONNECT Not for use on 0 5 space factor or dual mounted units Auxiliaries are actuated by the unit operating handle Permits mounting a For units with 30 A 60 A 100 A or 200 A fusible disconnects Units Series None required maximum of two Bulletin A N 1495 N8 ll 1495 19 For units with 400 A fusible disconnects 1495 N16 auxiliary contacts on the ih unit operating mechanism Unit Series 595 1 9 external to the disconnect D M Unit Series N None required For units with 600 A or 800 A fusible disconnects Unit Series 1495 N13 C Permits mounting a For units with 30 A 60 A 100 A 200 or 400 A fusible disconnects Unit Series 2100H N21 maximum of two Bulletin Qand later 2100H N19 normally open or 2100H N20 normally dosed auxiliary contacts on the unit operating mechanism e
111. To address these cases consult publication 2100 TD032 for circuit breaker applications publication 2100 TD003 for power fuse applications and the NEC for selection guidance For further assistance or information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 17 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information Documentation Rockwell Automation offers various low voltage motor control center documentation packages to meet diverse requirements This documentation is available in different formats electronic through email CD and paper The documentation serves different needs product approval drawings for information final drawings and service manuals The electrical diagrams equipment list and other supporting documentation are also included in hard copy with the MCC for installation The equipment list includes the motor control center layouts nameplate data floor plans and splicing data Major components such as drives and 5 5 installed in the MCC have hard copy publications shipped in the motor control center For assembled motor control centers the following documentation is supplied Motor control center layout elevation and specification one line diagrams and schematics NEMA CENTERLINE 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Center Units and Sections Product Information publication 2100 PC001
112. Transformer Units 100 Rating of Main Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker 168 480V and 600V Power Factor Correction Capacitors 158 Additional Unit Space 156 Auxiliary Contacts 164 165 Blown Fuse Indicator Lights 158 Control Circuit Fuse 157 Control Circuit Lugs 168 Control Circuit Transformer 148 Control Circuit Wiring 168 Control Station Housing 145 Control Terminal Block 167 Control Wire Markers 168 311 Current Sensors 167 Current Transducers 167 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 156 E3 Electronic Overload Relay 152 Elapsed Time Meter 159 Export Packing Below Deck 170 External DeviceNet Connector with 120VAC Receptacle 169 Filters for Door Vents 157 French Legend Plates 169 Ground Detection Lights 159 Ground Fault Protection 159 Grounded Unit Door 159 Incoming Neutral Bus 161 Incoming Neutral Connection Plate 162 Interposing Relay 162 Key interlock Mounting Provision 167 O L Contact on Left Side of Circuit 157 Omission of Circuit Breaker 168 Omission of Power Terminal Blocks 167 Omit Wiring 157 Overload Relay Auxiliary Contact Eutectic Alloy 156 Overload Relay Heater Elements 170 Push Buttons 145 Push Buttons and Selector Switch 145 Selector Switch 145 Shunt Trip 168 Spanish Legend Plates 169 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 170 Surge Suppressor 157 T Handle 167 Thermistor Protection Relay 159 Unit Ammeter 159 Unit Door Nameplates 170 Unit Ground Stab 159 Unit Load Connector
113. Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 226 2162W B 6 0 38 14 216311 6 0 38TGM 14HBAO Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 525 Maximum NEMA Endosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code Endosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 2162W PowerFlex 525 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with gasket 2162W 38 738 Nominal Horsepower kW code See Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 Table 266 and Table 267 2163W PowerFlex 525 Variable 2163W 38T M 38 Nominal Horsepower kW code Frequency AC Drive with See Table 266 and Table 267 Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 322 Code Line Voltage Code Wiring Type 480V B Type B C 600V Code Human Interface Module and Drive Size Code Maximum Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal HP and kW Options See options section beginning on page 285 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Frame MaximumOutput Nominal HP Code Frame Maximum Output HP Current Amperes Current Amperes 1 4 14 0 5 0 9 0 9 0 5 2 3 17 0 75 1 7 13 0 75 2 3 2 3 1 1 7 17 1 4 0 3 15 3 0 22 15 4 0 4 2 3 0
114. Wiring Control Wire 751D Brady Datab wire markers at each end of the control wires Not available in Canada Y Y Markers 751 5 Heat shrink type wire markers Y Y SC 2 days 7515 Sleeve type wire marker Y Y SC Shunt Trip 754 Shunt Trip Relay Applying potential to the relay trips the breaker 120V Y Undervoltage 780 Undervoltage relay Loss of potential to the relay trips the breaker 120V v Release French 860F Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices Specify 860F when pilot device options Y Y Legend Plates are selected Spanish 8605 Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices Specify 8605 when pilot device options Y Legend Plates are selected Unit Door Door Nameplate Screws Plated steel nameplate v Y Nameplates screws Provided when cardholder or nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit Doors 1 125 x 3 625 plastic v Y 5041 card holders with blank cards 1 125 x 3 625 engraved 3 line nameplate or 4 line nameplate Acrylic plate available v Y in U S only Nameplate is white with black letters or black with white letters Phenolic plate Y Y Nameplate is white with black letters or black with white letters Stainless Steel Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates 2 per unit Y Y Nameplate Screws Export Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not watertight or waterproof Extended v Y SC
115. Y Y Stab copper unit ground stab can also be used with steel vertical ground bus 79U Unplated copper Y Y 7ey1 Tin plated cooper Y Y Auxiliary 999 Normally Open One mounted on operating mechanism operates with movement of external Y Y Contacts handle only 99 Normally Closed One N C mounted on operating mechanism operates with movement of external Y Y handle only 790K One Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker 79019 Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y 79040 One Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y 79019 One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y T Handle 111 T Handle latch on unit door Not available on 2160R units Y Y ArcResistant 112A Make the unit ArcShield compatible Y Latches Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 303 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 254 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Grounding Control Wiring and Miscellaneous Options 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Option Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 Delivery Number 520 700 and 750 Program Series Drives 21620 21630 2162R 2163R 2162T 2163T 2162U 2163U 2162V 2163V 2162W 2163W 2162X 2163X Control Circuit Type MTW TEW 90 C 16 AWG copper wire VW1 rated Y Y SC
116. _ _ 6 0 22 3 0 2163 6 _ _ 2163TA 6P0 _ _ 10 5 37 5 0 2163TA O10K_ _ 209 2163 010 _ _ C 12 55 75 209 2163 012 _ _ 259 2163 012 _ _ 17 75 10 2163 017 _ _ 2163 017 _ _ 24 11 15 2163 024 _ _ 309 2163 024 _ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 22B UM001 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or C UL listed Adding options to this catalog number can result in an increased space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 314 to the horsepower rating desired for example 2163TA 1P4KB Select the number from table on page 314 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired for example 2163TA 1P4KB 33 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163TA 1P4KB 33THM Table 205 PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options Voltage Frame Drive 1 16 NEMA 12 Rating Rating Unit Control Isolated Line orLoad Isolated Signal Base Unit Control Isolated Line or Isolated Si
117. adaptability to handle a variety of applications Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 199 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units A Human Interface Module HIM and Control Platform Type must be selected Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q use PowerFlex 70 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q PowerFlex 70 Drive Bulletins 2162Q and 2163Q use PowerFlex 70 drives NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type NEMA Wiring Class I Type A Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed 200 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 177 21620 A 1P1N K B 33 14 21630 1P1N K B 33THM 14HA0 Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 70 Nominal Output NEMA Endosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Current Rating Type Cir
118. affect operation or certifications for example insulation temperature class EMC shielding requirements communication requirements UL C UL CSA CE are not included 2 Examples where insulated lugs CANNOT be used Bulletin 800F pilot devices 700CF size 6 auxiliaries and disconnect circuit breaker auxiliaries and where more than one wire per terminal is required 3 Shunttrip 754 and Undervoltage Release 780 are mutually exclusive 4 Only applies to the circuit breaker units 5 Notavailable on 0 5 space factor Bulletin 2102L 2103L 2112 or 2113 units 6 Not available on 2193PP plug in panel board with main circuit breaker 2193LE lighting panels 2100M empty units with circuit breaker 7 600 switch must use 601A Class L fuse for 100 rating 8 Requires Over Temp Alarm pilot light 4LH_ Shunt Trip 754 or Undervoltage Release 780 and separate control 21 or transformer control 6P Undervoltage Release requires separate control 168 Shunt trip requires transformer control Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers and Miscellaneous Units Table 148 Option Option Number Description FVC FVR FVNR TS1W TS2W 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2103L 2107 211
119. and 5 1 in Canada Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the factory Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 187 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 166 Bulletin 2154 Space Factors with Unit Options 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Rating Space Factor for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket Units Space Factor for NEMA Type 12 Units Amperes Me dard Unit With Option With Options 13GF Standard Unit With Option With Options 131 131 131 13GF and 131 5 20 30 25 43 60 25 85 30 350 108 35 40 135 3 5 40 201 6 0 20 W 6 0 20 W 251 6 0 20 W 6 0 20 W 317 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 361 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 480 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D 1 Requires 3 5 space factor for 45 kW at 380 415V 60 HP at 480V and 60 75 HP at 600V 188 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015
120. are labeled SC II The SC I program provides the quickest delivery 5041 This program offers stock supported vertical sections with factory installed units for a completely assembled MCC Units specifically labeled SC II must be factory installed and are not for plug in installation in the field PE II Shading indicates equipment that is offered on the PE I program These programs offer a broad range of pre engineered units and sections and a slightly longer lead time than our SC programs While units are available for plug in installation in the field units specifically labeled PE II must be factory installed Engineered Equipment or modifications not available on the above delivery programs may be available on the Engineered program This program offers the complete line of assembled motor control equipment custom wired for the customer s needs Additionally a wide range of special control and bus options are offered making this our most versatile delivery program Contact your Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for more information Delivery Time is based on the equipment with the longest lead time Quicker delivery is possible when equipment is separated and ordered according to the delivery category For example if an order has one engineered plug in unit and the remaining units and sections are SC II order the engineered unit as a separate item The 5 1 unit
121. assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature CENTERLINE IntelliCENTER SecureConnect ArcShield PowerFlex ControlLogix PowerMonitor SMC 3 SMC Flex Allen Bradley and Rockwell
122. available when two and two N C form C internal contacts are selected for circuit breakers 4 Requires 0 5 space factor SMC 3 units to be increased to 1 0 space factor 198 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 1 5 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q with PowerFlex 70 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 362 Include internal electronic overload protection Include EMC filters on 380 415V AC Include UL Class J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163Q units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and
123. catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415 I for example 21620A 1P3NKN 33K Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 203 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V NORMAL DUTY See page 199 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bo
124. clear a fault The time duration allows the MCC to maintain the arc resistant rating that is described in IEEE C37 20 7 with Type 2 accessibility Table 21 ArcShield Availability Structure Device Limited 3 4 100ms Duration Limited 9 0 Enclosure NEMA 1 Yes Yes NEMA 1G Yes 9 Yes NEMA 3R Yes No NEMA 12 Yes Yes 7 Section Depth 15 in or 20in 20 in Section Width 20 35 in 20 35in Section Height 71 in or 90 in 90 in Back to Back Yes Yes Door Mounted Devices Yes Yes Table continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 45 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 21 ArcShield Availability Structure Device Limited 3 4 100ms Duration Limited 8 0 Vented Units Yes No 1 2 Space Factor Units Yes No Top Plate Pressure Relief No Yes Vertical Wireway Baffle Not Required Required Arc Containment Latches 2 Latches Door All Latches Unit Support Pans Bolted Bolted Electrical Bus Voltage Up to 600V Up to 480V Available Fault Current Up to 65 kA Up to 65 kA Horizontal Bus Current Rating Up to 1200 A Up to 3000 A Horizontal Ground Bus Top or Bottom or Both Top and Bottom Vertical Bus Shutters Automatic Manual Automatic Manual Vertical Plug in Ground Bus Copper or Copper Tin Copper or Copper Tin Vertical Load Ground Bus Optional Copper or Copper Tin 20 deep only No
125. codes are to be used only when ground fault protection option 88GF is selected on 1600 2000 A 2192M units Available on mains 2192MT 2192MB only This is 100 rated and can be supplied in NEMA 1 1 with gasket and 12 Not available in NEMA type 3R or 4 enclosures Not available as standard with 100 kA series coordinated bus bracing consult factory 4 For 600A 100 rated Class L fuses are the only valid option 23L indicates provision for a 601A Class L Short circuit withstand is 100 kA only when protected upstream with Class 1 fuses that sized accordance with particular switch example 800 A upstream fuses are to be used with 800 A switch or 2000 A upstream fuses are to be used with 2000 A switch Bulletin 2192M Fusible Disconnect Switch Mains MFDS See page 91 for product description Select disconnect switch rating based upon 12596 of actual load amperes Refer to NEC UL C UL Mains are suitable for use as service entrance per NEC UL and CEC CSA If application is a four wire system a neutral connection plate rated for 280 A is available Select on pages 35 144 162 and 326 If a Neutral connection greater then 280 A is required refer to page 35 and page 162 or contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Mains rated 1000 A and above may require ground fault protection For 1000 1200 A applications that require ground fault protection contact
126. denotes the low speed overload relay For dual mounted starter units the first code denotes the overload relay for the left hand starter the second code denotes the overload relay for the right hand starter If a DeviceNet module or Jam protection module is selected it must be added to both overload relay codes and be the same option either DeviceNet or Jam protection for both codes Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 151 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order IMPORTANT All EtherNet IP network orders require an Electronic Overload module Table 124 Option Option Description FVC FVR 1 Delivery Number TS2W Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 21031 2107 2113 2123 Overload JFECI 8t E3 Basic is provided with two NEMA size 1 AOI SC Relay 24V DC inputs and one NEMA size 2 yil2 For non DeviceNet 110 240V AC output 7 applications a separate NEMA size 3 24V DC power source is NEMA size 4 JO needed You can use a Bulletin NEMA size 5 193 DNCT for programming and monitoring Refer to NEMA size 6 Y publication Vacuum Contactor St
127. drive is included NEMA Type 12 MHOS LCD display full numeric Only Y keypad 14HC5S LCD display programmer Y only 14HC6S LCD display full numeric Y Y keypad 14HN4S LCD display Wireless Interface Module door mounted 1 A Human Interface Module HIM must be selected except on Bulletin 2162T and 2163T Optional door mounted HIMs are available for 2162T and 2163T units Bulletin 2162T and 2163T drives include an integral HIM as standard Bulletin 2162T and 2163T drives include a viewing window over the integral HIM module when optional HIM is not selected 2 Not available on Bulletin 2162R and 2163R with size code 300 288 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 239 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Control Interface Options Option Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 525 700 and 750 Series Drives Delivery Number 21620 21628 2162W 2162 21621 2162 21624 Program 21630 21638 2163W 2163X 21631 21630 2163V Encoder 14ENC1 Encoder Feedback Module 12V ve Y VOT T 70008 Tse Feedback 14DENC1 Dual Encoder Feedback Module 12V A09 07 17 08 1 0 Control MDMC 24V DC Control Voltage Inter
128. e Receiving Handling and Storing Motor Control Centers publication 2100 INO40 This document is attached to the outside packaging of each shipping split Unit wiring diagram and installation instructions for individual units Field termination and torquing requirements for units are included on the unit wiring diagrams This documentation is located in a centralized wiring diagram holder or other location depending on configuration Manuals and quick start guides for products such as SMC units AC drive units and PLC units can be found online at http www rockwellautomation com literature Documentation Packages The following table describes the optional documentation packages available for low voltage motor control centers Additional custom documentation packages can be created to meet most requirements Documentation delivered electronically email or CD comes as a single PDF document that is organized and bookmarked for ease of use This format is provided regardless of the documentation type Documentation is supplied on a per order basis 18 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Order and Documentation Cycle This chart indicates typical documentation available upon request The different documents serve various purposes and are available at different points in the order cycle The order cycle follows these steps Figure 1 Order and
129. except primary and secondary transformer wiring Control Circuit Fuse 21 One control circuit fuse for separate control v v Grounded Unit Door 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door v v Unit Load Connector 79L Select on all plug in units in section with vertical unit load ground bus Unplated Y Copper 79179 TinPlated v Y Copper Unit Ground Stab Copper unit grounds stabs can be used with steel vertical ground bus Selecton CopperAlloy v Y 2790 plug in units in sections with vertical plug in ground bus Unplated 7 v Copper 79010 TinPlated v Y Copper Elapsed Time 85T Six digit non resettable meter with tenths mounted in control station Y Meter Unwired 89CF40 Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay Instantaneous 4N 0 2 1 Relay Contacts 3N 0 1N C 2 1 89CF22 2N 0 2N C 2 1 89CF40A V Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with time On delay with 4N 0 2 1 _89 22 7 attachment one NOTCand one 2N0 2NC 2 1 0 3 305 NCTO contact 89CFA0B 7 Off delay with 4N 0 2 1 89CF228 7 orie NOTO 2NO 2NC 2 1 one NCTC contact 89CF40C 7 Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with time On delay with 4N 0 2 1 _69 22 7 attachment one NOTCand one 2N0 2NC 2 1 1 8 1805 contact 89 400 7 Off delay with 410 2 1 89 F220 7 oneNcTO and one 2NO 2NC 2 1 7 NCTC contact 89CFA0L Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with 4N 0 2 1 _69 22 7 mechanical latch attachment 2N0 2NC 2 1 89
130. in Circuit Breaker Y Y 790L Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y 790A One Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y 790T One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y 7908 Two Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames mounted internally must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired The following apply to auxiliary contacts for Bulletin 2154H and 2155H SMC 3 units Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controller includes one N O auxiliary contact set to NORMAL unless otherwise specified below When isolation contactor option 131C is not selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is two in the following combinations two or one N 0 and one N C The auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SMC 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SMC 3 auxiliary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not used When isolation contactor option 131C is selected the maximum number auxiliary contacts is four in any combination except three N C four N C or one 0 and three N C These auxiliary contacts are
131. in the unit 2 speed units available with eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relays e NEMA Sizes 1 5 Table 41 2122E B B A B 41 24 6P 2123F B B A B 41TGA 6P ulletin Number iring Type ize ndosure Type Control Voltage Type orsepower and Disconnecting ption Bulletin Numb Wiring T NEMA Si NEMA Encl T Control Voltage d Di 1 Opti Means Code 1 Code Control Voltage Type Code Option 2122 2 speed 2 Winding 1 See table on Page 313 See Options section beginning Starter TS2W with D on Page 145 Fusible Disconnect E i aut a 5 Code Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip Current Breaker Circuit Breaker Type TOF 2 speed 1 windin 2122 41 24J 41 Horsepower Code See table on Page 314 Starter 151 d 924 Fuse Clip Rating and Class See Fuse Clip Fusible Disconnect Code NEMA Enclosure Type Designator table on page 316 2123F 2 speed 1 winding A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket 2123 41 6 Horsepower Code See table on page 314 TS1W with Circuit with external reset button TGA Circuit Breaker Type See Circuit Breaker Breaker K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket Type table on page 320 without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button J NEMA Type 12 without external reset button Code Wiring Type Rockwell Autom
132. is provided by the internal drive overload See Table 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type B only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Integrated HIM Human Interface Module is included Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 523 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 523 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors Table 232 2162X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC Normal Duty 480V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor A 14 0 5 1 0 2162XB 1P4KB 33 15 2162XB 1P4JB 33 SC 17 0 75 1 0 2162XB 2P3KB 34 15 2162XB 2P3JB 34 A 23 10 1 0 2162XB 2P3KB 35 1 5 2162XB 2P3JB 35 3 0 1 5 1 0 2162XB 4POKB 36 20 2162XB 4P0JB 36 A 4 0 2 0 1 0 2162 4 37 20 2162XB 4P0JB 37 A 6 0 3 0
133. life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output An I O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 261 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 218 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 ND 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 2 219 1 25 2162VB 2P1HKB 35 25 2162VB 2P1HJB 35 2 3 00 1 5 2 5 2162VB 3PAHKB 36 25 2162VB 3P4HJB 36 2 340 2 25 2162VB 3PAHKB 37 25 2162VB 3P4HJB 37 2 5 00 3 25 2162VB 5POHKB 38 25 2162VB 5POHJB 38 2 8 00 5 25 216
134. listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard 248 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 210 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 ND 600 V Space Fact
135. ll and 32 36 37 38 Seismic Applications 16 Selector Switch on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 191 Selector Switch on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 145 Serial Number Information 21 Series Letter Information 21 Service and Storage Conditions 17 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Fusible Disconnect Units 356 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Soft Starter Controller Units SMCs 357 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency ACMotor Drive Units 358 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Programmable Controllers 358 Shunt Trip on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Shunt Trip on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 168 Shutters 38 Soft Starter Controller SMC Units 179 Software IntelliCENTER 42 Space Heater Factory Installed in MCC 38 Space Heater Kit 324 Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters FVR 59 Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starters FVNR 67 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 329 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 170 Stainless St
136. module 12LPD_ Logix5564 Processor With 16Mbyte Memory includes 1784 CF64 64Mbyte CompactFlash v Y Y memory module ControlLogix 12 N 9 Bulletin 1756 CNBR ControlNet communication module with redundant ControlNet port Y Y Y SC Communication Modules 0 12 Bulletin 1756 ENBT Ethernet communication module Y Y Y 12DN Bulletin 1756 DNB DeviceNet communication module Y Y 12DH Bulletin 1756 DHRIO Data Highway Plus and Remote 1 0 communication module v Y Y ControlLogix 1XCP Bulletin 1756 CP3 cable for programming ControlLogix processors Y Y Programming Cable ControlNet T Tap 72 T_ Bulletin 1786 ControlNet for use with ControlNet Communication Modules Grounded Unit 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on hinge of unit door Unit door grounding strap for Y Door IEC requirements Unit Select on plug in units for sections with vertical plug in ground bus Copper alloy Y Y Y Ground Stab Unplated copper unit ground stab can also be used with steel vertical 79U ground bus Unplated copper v Y 4 79 Tin plate copper v Y v Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 309 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 18 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers Table 259 Communication Door Ground Stab and Contact Options Option Option Description Bulletin 1756 D
137. motor horsepower listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program PE 249 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC and 600V AC Heavy Duty 250 Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 se
138. motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT Thehorsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 187 Bulletin 21630 PowerFlex VFD Units 600V Heavy Duty Frame Rating NEMA Type Type 1w gasket NEMATypei2 Delivery Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 0 9 0 5 1 5 21630 1 7 33_ 2 0 2163QA 1P7HJC 33_ SC 13 0 75 21630A 1P7HKC 34 21630A 1P7HJC 34 17 1 21630A 2P7HKC 35 21630A 2P7HJC 35 24 15 21630A 2P7HKC 36 21630A 2P7HJC 36 B 24 2 21630A 3P9HKC 37 _ 21630A 3P9HJC 37 39 3 21630A 6P1HKC 38 2 5 21630A 6P1HJC 38 C 6 1 5 2 0 21630A 9POHK
139. nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163WB 1P4KB 33TGM SES Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 277 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 230 2163W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 600V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery 6001 Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 0 9 0 5 1 0 2163WB 0P9KC 33 1 5 2163WB 0P9 C 33 5 13 0 75 1 0 2163WB 1P7KC 34 1 5 2163WB 1P7 C 34 17 1 0 1 0 2163WB 1P7KC 35 1 5 2163WB 1P7 C 35 22 15 1 0 2163WB 3POKC 36 20 2163WB 3PO0JC 36___ A 3 0 2 0 1 0 2163WB 3POKC 37 20 2163WB 3P0 C37 42 3 0 1 0 2163WB 4P2KC 38 20 2163WB 4P2 C38 B 6 6 50 1 0 2163 6 6 39___ 20 2163 6 6 39___ C 9 9 7 5 2 0 2163WB 9P9KC 40 25 2163WB 9P9 C 40 C 12 10 2 0 2163WB 012KC 431 25 2163WB 012 41 D 19 15 2 0 2163WB 019KC 42 30 2163WB 019 C 42 D 22 20 25 2163WB 022KC 43 35 2163WB 0
140. of CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs 2100 SR008 DeviceNet Specification Guide 2100 10019 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers with DeviceNet Network 2100 TD031 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers with EtherNet IP Network 0 002 IntelliCENTER Software User Manual MCC RM001 d EtherNet IP Motor Control Centers Reference anua Contact your Allen Bradley distributor Rockwell Automation sales representative or visit www rockwellautomation com literature CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Applications CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are suitable for use on 3 phase 3 wire or 4 wire Wye connected power systems rated 600 V or less 50 or 60 Hz which have a solidly grounded neutral CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs can also be used on other power system configurations however some units and options may not be available Refer to Appendix page 367 for additional information 10 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Service and Storage Conditions CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs conform to NEMA standard ICS 1 1993 for service and storage conditions All MCCs should have an ambient operating temperature above 0 C but shall not exceed 40 C with up to 95 non condensing humidity If the equipment is stored the ambient temperature shall be above 30 C but shall not exceed 65 C In addition MCCs have an altitude class of 2 km The altitude class of 2 km designates equipment for installation w
141. of terminals available in the unit remaining auxiliary contacts are unwired Refer to wiring diagram For vacuum contactor starters only options codes 91 or 900 9111 are allowed For 1600 A and 2000 A 2192M the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four The following contact arrangements are allowed 98 99 or 98 99 two contacts 1 N O N C Form C contacts 988 999 four contacts two 1 N O N C Form C contacts The auxiliary contacts are mounted external to the switch and are actuated by the movement of the operating handle Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 144 Internally Mounted Contactors Option Auxiliary Contacts 1 2 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Delivery Program SC Option Description Breaker Wiring Misc FVC FVR FVNR TSIW CB Xfmr Number Frame Units 9 5 TS2W 85854556 2728599535 NIRI RI ANIA TANIA 790 One Form C Aux mounted internally in 6 AorB Viv vi v Y Y Y Circuit Breaker 79069 Four Form C Aux mounted internally in R viv Circuit Breaker 790L Two Form C Aux mounted internally in G H J AorB viv vi v Y Y v Circuit Breaker 790A One Form C Au
142. options that can be selected for Smart Motor Braking Accu Stop and Slow Speed with Braking Option 13XD Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Push button option 1XD 1XE and 1XF and selector switch option 3XD can only be used with Smart Motor Braking Accu Stop and Slow Speed with Braking Option 13XD and are the only push 195 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 174 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Grounding and Control Relay Options 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Option Option Description SMC3 SMC Flex Delivery 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 Program Surge Suppressor 178 Provides surge suppressor across coil of unwired control relays option 89CF 89 Y Y Y Y SC Omit Wiring 19 Omission of control wiring Y Y Y Y Grounded Unit 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door Unit door hinge v Y Y v Door grounding strap for IEC requirements Unit Load 79L Specify on all plug in units in sections with vertical unit load ground bus Unplated v Y Y Y Connector copper 79119 Tinplated v Y Y Y copper Unit Ground Stab Specify on plug in units in sections
143. or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 251 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 212 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery 600 V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number rogram Factor Factor 3 0 9 0 5 25 2162UB 1P7HKC 33 2 5 2162UB 1P7HJC 33 PE 3 13 0 75 2 5 2162UB 2P7HKC 34 2 5 2162UB 2P7HJC 34 3 17 1 0 25 2162UB 2P7HKC 35 2 5 2162UB 2P7HJC 35 3 24 15 2 5 2162UB 3P9HKC 36 2 5 2162UB 3P9HJC 37 3 27 2 25 2162UB 3P9HKC 37 2 5 2162UB 3P9HJC 37 3 3 9 3 25 2162UB 6P1HKC 38 2 5 2162UB 6P1HJC 38 3 6 1 5 2 5 2162UB 9POHKC 39 3 0 2162UB 9P0HJC 39 3 9 75 25 2162UB 011HKC 40 3 0 2162UB 011HJC 40 3 11 10 2 5 2162UB 017HKC 41 3 5 2162UB 017HJC 41 3 17 15 25 21621 8 022 42 3 5 2162UB 022HJC 42 4 22 20 3 0 2162UB 027HKC 43 4 0 2162UB 027HJC 43 4 27 25 3 0 2162UB 032HKC 44 4 0 2162UB 032HJC 44 5 3 30
144. output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Bulletin 2162T and 2163T use normal duty PowerFlex 40 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class 1 Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162T and 2163T PowerFlex 40 Drive Bulletins 2162T and 2163T use PowerFlex 40 Drives Bulletins 2162T and 2163T are sized for Normal Duty applications NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type e ULClass CC or J time delay drive input fuses provide both branch circuit and drive input protection fuse class dependent on drive rating Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 237 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units
145. overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size Power
146. per overload Y Y 501 supplied loose in each unit Available on 5 1 PE II assembled motor V Elements control centers only Bulletin 592 See page 343 for heater element selection instructions Stainless Steel Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates Available on all units Nameplate 2 per unit Screws Export Packing Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packingisnot Y Y Y SC Below Deck watertight or waterproof Considerations should be taken if extended 4 2 days storage is expected Blank nameplates are supplied when no engraving is selected Letter height for 3 line nameplates is 0 22 Letter height for 4 line nameplates is 0 18 All text is centered horizontally and vertically When specified on a Power Supply Unit with DeviceNet or EtherNet IP network the control circuit transformer increases to 500VA Available with wireway unit in CR2 Only available with non wireway industrial Ethernet switch units Available in CR2 170 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 1 2 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units e Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order e Pilot devices are Bulletin 800F Toselect pilot light lens color add letter s to the option number A amber B blue C clear gree
147. pilot devices Specify Available on all pilot devices Plates 860F when pilot device option is selected Spanish Legend 860S Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices Specify Available on all pilot devices Plates 8605 when pilot device option is selected Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 169 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Table 148 Option Option Description FVC FVR FVNR TS1W 2100 Delivery Number TS2W ESW Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2103L 2107 2113 2123 Unit Door Door Nameplate Screws Plated steel nameplate screws Available on all units SC Nameplates 0 Provided when cardholder or nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit Doors 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders Available on all units SCII with blank cards 1 125 x 3 625 engraved 3 Acrylic plate available in U S only Available on all units line or 4 line nameplate Lettering is white with black letters or black with white letters Phenolic plate Lettering is white with Available on all units black letters black with white letters or red with white letters Overload Relay Set of three W type heater elements
148. power terminals is not available for NEMA size 2 2112 2113 units For 15 20 control terminal points add 0 5 space factor 13 Bulletin 2112 NEMA Size 4 with Class J or HRCII C fuses are increased to 3 0 space factors Bulletin 2113 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix TGM is increased to 3 0 space factors 14 Bulletin 2113 NEMA Size 3 with transformer control Option 6P or 6XP is increased to 2 0 space factors 152 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 125 Overload Relay Codes for and Plus Option 7FEC Amperes Number for example 7FEC1A 1 0 4 2 0 1 5 3 15 5 25 C 2 9 45 D 3 18 90 4 28 140 F 5 60 302 H 6 125 630 K 200 A Vacuum Contactor Starter 42 210 G 400 A Vacuum Contactor 60 302 Starter 400 A Vacuum Contactor 84 420 M Starter 600 A Vacuum Contactor Starter 125 630 K 1 400 A Vacuum Contactor Starters use code H except 125 HP at 208V 125 150 HP at 240V 250 HP at 380 415V 250 300 HP at 480V and 350 400 HP at 600V use code M Table 126 E3 Overload Relay Configuration Options Description Overload Relay Code Unit Size Add to o
149. reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K for example 2112B 3BK or replace the letter D with the letter 7 for example 2112B 3BJ_ _ Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVNR See page 67 for product description e Units are cULus listed unless otherwise indicated Table 40 NEMA Size Horsepower Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and 1 NEMA Type 12 gasket 1 0 5 10 0 75 10 0 51 7113 3 _ _ 21138380 SC 2 15 25 15 25 0 51 2113B 3CA_ __ 2113 30_ _ 3 30 50 30 50 1 00 7113 30 _ __ 2113 300_ __ 4 60 100 60 100 100 2113 3 _ _ 211383 1 These units have horizontal operating handles up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16AWG control wire and one 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 27 for information on installation into series E J sections 2 1 0 space factor for unit with E1 Plus overload relay option 7FEE_ 7FEE_D or 7FEE_J 1 5 space factor for unit with overload relay option 7FEC1_ or 7FEC2_ 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2113B 3BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2113B 3BABD 38 Select circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker T
150. s on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus is specified and one or two lugs per phase are specified one lug is provided on the half rated neutral riser When three or four lugs are specified two lugs are provided When five or six lugs are specified three lugs are provided on half rated neutral riser Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 101 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker MCB See page 96 for product description See Appendix for circuit breaker characteristics Select circuit breaker frame and trip size based upon 12596 of actual load amperes Continuous current rating based on 40 C ambient Refer to NEC CEC Mains are suitable for use as service entrance per NEC UL and CEC CSA If application is a four wire system a neutral plate rated for 280 A is available refer to page 35 144 162 and 326 If a neutral greater then 280 A is required see page 35 or 162 or contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Mains rated 1000 A and above may require ground fault protection Refer to NEC UL C UL Main Breakers supplied with internal ground fault protection breaker code T G are supplied with a neutral CT for use on a 3 Phase 4 Wire Solidly Grounded WYE System Circuit breakers with internal ground fault protection are not de
151. s 0 0 Type 9 6 0 Lens color ON OFF Y Db y designator FORWARD REVERSE v 510 R W 6 8 FORWARD REVERSE OFF Y j 06 OVERLOAD v v 57L 9 1 Push buttons cannot be used in conjunction with selector switches except with option 1F 2 Maximum of four pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units When more than four pilot devices are required the 0 5 space factor units is increased to 1 0 space factor Maximum of six pilot devices on 1 0 Space factor and larger units 3 Mutually exclusive with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA_ solid state overload relays 7FEC E1 Plus solid state overload relay 7FEE_D and EtherNet IP Communication Module ENET 4 When option 1F is used with 11DSA 7FEE_D or ENET N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required When option TF is selected with any ON pilot light one auxiliary contact option 90 is required 5 When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA 7FEE D electronic overload relay 7FEC or ENET N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 110543 and option 1F 7FEE and option 1F electronic overload relay 7FEC and option 1F or ENET and option two 0 auxiliary contacts option 900 are required 6 Select one N C auxiliary contact option 91 for OFF pilot light when in 2106 2107 2112 or 2113 7 When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter
152. taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards for example 400V 115V 230V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers or coils Requires horizontal neutral bus and vertical neutral bus in 9 vertical wireway Refer to Section Modifications to select Select control circuit fusing see option 21 in Options section Select control circuit fusing see option 22 in Options section Required to comply with NEC Common control not available for Bulletins 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 313 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 262 Control Voltage Type for Space Saving NEMA Bulletins 2106 2107 2112 and 2113 19 Configuration Tables Control Voltage Code Control Type 480V 600V 8 C 120V 60 Hz Transformer Control BD CD 120V 60 Hz Separate Control 2 1 Select a control circuit transformer See Options section 2 Control circuit fusing option 21 and or disconnect interlock option 98 may be required to comply with NEC See Options section Table 263 Primary Voltage Code for Bulletins 2195 2196 2196Z 2197 and 2197Z peque E Table 264 Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2154 and 2155 240V Control Voltage Code Control Type nov 23000079 380V 0 4000079 45v Jasov 600V P N 110V 50 Hz Transformer Control P
153. than those shown contact the factory 2 CU crimp lugs are Panduit type LCC Series CU AL crimp lugs are Burndy YA A Series 3 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus is specified the quantity and size type of the lug s on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus is specified and one or two lugs per phase are specified one lug is provided on the half rated neutral riser When three or four lugs are specified two lugs are provided When five or six lugs are specified three lugs are provided on half rated neutral riser 4 Top entry requires Pull Box to comply with NEC Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 105 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Notes 106 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Lighting and Power Panel Units Bulletin 2193LE Lighting Panel LPAN Chapter 8 Bulletin 2193LE is a frame mounted lighting panel with either a main lug or main circuit breaker The lighting panels are rated for 100 A or 225 A with up to 42 branch circuits One two and three pole bolt on branch circuit breakers are available with ratings from 15 100 A Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2193LE Lighting Panel LPAN Frame mounted lighting panel that is designed for field installation When ordered as a SC I Unit supplied with lighting panel door hardware and instructions Rated for 100 A or
154. to 100 A can be dual mounted in one plug in unit for TGM THM THX THML THXL and TJU frames To specify dual mounted units add two numbers from Table 68 to base catalog number for example 2193F AJB 3031TGM Half space factor units cannot be dual mounted 2193F Plug in unit 15 225 A 2193FZ Plug in unit 0 5 space factor 15 175 A 2193FT Top mounted feeder 400 A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch 2193FT Top mounted feeder 600 1200 A are reverse fed connect load to top of switch 2193FB Bottom mounted feeder 400 1200 A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch Includes line terminal guards for all circuit breaker units Table 67 Frame Range of Available Interrupting Capacity Rating Space Catalog Number Wiring Type A only Delivery Trips Amperes RMS Symmetrical Amperes Factor Class1 Program Rating Trip Suffix 208V 240V 380V 400V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Ampere Style 415V 480V Type 1 w Gasket 125A Thermal TGM 15 100A 100k 65k 0 59 2193FZ AKB _TGM 2193FZ AJB _TGM SC au 15 125A 100k 65k 1 1 0 2193F AKB TGM 2193F AJB TGM SC 125A Thermal THM 15 125A 100k 65k 1 0 2193F BKC _THM 2193F BJC _THM SC in i THX fo ob 100k 35k 2193F BKC _THX 2193F BJC _THX SC LSI THML 100 A 100k 65k 25k 2193F BKC THML 2193F BJC _THML PE THL fo
155. to be determined Table 130 E300 Overload Relay Voltage Code Voltage Code 120V AC 10 24V DC 1 Mutually exclusive with all 220 240V control voltage types 2 Surge suppressor 17 required Suppressor provided is RC snubber Table 131 E300 Overload Relay Control Module Code Control Module CN Control Only 6 In 3 Out w 24V DC 4 In 3 Out w AC Voltages GN 0 8 Ground Fault amp PTC 4 In 2 Out w 24V DC 2 In 2 Out w AC Voltages 610 0 0 Ground Fault amp PTC 4 In 2 Out w 24V DC 2 In 2 Out w AC Voltages Includes Bulletin 193 CBCT_ ground fault sensor 1 When used on 2106 and 2107 option requires Digital Expansion Module 2 Operator Stations and Expansion Modules can not be added to the same unit E300 Power Supply required that is available in CR3 3 Electronic Reset Option R is not available with this option for Bulletins 2112 and 2113 with 120V Control Option D Any CB auxilliary is not wired to E300 Input when any selector switch option is selected 154 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 132 E300 Overload Relay Sensing Module Code Sensing Module 3 0 5 30 Current Only 36 0 5 30 Current Ground Fault 3V 0 5 30
156. transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 215 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC Heavy Duty CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Frame Rating Nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 128 HD 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor 2 21 1 25 2163UB 2P1HKB 35 25 2163UB 2P1HJB 35 2 3 0 1 5 2 5 2163UB 3P4HKB 36 25 2163UB 3P4HJB 36 2 34 2 25 2163UB 3P4HKB 37 25 2163UB 3P4HJB 37 2 50 3 25 2163UB 5POHKB 38 25 21630 5 0 38__ 2 8 0 5 2 5 2163UB 8POHKB 39 25 2163UB 8POHJB 39 2 11 7 5 25 2163UB 011HKB 40 25 2163UB 011HJB 40__ 2 14 10 25 2163UB 022HKB 41 30 21630 022 41__ 3 22 15 2 5 21630 027 42__ 3 5 21630 027 42__ 3 27 20 2 5 21630 034 43__ 3 5 21630 034 43__ 3 34 25 3 0 2163UB 040HKB 44 35 21630 040 44__ 4 40 30 3 0 2163UB 052HKB 45 4 0 2163UB 052HJB 45 4 52 40 3 0 2163UB 065HKB 4
157. type tested assembly TTA and unit requirements Should custom designs and modifications be required these can be qualified to IEC 61439 as partially pre tested assembly PTTA and unit requirements American Bureau of Shipping ABS CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs have fulfilled the requirements and are approved by the American Bureau of Shipping certificate 99 SB55875 X CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs do meet ABS shipping requirements but due to required customization ABS maritime shipping is available only on the Engineered program 12 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers NEMA Defined NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA Class The following is a description of Class as paraphrased from NEMA standard ICS 18 2001 Class motor control centers shall consist of mechanical groupings of combination motor control units feeder tap units other units and electrical devices arranged in a convenient assembly They include connections from the common horizontal power bus to the units They do not include interwiring or interlocking between units or to remotely mounted devices nor do they include control system engineering Only diagrams of the individual units are supplied NEMA Class Il interwiring offers the addition of interlocking and wiring between units as specifically described in overall control system diagrams supplied by the purchaser Con
158. unit in top horizontal wireway 280 A capacity can be used 88NPS 0 25 x2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug Insulated from and mounted on X402 03 09 el aas 4 unit support pan Located below main incoming unit if top entry and located above main incoming me Tie unit if bottom entry Adds 0 5 space factor for main unit if less than 6 0 space factor Not available for wireway 2191M unit in top horizontal wireway 280 A capacity 1 Option code is not complete Add location T for the top B for the bottom which matches the location of the horizontal neutral bus Use T for neutral bus above the main power bus Use B for neutral bus below the main power bus IMPORTANT For 800 A and 200 A which are not 6 0 space factor the neutral bus code is opposite the incoming bus compartment mounting code 2 Available in U S In Canada this option is engineered 3 only be used in sections with a vertical wireway Cannot be used if horizontal neutral bus is selected For applications with horizontal neutral bus select the appropriate 88HN or 88FN option If incoming neutral cable is greater than one 6 AWG to 250 kcmil or if neutral current exceeds 280 A do not use option 88NPC or 88NPS Select horizontal neutral bus and appropriate 88HN or 88FN options 4 Increases unit size by 0 5 SF mounted below main unit that is top mounted or mounted above main unit that is bot
159. unit will be installed in the USA it must utilize a Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic breaker MCP breaker are non compliant with US NEC for these units 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 4 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2107B BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2107B BABD 30 Select circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2107B BABD 30TGA e For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publication 2100 TD032 IMPORTANT 58 substitute the letter A with the letter K for example 2107B BK_ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 21078 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units FVR These combination full voltage reversing starter units offer a space saving alternative while utilizing an Allen Bradley Bulletin 300 reversing starter and either a fused disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2106 Space Saving NEMA reversing st
160. units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163VB 034HKB 44THM 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program SC 271 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 225 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 600 V AC Heavy Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 128 HD 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 3 0 9 0 5 2 5 2163 1 7 33___ 25 2163 1 7 33___ 3 13 0 75 25 2163 2 7 34___ 25 2163 2 7 34 3 17 1 0 25 2163 2 7 35___ 25 2163 2 7 35_ 3 24 1 5 25 2163 3 9 36___ 25 2163VB 3P9H C36 3 27 2 25 2163 3 9 37___ 25 2163 3 9 37 3 3 9 3 25 2163 6 1 38___ 25 2163 6 1 38___ 3 6 1 5 2 5 2163VB 9POHKC 39 30 2163 9 39 3 9 7 5 2 5 2163VB 011HKC 40 30 2163VB 011H C 40 11 10 25 2163VB 017HKC 41 3 5 2163VB 017HJC A1 3 7 15 2 5 2163 022 42 3 5 2163
161. units with door mounted filters 10096 rated circuit breakers mains not available Duration Limited is available as PE delivery program without baffles Duration Limited is ENG Forunit configurations see option 112A Referto Commercial Engineering for application notes Table 22 Unit Available with ArcShield Availablility with These Units Device Limited 2 3 Arc resistent baffles are required Note that baffles are not available on blank doors or empty units 100ms Duration Limited a 8 SecureConnect Yes Yes IntelliCENTER Technology Yes Yes Drives Yes Yes SMCs Yes Yes 9 Starters Yes All Mains and Feeders Yes 9 Yes Dual Units No No 1 Duration Limited is available as PE delivery program without baffles Duration Limited is ENG 2 For unit configurations see option 112A 3 46 Not available with R Frame or ACBs Not available on NEMA 1 if the NEMA 12 version requires venting Not available on NEMA 12 if venting is required Refer to Commercial Engineering for application notes Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 3 Safety Technology 3 Safety Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers SecureConnect SecureConnect is an optional Safety Technology feature for plug in units which allows the unit to be electrically isolated from the vertical power bus before the enclosure door is opened SecureConn
162. verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 PM001 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163UB 034NKC 44THM 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 cation and output ampere rating y the nominal motor horsepower listed Delivery Program PE 255 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circu
163. w gasket ND 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor 2 14 10 2 5 2163UB 014NKB 41 2 5 2163UB 014NJB 41 2 22 15 2 5 2163UB 022NKB 42 3 0 216318 022 8 42 3 27 20 25 2163UB 027NKB 43 3 5 2163UB 027NJB 43 3 34 25 2 5 2163UB 034NKB 44 3 5 216318 034 8 44 3 40 30 3 0 2163UB 040NKB 45 3 5 2163UB 040N B 45 4 52 40 3 0 2163UB 052NKB 46 40 2163UB 052N B 46 4 65 50 3 0 2163UB 065NKB 47 40 2163UB 065N B 47 5 7 60 6 0x20 Wx 2163UB 077NKB 48 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 077N B 48 15 0 15 0 5 96 75 6 0x25 Wx 2163 8 096 49 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 096N B 49 15 0 15 0 6 125 100 6 0x25 Wx 2163 8 125 50 60x25 Wx 21634 8 1258 8 50 0 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 156NKB 51 60x30 Wx 2163UB 156N 8 51 9 20 20 D 6 186 150 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 186NKB 52__ 6 0x35 Wx 2163UB 186NJB 52_ 20 D 20 D 6 248 200 6 0x30 Wx 2163UB 248NKB 54__ 20 D 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference on 4 254 Standard units are configured to properly protect the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 over oad of listed output current for 60 seconds Hea
164. w11 0 21 W48 6 94 W12 0 23 W49 771 W13 0 25 W50 8 45 8 56 W14 0 28 W51 9 29 94 W15 0 30 W52 10 3 10 4 W16 0 33 W53 114 11 5 W17 0 36 W54 12 5 12 6 W18 0 40 W55 137 13 8 W19 0 44 W56 15 0 15 1 W20 0 49 W57 16 3 16 4 w21 0 53 W58 177 179 W22 0 58 W59 19 3 19 5 W23 0 64 W60 20 9 212 W24 0 70 W61 227 23 0 25 4 W25 0 77 W62 24 7 25 1 27 8 W26 0 85 W63 26 9 273 30 5 W27 0 93 W64 292 29 7 335 35 0 W28 1 02 W65 315 37 0 38 5 W29 112 W66 345 40 5 420 W30 123 W67 375 445 46 0 W31 1 35 W68 41 0 48 5 51 0 W32 1 48 W69 44 0 53 0 56 0 W33 1 62 1170 47 0 59 0 61 0 W34 1 79 W71 64 0 66 0 W35 1 97 W72 69 0 710 W36 2 18 W73 73 0 76 0 W37 2 40 W74 710 82 0 W38 2 65 W75 81 0 88 0 W39 2 92 W76 85 0 94 0 W40 323 W77 90 0 100 0 W41 3 56 W78 106 0 W42 3 93 W79 113 0 W43 4 30 W80 120 0 W44 4 71 W81 128 0 45 5 16
165. with vertical plug in ground bus Copper Y Y Y Y Copper unit ground stabs also may be used with steel vertical ground alloy 79U bus Unplated Y Y Y copper 07919 Tinplated v Y Y Y copper Unwired Control 89CF40 Bulletin 700CF 4 Pole Relay 4N 0 Y Y Y Y SC Relay V 89CF31 v Jw and 1 N C 89CF22 2N 0 Y Y Y and 2 N C 89CFA0A Bulletin 700CF On Delay 4N 0 Y Y Y Y gocF22A 4 Pole Relay with Time Includes one NOTCand NCTO 210 2 2 Attachment Contact and 2 C 89CF40B 103 305 Off Delay 4 N 0 Y Y Y Y 89 22 Includes NOTO one NCTC 210 Y Y Y Y Contact and 2 N C 89CFA0C Bulletin 700CF On Delay 4N 0 Y Y Y Y gocF22 4 Pole Relay with Time Includes one NOTCand NCTO 210 Y Y Y Attachment Contact and 2N C 89CF40D 1805 Off Delay 4 N 0 Y Y Y 89 F22D Includes one NOTO and NCTC 210 Y Y Y Y Contact and 2N C 89CFA0L Bulletin 700CF 4 N 0 Y Y Y Y PE gocrzaL 4 Pole Relay with Mechanical Latch Attachment 210 v v v v and 2 N C 89 2 Bulletin 700 Relay 2N 0 Y Y SC 89P4 4N 0 Y Y 89PT Bulletin 700P with Pneumatic Time Delay Attachment on off delay None Y Y PE g9PT2 with two timed contacts 0 1 60 s 210 v v 89PT4 4N 0 89 12 Bulletin 700P Relay with Mechanical Latch Attachment 2N 0 Y Y 196 2 5 space factor required when selecting Bulletin 2113B E with E1 Overload Relay Unit Load Ground Connector and Unit Ground Stab pl
166. 0 NEMA Size 1 2 v Y Overload Relay 0 9 selectable Auto Manual Auto reset v dual 02 7 electronic overload relay for NEMA starters Size 1 6 NEMA Size 3 vil NEMA Size 4 X02 NEMA Size 5 Y Y NEMA Size 6 Y Vacuum Contactor Starters 200 A 400 A 600 A Y E1 Plus Electronic 7FEE_D P Selectable to class 10 15 20 30 selectable NEMA Size 1 2 Y Overload Relay with Auto Manual Auto reset electronic overload LOI DeviceNet module relay NEMA starters Size 1 6 Includes 2 8 0 DeviceNet module with two 24V DC inputs NEMA Size 3 ud and one 110 240V AC output vit NEMA Size 4 X02 NEMA Size 5 Y NEMA Size 6 Y Vacuum Contactor Starters 200 A 400 A 600 A v E1 Plus Electronic 7FEE_G 7 Selectable to class 10 15 20 30 selectable NEMA Size 1 2 Y X02 Overload Relay with Auto Manual Auto reset electronic overload NEMA Size 3 JO so Ground Fault relay for NEMA starters Size 1 6 Includes 19 1 Protection Module amp Ground Fault Protection Module with NEMA Size 4 Y Y Jam Protection integral Jam Protection and external Ground NEMA Size 5 PAL 02 6 6 Fault Sensor NEMA Size 6 X09 Vacuum Contactor Starters 200A Y 400 A 600 A Y Delivery Program SC Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 149 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Con
167. 0 Power Supply required that will be available in CR3 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 155 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 135 E300 Overload Relay Expansion Bus Power Supply Code Expansion Bus Power Supply None Selected 120V AC Power Supply py t 24V DC Power Supply 1 Not Available Until Table 136 E3 Plus E300 Digital Expansion 1 0 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders E3 E3 Plus Overloads E300 Overloads E3 E3 Plus 24V DC Control E300 Control Module Option 120V AC Control 24V DC Control Inputs Outputs Inputs Outputs Inputs Outputs E3 2 1 CN Standard Control Module 4 3 6 3 E3 Plus 4 2 GN GT Ground Fault and PTC Control FVNR FVR FVNR FVR FVNR FVR FVNR FVR Module 2 60 12 40 4 180 2 40 1 1 0 count includes expansion module 1 0 points Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 137 Option Option Description FVC FVR TSIW Feeder 2100 Delivery Number TS2W Main ESW Program 21021 2106 2112 2122 2192 21031 2107 2113 2123 2193 Overload Relay 9 Normally
168. 00 00 8 600 J R H L 2 2 600 kcmil CU AL 3 5 6 2192M_ GK_ __ 219M GE 800 02 8 800 L 3 46 350 kcmil CU AL 2192 HKC 2192M 1200 02 8 1200 4 46 350 kcmil CU AL 2192M KC 219MM JC 1600 00 9 1600 4 42 600 kcmil CU AL 6 0 21M KK 2190 0 0 8 207 0 35 w 0 2000 09 03 8 2000 6 32 600 kcmil CU AL 2192M 46 2192M L 1 94 Fusible disconnect switch is a bolted pressure switch No vertical wireway Not available in NEMA Type or Type 4 for 1600 A and 2000 A The 600 1200 A units have viewing window door for visual verification of disconnect blades Units having 100 ratings are available for these fusible disconnect switches for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only Non fused switches are 100 rated and available in NEMA 1 1 with gasket and 12 See options on page 168 to select For 10096 rated 1600 A and 2000 A units no top or bottom wireway is present above or below the unit and the unit must be located at either end of the motor control center lineup When used with a 3 phase 4 wire power system horizontal neutral bus and incoming neutral bus is required If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 161 is specified the quantity and size type of the lugs on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus see page 161 is specified and one or two lugs per phase are specified one lug i
169. 00 Heavy Hp 1 50 2163R 380 415 Normal KW 37 30 37 37 45 90 37 37 45 90 480 Normal Hp 5 40 15 60 60 150 125 200 5 60 60 150 125 200 480 Heavy Hp 5 40 5 60 60 200 150 200 5 60 60 200 150 200 600 Normal Hp 60 150 100 150 1 60 60 150 100 150 600 Heavy Hp 75 200 150 1 60 75 200 150 2163T 380 415 Normal KW 480 Normal Hp 5 15 55 15 5 15 600 Normal Hp 45 15 2163U 480 Normal Hp 10 50 10 50 60 150 125 200 10 50 60 150 125 200 9 480 Heavy Hp 1 50 1 50 60 150 125 150 1 50 60 150 125 150 600 Normal Hp 1 50 60 150 125 150 600 Heavy Hp 0 5 50 60 125 125 2163V 480 Normal Hp 10 50 10 50 60 150 125 200 10 50 60 150 125 200 480 Heavy Hp 1 50 1 50 60 150 125 150 1 50 60 150 125 150 600 Normal Hp 1 50 60 150 125 150 600 Heavy Hp 0 5 50 60 125 125 216W 480 Normal Hp 5 20 5 20 5 20 2 600 Normal Hp 5 20 2163X 480 Normal Hp 5 20 5 20 5 20 600 Normal Hp 5 20 1 Refer to the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Circuit Protection Technical Data publication 2100 TD032 for more information 2 Fusing is required so T U is not needed 3 This drive is not yet rated for 600V usage therefore there is no need to use T_U breakers 322 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Hardware and Kits Se
170. 015 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163RA 040HKB 44THM 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600V AC NORMAL DUTY See page 215 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor ov
171. 04 October 2015 39 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Software CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with IntelliCENTER Technology offer remote visibility to the information from the IMC components via the Embedded System in the IntelliCENTER Software IntelliCENTER Software provides real time information as to the status of the IMC components as well as valuable documentation related to the MCC For more information on DeviceNet refer to DeviceNet Media Design and Installation Manual publication DNET UMO072 and DeviceNet Motor Control Centers publication 2100 TD019 For more information on Ethernet refer to Converged Plantwide Ethernet CPwE Design and Implementation Guide publication ENET TD001 CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers with IntelliCENTER using an EtherNet IP Network Information publication MCC RMOO1 and CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers with EtherNet IP Network publication 2100 31 The CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER technology can consist of integrated hardware software and communication in one centralized package The available IntelliCENTER software provides pre configured screens which provide real time data trending component history wiring diagrams user manuals and spare parts See page 42 for selection Table 18 Available Networks Section Features Network Description Delivery Program IntelliCENTER Devic
172. 04C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program SC 265 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 221 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600 V AC Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 HD 600 V Space Factor Catalog Number SpaceFactor Catalog Number 3 0 9 0 5 25 2162VB 1P7HKC 33 25 2162VB 1P7HJC 33 3 13 075 25 2162VB 2P7HKC 34 25 2162VB 2P7HJC 34 3 17 10 25 2162VB 2P7HKC 35 25 2162VB 2P7HJC 35 3 24 15 25 2162VB 3P9HKC 36 25 2162VB 3P9HJC 37 3 27 2 25 2162VB 3P9HKC 37 25 2162VB 3P9HJC 37 3 39 3 25 2162VB GP1HKC 38 25 2162VB GP1HJC 38 3 6 1 5 25 2162VB 9POHKC 39 3 0 2162VB 9POHJC 39 3 9 75 25 2162VB 011HKC 40 30 2162VB 011HJC 40 11 10 25 2162VB 017HKC 41 35 2162VB 017HJC 41 3 17 15 25 2162VB 022HKC 42 35 2162VB 022HJC 42 4 22 20 30 2162VB 027HKC 43 40 2162VB 027HJC 43 4 27 25 30 2162VB 032HKC 44 40 2162VB 032HJC 44 5 32 30 60x20 Wx 2162VB 041HKC 45 60x25 Wx 2162VB 041HJC 45 15 0 15 D 5 4 40 60x25 Wx 2162VB 052HKC 46 60x25 Wx 2162VB 052HJC 46 15D 15 D 6 52 50 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 063HKC 470 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 063HJC 47 20 D 20 D 6 63 60 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 077HKC 48P 6 0x25 Wx 2162V8 077H C 48 20 D 20 D 6 7 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 099HKC 49 6 0x30 Wx 2162VB 099HJC 49 20 D 20 D 6 99
173. 05 8 203 20 90 2286 00 0 250 6 35 0 875 22 23 9 228 60 100 2540 00 0 281 714 0 938 23 81 10 254 00 200 5080 00 1inch 2 54 centimeters 1 foot 12 inches 1 centimeter 10 millimeters Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2154H 2154J 2155H and 2155J Table 329 Bulletin System Voltage NEMA Rating Code Venting Door Mounted Enclosure Exhaust Fans Type Bulletins All 1 1G A B D E No No 2154H and 3 37 Ampere 2155H All 1 1G H J K L M Yes Yes 43 135 Ampere All 12 A B D E F G H J No No 3 85 Ampere All 12 L M Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 108 135 Ampere Bulletins All 1 1G F005 to F135 Yes Yes 2154J and 5 135 Ampere 2155J All 1 1G F201 to F480 No No 201 480 Ampere All 12 F005 to F135 Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 5 135 Ampere All 12 F201 to F480 No No 201 480 Ampere 362 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q 2162R 2163Q 2163R 2162U 2163U 2162V and 2163V Table 330 Bulletin System NEMA Rating Code Venting Internal Door Mounted Voltage Endosure Circulating Fans Exhaust Fans Type 21620 and 380 415V 1 1G 1P3 5 0 Yes None Yes 8 7 072 Yes None Yes 12 1 3 022 None Yes None 030 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes f
174. 0A lighting panel is a reverse fed branch lighting panel circuit breaker 2 Catalog numbers do not include branch breakers Refer to Factory installed Bolt on Branch Circuit Breakers table below for catalog string numbers 108 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 8 Lighting and Power Panel Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 75 Factory installed Bolt on Branch Circuit Breakers 0 1 pole Thermal Magnetic 120V AC 2 pole Thermal Magnetic 120 240V AC 3 pole Thermal Magnetic 120 240V AC Circuit Breaker 10 kA IC Sym Circuit Breaker 10 kA ICSym Circuit Breaker 10 kA IC Sym for use on three phase lighting panels only Trip Rating Catalog String Trip Rating Catalog String Trip Rating Catalog String 40 C Number 3 40 Number 40 Number 9 Amperes Amperes Amperes 15A 30A 15A 30 20A 31A 20A 316 30A 3A _ 30A 3c 15 A w grd fit 30D 50A 35 20A w gra fit 2 3D 100A AC Filler Plate 00A __ 1 Referto page 332 for catalog numbers for field installed branch breakers When breakers are to be factory installed specify filler plates for all remaining blank spaces in panel 2 Ground fault interrupting circuit breakers provide 5mA personnel protection 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the number of branch breakers and add two digits to specify the number desired to the circuit breaker catal
175. 0MCM max wire size For larger cables contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for alternate design considerations 6 LSI Long Short Instantaneous Electronic Trip LSIG Long Short Instantaneous Ground Electronic Trip Thermal Mag Thermal Magnetic HI MAG NOT UL listed Internal auxiliary contacts 790_ are not available on this breaker Unit supplied with molded case switch with fixed high magnetic trip Requires upstream current limiting branch protection See molded case switch markings for proper selection of this protection Ratings listed are the maximum fault currents that can be applied to the devices 7 The ground fault protection system is suited for solidly grounded system Ground fault trip range is adjustable from 0 2 to 1 times the trip current rating of the circuit breaker rating plug The time delay setting can be adjusted from 0 1 0 8 seconds 8 Only available as top mounted at 600V unless MCC is Device Limited Arc Shield 9 Value shown is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 2 increments to 40 100 of maximum value selected 225 A maximum value due to rating of plug in stab 10 225A unit is supplied with a 250A trip unit Unit will ship set to 225A which is also the maximum setting allowed 11 200 A unit is supplied with a 250 A trip unit Unit will ship set to 200 A which is also the maximum setting allowed 12 Value show
176. 0V AC and 600V AC Heavy Duty 270 Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 755 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 755 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with circuit breaker use thermal magnetic trip unit and do not include factory supplied installed drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available See Table 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Ratings table Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12 AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom Do not mount transformer
177. 1 NKC 58 2191 NJC 58 2000 2191 NKC 60 2191 NJC 60 PROVISIONS FOR 10 WIDE SECTION 0 6000 Not Applicable 2 750 kcmil 6 0 9 2191 PKC 52 2191 PJC 52 PE I 800 MOM 2191 54 2191 PIC5A 1200 2191 PKC 56 2191 PJC 56 1 600A 2191F can only be used with 600 A 800 A 1200 A and 1600 A horizontal bus ratings 2 Thissection must be 56 G aw ected as part of a 2 section shipping split and shipped attached to a 20 wide section with standard depth horizontal power bus It cannot be selected as free standing or attached to a 25 wide section with a 9 vertical wireway or any 6 space factor frame mounted unit It is not available in NEMA Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction 5 catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert for main or F for feeder for example 2191M 2191F Insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted for example 2191 or 2191MB If optional lugs will be selected select from table on page 86 Then add catalog string number to base catalog number for example 2191MT CKC 52 82B500 84 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 By using a larger wire lug size than is listed violates bend radius guidelines as listed in NEC UL C UL wire bending tables and voids UL C UL listing and CSA certification Not available in 71 high sections NEMA Type 3R or Type 4 7 Main and Feeder Units Table 56 Lug D
178. 1 40 04314143 22 040N 140 30 052N 52 50 052 40 30 062 52 50 0564 56 30 052N 52 40 062N 62 60 065 52 40 077 62 60 072 72 37 0651 65 50 077N 177 75 077H 65 50 125 77 75 105N 85 45 077N 77 60 125N 99 100 096 77 60 125 99 100 105N 105 55 0961 96 75 125 125 125 125H 96 75 14H 125 125 170N 138 75 125N 125 100 1MN 144 150 156 125 100 170N 170 90 156N 156 125 180H 156 125 300N 205 110 180N 180 150 300H 180 150 300N 255 132 300N 255 200 300H 245 200 1 The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating 216 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 415V AC NORMAL DUTY See page 215 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 A
179. 100 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 125HKC 50 60x35 Wx 216248 125 500 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 ar 30 Wx 2162VB 144HKC 516 N A 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the appl Standard units are configured to properly protect Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 ication and output ampere rating y the nominal motor horsepower listed 2 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard 266 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program PE 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor
180. 100 kA 100 kA Table 318 Combination Circuit Breaker Soft Starter Units for Bulletin 2155H and 2155J Bulletin SMC Device FRAME SCCR Net 208V 230V 240V 380 415V 600V 480V 2155H w 3 43 A G6C TGM H6C THM 100 kA 100 kA N A 100 100 100 60Aand85A G6C TGM H6F THM 100 kA 100 kA N A HOF THX 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 108 and 135A J6F TJM 100 kA 100 kA N A JOF TJX 100 100 100 2155 w 5 85A G6C TGM H6C THM 100 kA 100 kA N A TRISTE HOC THX 100 kA 100 kA 25 108 135A J6F TJM 100 100 N A JOF TJX 100 100 100 201 J6F TJM 100 100 N A JOF TJX 100 100 100 251A K6H TKM 100 100 TKX 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 317 480 TMM 100 100 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 357 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 319 AC Drive Combination Fusible Disconnect Units for Bulletins 21620 2162R 2162T 21620 2162V 2162W and 2162X Fuse Class Bulletin Horsepower Short Circuit Withstand Rating Number amperes rms symmetrical 480V 600V CJ 2162T All ratings 100 kA 100 kA CJ 2162W 2162X All ratings 100 kA 100 kA J 21620 2162R All ratings 100 100 21620
181. 112 75 25 2163VB 011HKB 40 2 5 2163 011 40__ 2 14 10 25 2163VB 014NKB 41 125 2163VB 014NJB 2 22 15 25 2163VB 022NKB 130 2163VB 022NJB 2 3 27 20 25 2163VB 027NKB 3 135 2163VB 027NJB 3 34 25 25 2163VB 034NKB 44__ 3 5 2163VB 034NJB 4 3 40 30 30 2163VB 040NKB 45_ 3 5 2163VB 040NJB 45_ 4 52 40 3 0 2163 8 052 46 140 2163VB 052NJB 46 4 65 50 30 2163VB 065NKB 47 40 2163VB 065NJB 7 5 77 60 us 20 Wx 2163VB 077NKB 48__ 60 25 15 0 2163VB 077NJB 48 5 96 75 25 Wx 2163VB 096NKB 49 6 0x25 Wx 15 D 2163VB O96NJB 49__ 6 125 100 25 Wx 2163VB 125NKB 50__ 60x25 Wx20 D 2163VB 125NJB 50__ 6 156 125 25 2163VB 156NKB 51__ 6 0x30 Wx20 D 2163VB 156N B 51 6 186 150 m 25 Wx 2163VB 186NKB 52__ 60x35 Wx20 D 2163VB 186NJB 52__ 6 248 200 60x30 Wx 2163VB 248NKB 54 6 20 D 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 268 Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere rat
182. 13HIC and 13DSA 13HIC 131C 89CF 13lCand 13lCand 13HICand 13HICand 13HICand 131 13 and 13DSA_ 89CF 13DSA 131C 89CF 13DSA 89CF 3 37 10 1 0 15 10 10 1 0 1 0 15 15 15 15 15 43 15 15 15 15 15 15 60 2 0 2 0 2 0 85 159 159 159 150 150 150 108 2 5 35 2 5 3 5 135 108 3 0 40 3 0 40 135 1 Space factor when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected 2 2 0 space factor for 45 kW at 380 415V 60 HP at 480V and 60 75 HP at 600V applications when used with circuit breaker types THM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 183 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 163 Bulletin 2155H Space Factors with NEMA Type 12 Unit Options refer to page 194 196 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Ratings NEMA Type 12 Amps Standard With With With With With With With With With With With Unit Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option Option 13DSA_ 13HIC 131C 89CF 131C and 13ICand 13HICand 13HICand 13HICand 13HICand 13HICand 13DSA 89CF 13DSA 13IC 89CF 13ICand 13lCand 13DSA 89 3 37 10 10 15 10 10 10 10 1 5 15 15 15 15 4 20 20 2 5 20 20 20 20 2 5 2 5 25 25 25 60 25 25 30 25 25 25 25 30 30 3 0 3 0 3 0 85 3 00 300 3 500 1350 13900 3 50 3 50 3 52 4 02 3 50 400 400 108 135 135 4 0 35 40 108 135 45 45 1 Space facto
183. 15 Deep Section Construction Removable top plate Top horizontal wireway cover Left hand top end closing plate Two on 20 deep sections L7 9 Right hand unit support assembly Horizontal and vertical bus support vertical wireway Bus splice access cover Vertical power bus Horizontal power bus E Section nameplate a Left hand center end closing plate Vertical to horizontal bus connection access cover L Vertical bus covers Vertical plug in steel ground bus d Three piece assembly di Prius wireway door lbs p Ir zp Left hand side plate assembly E 2 Vertical Wireway Sealing Strap top and bottom Bottom support angle Horizontal ground bus top or bottom Left hand bottom end closing FEL ar plate Le Two on 20 deep sections d Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 31 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Basic Sections and Structure Features Modifications SC Il and 1 Table 10 Basic Sections Delivery Program Basic 20
184. 15 15 25 15 25 309 J R H HRCII C 1 0 2112 8 _ __ 212B CD 60 J R H HRCII C 100 J HRCII C 100 R H 1 5 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 609 2 0 2112B DA 2112B DD 100 J 200 J 60 R HRCII C 25 100 R H HRCII C 200 R H HRCII C 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 1008 J HRCII C 2 5 2112B EA 212B ED 200 J 400 J 1005 RH 3 0 200 R H 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 2008 J 3 5 2112B FA_ __ 2112B FD 400 J 600 J 2008 R HRCII C 4 0 400 R H HRCII C 60 100 150 125 200 200 300 250 400 400 R H 609 2112BB G 2112BB GD PE II 600 J R HRCII C 25 W 800 L 490 8 R H 211281 0 211281 0 600 J R HRCII C 800 L 1 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal operating handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt pull apart control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units with 16 AWG control wire only See page 27 for information on installation into series E J sections For NEMA size 6 select either top cable entry 2112BT or bottom cable entry 2112BB Available on 480V and 600V applications only 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Thecatalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2112B BABD Select ho
185. 159 Unwired Control Relay 163 Unwired Pull Apart Terminal Blocks 169 Unwired Timer Auxiliary 159 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Index Options for Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers Auxiliary Contacts 310 ControlLogix Communication Modules 309 ControlLogix Processor 309 ControlLogix Programming Cable 309 ControlNet T Tap 309 Export Packing Below Deck 311 Grounded Unit Door 309 Power Supply 309 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 311 T Handle 311 Unit Door Nameplates 311 Unit Ground Stab 309 Options for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Additional Unit Space 175 Auxiliary Contacts 176 Control Circuit Fuse 175 Control Circuit Transformer 173 Control Wire Markers 176 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 174 E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay 173 Electronic Overload Relay 173 Elapsed Time Meter 175 Export Packing Below Deck 176 French Legend Plates 176 Grounded Unit Door 175 Omit Wiring 175 Pilot Lights 172 Push Buttons 172 Push Buttons and Selector Switch 172 Selector Switch 172 Spanish Legend Plates 176 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 176 Surge Suppressor 175 T Handles 176 Unit Door Nameplate 176 Unit Ground Stab 175 Unit Load Connector 175 Unwired Control Relay 175 Outgoing Lug Compartments 82 Overload Relay Auxiliary Contact Eutectic Alloy on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 156 Overload Relay Class Designatio
186. 1K_ 22 11 2163RA 022NK_ 42K_ 3 0 2163RA 022NJ_ 42K_ 2 30 15 25 2163RA 030NK_ 43K_ 2163RA 030NJ_ 43K_ 37 18 5 2163RA 037NK_ 44K_ 2163RA 037NJ_ 44K_ 3 43 22 3 0 2163RA 043NK_ 45K_ 35 2163RA 043NJ_ 45K_ 56 30 2163RA O56NK_ 46K_ 4 0 2163RA 056NJ 46K 72 37 35 2163RA 072NK_ 47K_ 2163RA 072NJ_ 47K_ 5 85 45 6 0 25 W 2163RA 105NK_ 48K_ 6 0 25 W 2163RA 105NJ 48K PE II 20709 2009 105 55 2163RA 105NK_ 49K_ 2163RA 105NJ_ 49K_ 6 138 75 2163RA 170NK_ 50K_ SM 2163RA 170NJ 50K 170 90 2163RA 170NK 51K 2163RA 170NJ 51K 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415 I for example 2163RA 037NKN Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163RA 037NKN 44KTHM 228 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex
187. 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise 3 50 consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 86 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Number 6 Delivery kVA Factor Wiring A Only Class Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA 1 and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 121 1w gasket 0 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 8 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse 0 5 15 15 159 10 219744 0 219741 0 9 7 2197 BK D 2197 8 0 1 15 2197 CK D 2197 D 1 6 2 0 2197 IK D 2197 2 D 2 2197 EK D 2197 E D 3 1 5 259 219748 0 2197 FK D 16A 2197 9 D a 5 25 15 259 2197 GK 0 2197 GK D 16A 2197 6 D SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 5 25 30 15 259 2197 GK 2197 GK A 16A 2197 6 10 7 5 3 7 40 20 20 2197 HK 2197 A 16A 2197 A 10 5 50 30 20 2197 K A 2197 A 16A 2197 A 15 7 5 70 40 30 30 2197 KK_A
188. 20 D None 248 1 16 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None None None 12 1 12 w 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6 0 S F 20 W 15 D 296 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 246 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Heavy Duty Drive Rating Code 600V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor Space Factor Adder MR 112A 14R and 112A 1P7H 2P7H 3P9H 6P1H 1 1G 25 12 25 9 011 1 1G 25 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 None 017H 022H 1 1G 25 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None 027 1 1G 3 0 5 None 0 5 12 4 None 032H 1 1G 3 0 5 None 0 5 12 4 None 041H 1 1G 6 0 S F x 20 W x 15 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None 052 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None 063 077 116 6 0 S F x 25 W 20 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None 099 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None 125 1 1G 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 35 W x 20 D None 144 1 1G 6 0 S F x 30 W x 20 D None None None 12 e A S Lm Rockwel
189. 200A 350 and 400A 600A 750 1 When a control circuit transformer is selected on dual 2103L and 2113 units one auxiliary contact mounting position is given up for the transformer secondary fuse Catalog number listed is not complete Select voltage code from Table 121 Not available on 0 5 space factor units For 100 A 2103L units increase space factor from 1 5 to 2 0 For 0 5 space factor 2102L 2103L 2112 and 2113 standard capacity VA rating is 75VA For 2113 Size 3 increase space factor from 1 5 to 2 Table 121 Line Voltage Line Voltage Voltage Code 208 H 240 380 N 400 KN 415 480 600 C 148 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Electronic Overload Relays IMPORTANT AllEtherNet IP network orders require an Electronic Overload module Table 122 Option Option Description FVR FVNR TS1W Number TS2W 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 E1 Plus Electronic 7FEE_ Selectable trip class 10 15 20 3
190. 2015 7 Table of Contents Notes 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CAO04C EN P October 2015 Chapter 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center Center with IntelliCENTER Technology What is New in this Publication Made the Program Guide available to customers Updated the Documentation section Updated with the current IntelliCENTER EtherNet IP MCC offering with all flexible options Publication Overview This is an internal commercial program guide for the configuration of CENTERLINE 2100 Low Voltage Motor Control Centers MCC Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information Footnotes IMPORTANT While using this publication please read all footnotes throughout the publication Footnotes contain necessary information about the configuration and limitations of sections units and options being offered Other Resource Publications for CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 1 Additional Resources Publication Title 2100 SR012 CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Specification Guide 2100 SR007 CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Specfication Guide CSI Format 2100 SR003 CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Specification Checklist 2100 TD018 Mains and Incoming Lines Dimension 2100 1 012 CENTERLINE 2100 User Manual 2100 ATO03 Power System Configuration Considerations for Selection
191. 2106 2112 2122 2103L 2107 2113 2123 Omission of Power 106 For contactors and starters NEMA Type NEMA sizes 1 2 and 3 Y Y Y SC Terminal Blocks 07 BD 7 1109 For 30 and 60 fusible disconnect feeders Available for Bulletin 2192F ONLY cone TIS Block 107 One extra 5 pole control terminal block unwired Y Y Y Y T Handle 11 T handle latch on unit door Available on all units except 2191F 2191M 2192M 2193M 2195 2193LE 2193PP 1 and 2100 ESW 12 13 Locking Latch 114 Provision for accepting a lock on the door latch for the Ethernet Switch Unit X 02 pp 1 0 SF Only 13 Key interlock Mounting 201 For circuit breaker or fusible disconnect main or feeder units Permits Available for Bulletins 2192 and SC Provision 5 customer mounting of Superior or Kirk brand key interlocks on unit operating 2193 ONLY handle 8 Window 203W Door mounted window on an Ethernet Switch Unit to provide visibility to the Y status LEDs on the Ethernet Switch es in the unit Current Transducers 700TC1 U Ohio Semitronics Model 5 005 Y 4 20mA Output 85 135V AC 50 60Hz power includes current transformer 7001C2 Crompton Instruments Model 253 TALU LSHG 120V AC 20 50 60Hz power includes current transformer Current Sensors 700TCAU N K Technologies model AT 12 40V DC at sensor current transformer not Y SC
192. 2122EB B Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2122F 2 speed 1 winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TS1W See page 69 for product description Basicconfiguration includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips IMPORTANT 2 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors A 2 speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors Consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for application assistance Table 43 NEMA Constant or Variable Torque Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery Size Horsepower See Appendix for short Factor Wiring Type B Class Program circuit withstand ratings 208V 240V 380 480V 600V Rating Class NEMAType 1and NEMA Type 12 415V Amperes Type 1 w gasket 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 CCJ RH HRCI C 20 2122 21227FPB BD SC 60 J R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 159525 15 25 302 J R H HRCII C 20 2122FB CA_ __ 2122FB CD_ _ 60 J R H HRCII C 100 J R H HRCII C 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 609 J R H HRCII C 4 0 2122 2122 0 100 J R H HRCII C 200 J R H HRCII C 4 30 40
193. 2163W PowerFlex 525 Drive 273 Bulletin 2162X and 2163X PowerFlex 523 Drive 279 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 5 Table of Contents Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Programmable Controller Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers Configuration Tables Hardware and Kits Appendix Chapter 16 Chapter 17 Bulletin 2180L 2182L 2183L with Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Chassis Chapter 18 Chapter 20 Section Hardware and Kits for Field Installation Bus Kits Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware for Field Installation Lugs for Field Installation Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation continued Network Hardware and Kits for Field Installation Appendix A Approximate Dimensions Motor Control Center Construction Approximate Weights of CENTERLINE Motor Control Center Sections MCC Finish Cross Reference Chart NEMA UL to IEC Heater Element Selection Heater Element Selection Tables Full load Currents Full load Currents Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Trip or Electronic Trip Circuit Breaker Interrupting Capacity Ratings 3 Pole Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Units UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Fusib
194. 22 C 43 1 PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 UM001 2 nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor 4 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163WB 1P4KB 33TGM 278 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2162X and 2163X PowerFlex 523 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE
195. 2F 2 speed 1 winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TS1W 2193LE Frame Mounted Lighting Panel for Bolt on Branch Circuit Breakers LPAN 108 2123E 2 speed 2 winding Starter Unit with 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker MCB Circuit Breaker TS2W 72 102 104 2123F 2 speed 1 winding Starter Unit with 2193PP Plug in Panel Board with Main Circuit Circuit Breaker TS1W 73 Breaker PPAN 111 2154H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC 3 181 2154 Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC Flex 187 2155H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting Means XFMR 114 116 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFMR 118 119 121 123 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFMR 124 SMC 3 182 126 128 130 2155 Combination Soft Starter Motor Bus Bracing 36 Controller with Circuit Breaker Bus Stab Isolation Kit 326 SMC Flex 189 21620 Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units C with Fusible Disconnect 380 4801 202 204 205 206 207 Capacitor Sizes 360 209 210 211 212 214 Cardholder for Unit Doors 328 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable CE Marking 12 bres es Drive Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin with Fusible Disconnect 380
196. 2VB 8POHKB 39 25 2162VB 8POHJB 39 2 112 75 25 2162VB 011HKB 40 25 2162VB 011HJB 40 2 14 10 2 5 2162VB 014NKB 41 25 2162VB 014NJB 41 2 22 15 25 2162VB 022NKB 42 3 0 2162VB 022NJB 42 3 27 20 25 2162VB 027NKB 43 35 2162VB 027NJB 43 34 25 25 2162VB 034NKB 44 35 2162VB 034NJB 44 3 40 30 3 0 2162VB 040NKB 45 35 2162VB 040NJB 45 4 52 40 3 0 2162VB 052NKB 46 40 2162VB 052NJB 46 4 65 50 3 0 2162VB 065NKB 47 40 2162VB 065NJB 47 5 77 60 6 0x20 Wx 2162VB 077NKB 48 6 0 x25 Wx 2162VB 077NJB 48 15 0 15 5 96 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 096NKB 49 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 096NJB 49 15 0 15 0 6 125 100 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 125NKB 50 6 0x25 Wx 2162V8 125N B 50 9 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 60x25 Wx 2162VB 156NKB 51 6 0x30 Wx 2162VB 156NJB 51 20 D 20 D 6 186 150 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 186NKB 52 6 0x35 Wx 2162VB 186NJB 52 20 D 20 D 6 248 200 2 30 Wx 2162VB 248NKB 54 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier freq
197. 3 21630 2163V 21630 8 8 8 01 21638 Push Buttons 70 DRIVE START DRIVE STOP v X0 4 SC JOG 1E Push Buttons and Selector HAND OFF AUTO HAND START 1F Switch HAND STOP Selector Switch 2 3 AUTO MANUAL speed select X0 X0 4 FORWARD REVERSE X0 3E HAND OFF AUTO vA 9 99 9 fv Jj 3g Pilot Lights Transformer Standard type RUN v Y vid 4 Type for 8007 full voltage 0 800 9 RUN AT Y Fu SPEED FAULT vio AT LED type RUN v v 10 vi 00 Q00 y 10 4L RUN AT v 4a ly 14 SPEED FAULT 10 v 09 Q00 y 10 ATL_ Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 285 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 236 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Push Button Control Station Housing and Selector Switch Options 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units PowerFlex 40 70 520 700 and 750 Series Drives Option Pilot Lights Transformer Type 8007 full voltage goo t 6 Description Option Number 21620 21627 2162W 2162X 2162U 2162V 21628 21637 2163W 2163X 21630 2163 21630 8 8 8 01 21638 Push to Test standard RUN Y Y 0 5 RUN AT vii 5 SPEED FAULT JO 5T_ Push to Test LED type RUN OW 000 Fy fv 1 4 RUN AT v vii rao SL SPEED FAULT 10 v 7 09 Q0 y 10 511 x g
198. 3 2123 2100 ESW Delivery Program External 767A Door mounted external DeviceNet connection and 120V AC receptacle for Available on 2100 DPS_ units only See Table 105 SC Network connection of computer to DeviceNet without having to open doors for unit selection Connector with Mounted on door of DeviceNet power supply unit See Table 105 ae 768A Door mounted external Ethernet connection and 1201 AC receptacle for Available 2100 EPS_ units only See Table 105 v Receptacle 9 1 connection of computer to Ethernet network without having to open for unit selection doors Mounted on door of Ethernet power supply unit See Table 105 76889 Door mounted external Ethernet connection for connection of computer Available 2100 EPS_ units only See Table 105 v to the embedded EtherNet IP network without having to open doors for unit selection Mounted on the door of industrial Ethernet switch units Does not include 120V AC Receptacle Network Power 767C Provides second power supply and anti backfeed blocking diodes Allows Available only for 2100 DPS8_ units See Table 105 Supply seemless transfer of power from primary to secondary power supply in for unit selection Redundant the event of an internal failure of the primary power supply Design 768C Provides second power supply and anti backfeed blocking diodes Allows
199. 30 35 33A__ 40 34A 50 35A 60 36A 70 37 __ 80 38 __ 90 39 __ 100 40 __ Filler Plate 00A SC 1 All branch breakers are GHB Refer to page 332 for catalog number of field installed branch breakers Specify filler plates for all blank spaces in panel The maximum amperes connected to any one connector cannot exceed 200 The 14 interrupting capacity rating applies to the individual branch breaker When used in the 2193PP the rating of the main breaker can be applied to all branch breakers 112 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Transformer Units Chapter 9 Bulletin 2195 2196 2197 Control and Lighting Transformers XFMR Bulletins 2195 2196 and 2197 are control and lighting transformer units The transformer units are available with ratings from 0 5 kVA through 50 kVA for single phase and 10 kVA through 45 kVA for three phase Secondary fuses are provided with each transformer unit Factory installed primary fusing is optional on the 2196 transformer unit Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2195 2196 and 2197 Transformer Units Control and lighting transformers Rated from 0 5 50 kVA single phase and 10 45 kVA three phase Secondary protection provided Table 79 2195 A K BD T 2196 A K BD 24 35
200. 342 Wire Markers Control 168 311 Wiring Class 13 Wiring Diagram Holder Kit 325 Wiring on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 196 Wiring on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 157 Wiring Type 13 377 Index Notes 378 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Important Information Solid state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls publication SGI 1 1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http www rockwellautomation com literature describes some important differences between solid state equipment and hard wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this publication are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot
201. 37 2162RA 3P4NJB 37 5 0 3 2162RA 5PONKB 38 2162RA 5PONJB 38 8 0 5 2162RA 8PONKB 39 25 2162RA 8PONJB 39 11 75 2162RA 011NKB 40 2162RA 011NJB 40 1 14 10 2162RA 014NKB 41 2162RA 014NJB 41 22 15 2162RA 022NKB 42 3 0 2162RA 022NJB 42 2 27 20 25 2162RA 027NKB 43 2162RA 027NJB 43 34 25 2162 034 44 2162RA 034NJB 44 3 40 30 3 0 2162RA 040NKB 45 35 2162RA 040NJB 45 52 40 2162RA 052NKB 46 4 0 2162RA 052NJB 46 65 50 2162RA 065NKB 47 2162RA 065NJB 47 4 7 60 60 20 W 2162RA 077NKB 48 6 0 25 410 2162RA 077NJB 48 SCI 5 96 75 6 0 2162RA 096NKB 49 6 0 2162RA 096NJB 49 25 W 20 p9 25 W 125 100 2162RA 125NKB 50 20708 2162RA 125NJB 50 6 156 125 6 0 2162RA 156NKB 51 30 W 2162RA 156NJB 51 2009 180 150 6 0 2162 180 52 35 W 2162RA 180NJB 52 2009 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMO01 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 220 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162R Combination Po
202. 3F HC PE 1200A 15 TNM 400A 600 A 800A 100k 65k 35 2193F_ GKC _TNM 2193F_ GIC _TNM SC gu LSIG mmg 0A 1200 100k 65k 2193F_ GKC _TNMG 2193F_ GJC _TNMG PE LSI TNX fo e 100k 65k 2193F GKC TNX 2193F GJC SC LSIG TNXG Jo e 100k 65k 2193F GKC TNXG 2193F_ GJC _TNXG PE TNN 1200 65k 2193F GKC TNN 2193F_ GIC _TNN PE Table is continued on the next page 98 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 67 Frame Range of Available Interrupting Capacity Rating Space Catalog Number Wiring Type A only Delivery Trips Amperes RMS Symmetrical Amperes Factor Class 1 Program Rating Trip Suffix 208V 240V 380V 400V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Ampere Style 415V 480V Type 1 w Gasket 3000 A 1516 TRUG 1000 1200 A 1600 A 100k 100k 100k 6 0 2193F JKC TRUG 2193F JJC TRUG PE 19 2000 1 30 W 100k 100k 100k 15 3000A 1867 2500 A 19 100k 100k 100k 160 2193F_ KKC _TRUG 2193F KJC TRUG PE K 30 W 15 D 1 Non interchangeable trip breakers 2 Non interchangeable trip breakers at 40 A or below 3 Option 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 not available with 2193FZ units 4 Frame mounted unit must be mounted at top or bottom of section 5 Standard design supports 50
203. 3R 14 Type4 14 Enclosure Comparison 14 Network Hardware and Kits 334 Network built into MCC Sections 39 Neutral Bus 34 Neutral Connection Plate 35 Neutral Connection Plate Kit 326 Neutral Connection Plate Unit 144 NO OX ID 325 0 0 L Contact on Left Side of Circuit on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 157 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Options for Combination Soft Starter Controller Units Add Isolation Contactor 195 arc resistant latches 198 Auxiliary Contacts 197 Communication Module 194 Control Circuit Ring Lugs 198 Control Circuit Spade Lugs 198 Control Circuit Wiring 198 Control Station Housing 191 Control Wire Markers 198 DeviceNet Communication Module 194 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 194 Export Packing Below Deck 198 French Legend Plates 198 Ground Fault Current Transformer 194 Grounded Unit Door 196 High Interrupting Capacity Fuses 194 Human Interface Module HIM 194 Omit Wiring 196 Pilot Lights 192 Protective Modules 193 Push Buttons 191 Selector Switch 191 Shunt Trip 198 Spanish Legend Plates 198 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 198 Surge Suppressor 196 T Handle 198 Unit Door Nameplates 198 Unit Ground Stab 196 Unit Load Connector 196 Unwired Control Relay 196 Options for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and
204. 4 10 2100 CK10T 0044CA 2100 CJ10T 0044CA SC supplied unwired Peg terminal 6618 2100 CK10T 0066CA 2100 C 10T 0066CA 88 2100 CK10T 0088CA 2100 CJ10T 0088CA 110 TB 2100 101 0110 2100 CJ10T 0110CA Bottom mounted 4418 2100 CK10B 0044CA 2100 C 10B 0044CA 66 TB 2100 CK10B 0066CA 2100 CJ10B 0066CA 88 TB 2100 CK10B 0088CA 2100 CJ10B 0088CA 110 TB 2100 CK10B 0110CA 2100 CJ10B 0110CA Top mounted 76 18 15 2100 CK15T 0076CA 2100 CJ15T 0076CA 114 TB 2100 CK15T 0114CA 2100 C 15T 0114CA 152 TB 2100 CK15T 0152CA 2100 CJ15T 0152CA 190 TB 2100 CK15T 0190CA 2100 CJ15T 0190CA Bottom mounted 76 TB 2100 CK15B 0076CA 2100 CJ15B 0076CA 114 2100 CK15B 0114CA 2100 CJ15B 0114CA 152 2100 CK15B 0152CA 2100 C 15B 0152CA 190 TB 2100 CK15B 0190CA 2100 CJ15B 0190CA Neutral Connection Plate Unit 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil 0 5 2100 BKNPC 05SF 2100 BJNPC 05SF lug 280 A capacity 0 25 x 2 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 46 250 0 5 2100 BKNPS 05SF 2100 BJNPS 05SF PE kcmil lug 280 A capacity Surge Protective Device Unit formerly WYE powersystems 480V L L 277V L G 2 0 5 2100 SPKB 1 2100 SPJB 1 SC npe io 5 20 ros M 208V LL 120V LG 7 2100 5 1 2100 SPJH 1 PE e SPD consists of an Allen Bradley 3 Bulletin 4983 DS with circuitry 3 wire 38V LL 220V L G 2100 5 1 2100 5PJN 1 provided to monitor the status of all 400V L L 230V L G 8 2100 SPKKN 1 2100 SPJKN 1 prote
205. 4 20mA Output needed on sizes 1 3 included on sizes 4 6 700TC5 7 Katy Instruments 5 40V DC at sensor current transformer not needed Y model 420 sizes 1 3 all voltages Katy Instruments 5 40V DC at sensor current transformer not needed Y Katy Instruments 5 40V DC at sensor current transformer not needed 10 Y 1 Available for NEMA Wiring Type B only Not available on 0 5 space factor units Not available on Bulletin 2112 or 2113 size 2 in 1 0 space factor with option 7FEC 2 Amaximum of two 5 pole control terminal blocks only for each side of dual unit 3 Anadditional block of five control terminals can be supplied for customer use provided the total number of control terminals does not exceed 15 maximum on units with power terminals 20 maximum on units without power terminals Check wiring diagram for limitations 4 Clarification for 2122 2123 units NEMA size 1 or 2 requires the addition of 106 to accept 107 NEMA size 3 does not require 106 due to side mounted Power TB s 5 Mutually exclusive with ground detection lights option 88 Not available on 0 5 space factor units 6 This option is not available on dual mounted 2192F 7 Transducer sensor output is unwired Not available on 0 5 space factor or dual starter units Not available with E1 Plus 0 1 with ground fault jam protection option 7FEE_G Options 700TC1 700 4 and 700TC5 require minimum 1 5 space factors for size 1 and 2 if optional
206. 40 50 60 75 60 100 1000 H HRCII C 45 212FB A 2122FB ED PE 200 J RH 40 J 50 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 2000 J RH HRCI C 608 212FB EA 212FB D PE I 400 J RH 25 W 60 If low speed full load current is below 77 A a special starter is required Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Available on 480V and 600V applications only Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2122FB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2122FB BABD 31 If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table page 316 for example 2122FB BABD 31 24J If power fuse is selected first select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2122FB BABD 31 20J Then select power fuse from table page 316 for example 2122FB BABD 31GT 20J For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 San Ss IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K for example 2122FB BK_ __ or replace
207. 46 40 21620A 052NJB 46 65 50 3 50 2162QA 065NKB 47 4 09 21620A 065NJB 47 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual 204 publication PELEX RMOOT Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC II Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V HEAVY DUTY See page 199 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20 0 001 Basicconfiguration includes branch circuit short c
208. 4C EN P October 2015 1 General Information Circuit Breaker Suffix Letter Designation CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 9 Type of Circuit Breaker Trip Type Catalog Number Circuit Breaker Frame Type Designation Old New 125A 125A 250A 400A 80030 1200A 3000 A High I C Instantaneous Trip Only MCP CA TGA THA TJA TKA TMA High I C Instantaneous Trip with MCP Current Limiter Standard Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic CT Medium Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic CB High Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic CM TGM THM JM High I C Inverse Time Electronic CM TM TKM TMM TNM Inverse Time with Current Limiter Thermal Magnetic CD Extra High I C Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic TX Extra High I C Inverse Time Electronic TKX TMX TNX Ultra High I C Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic TU Ultra High Inverse Time Electronic TU TKU TRUG 1 300 3000 A are electronic trip only as LSI or LSIG Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 29 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information Notes 30 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Chapter 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Figure 2 Parts Illustration Typical
209. 5 are available in NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with gasket and NEMA Type 12 construction Each unit door includes a window for viewing the LCD display except when door mounted human interface is provided Class J time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on 5 361 A Bulletin 2154J units Class L time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on 480 A Bulletin 2154 units Instantaneous or varieties of inverse time thermal magnetic circuit breakers provide branch circuit protection on 2155J units A variety of options such as isolation contactors auxiliary contacts pilot devices protective modules human interface modules and network communication can be added to Bulletin 2154J and 2155J units In some Cases extra space can be required to accommodate the optional equipment Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 185 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Combination Soft Starter SMC Flex Unit Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit dual ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop Optional modes of operation pump control Smart Motor Braking Accu Stop and slow speed with braking 5 480 A rating e Built in bypass contactor and overload relay e NEMA Class Type B wiring with terminals mounted in unit
210. 5 x 4 0 250 x 4 1200 A below main power bu 0188 x4 0 500 x4 1600A 0 250 x 4 0 625 x 4 2000 A 0250x4 0 750 x4 2500A 0 0500 x4 0 750 479 3000A 0 Copper with silver plating 0 125 x 3 0 125 x 3 600A PE II 0 125 x 3 0 125 x 4 800A 0 125 x 4 0 250 x 4 1200 0 188 x 4 0 500 x 4 1600 A 0 250 x 4 0 625 x 4 2000 A 0250x4 0 750 x4 2500A 0 0500 x4 0 750 479 3000A 1 When used with main incoming line Bulletin 2191M Main Switch Bulletin 2192M and Main Circuit Breaker Bulletin 2193M requires the selection of incoming neutral option 88HN 88FN Refer to Appendix page 367 for neutral bus configuration information Refer to page 161 for incoming neutral option selection S Vertical bus is supplied as tin plated copper Requires 20 in deep MCC 2g 34 PE II for 2193M ENG for 2191M 2192M and add to existing MCC Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 14 Section Features continued Delivery Program Vertical Bus Rating 0 300 A tin plated copper vertical bus 0 75 0 D 0 625 1 0 tube SCI 600 A tin plated copper vertical bus 0 75 rod 300 A silver plated vertical bus 0 75 0 D 0 625 1 0 tube PE II 600 A silver plated vertical bus 0 75 0 0 ro
211. 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected 3 catalog number is not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 322 to identify the desired circuit breaker type for example 21630 0 9 33 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 213 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600V HEAVY DUTY See page 199 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase
212. 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 123 Overload Relay Codes for E1 Plus Option 7FEE 7FEE D 7FEE G or7FEE For Use with Full Load Current Range Amperes Overload Relay Code Add to Option Number from 149 NEMA Size for example 7FEEB 10 0 2 1 0 B 1 0 5 0 C 32 16 D 54 27 E 20 9 45 F 3 18 90 G 4 30 150 5 60 300 6 120 600 K 200 A Vacuum Contactor Starter 40 200 L 400 Vacuum Contactor Starter 60 300 J 400 A Vacuum Contactor Starter 100 500 M 600 A Vacuum Contactor Starter 120 600 K Not available on NEMA Size 1 dual units when option 7FEE_G ground fault protection is used Not available on NEMA Size 2 dual units 400 A Vacuum Contactor Starters use code I except 125 HP at 208V 125 150 HP at 240V 250 HP at 380 415V 250 300 HP at 480V and 350 400 HP at 600V use code M For 2 speed starter and dual mounted starter units there are two overload option codes required for example 7FEEEEEB with DeviceNet module 7FEEEDEEBD with Jam Protection module 7FEEEJEEBJ For 2 speed applications the first code denotes the high speed overload relay and the second code
213. 6 40 2163UB 065HJB 46__ 5 65 50 6 0x20 Wx 2163UB 077HKB 47__ 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 077HJB 47__ 15 D 15 D 5 77 60 6 0x25 Wx 216308 096 48 6 0x25 Wx 2163 096 48__ 15 D 15 D 6 96 75 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 125HKB 49_ 6 0 x25 Wx 2163UB 125HJB 49_ 20 D 20 D 6 124 100 6 0x25 Wx 216308 156 50 6 0 x 30 Wx 2163UB 156HJB 50_ 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 6 0x25 Wx 2163UB 186HKB 51__ 6 0 35 Wx 2163UB 186HJB 51_ 20 D 20 D 6 186 150 d Wx 2163UB 248HKB 52 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference on Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 over oad of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated or Frame 4 and larger Delivery Program 5 For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwel
214. 6 1600 58 2000 A 60M 78 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 6 Metering Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 51 PowerMonitor 5000 Communication Options Platform Communication Code Standard with Display 0 DeviceNet with 2 Display Ethernet with Display 4 1 These communication platforms are in addition to the native EtherNet IP Table 52 System Wiring System Wiring Letter Code 3 phase 3 wire Wye Solid Ground C 3 phase 4 wire Wye Solid Ground D 3 phase 3 wire Delta Ungrounded E 3 phase 3 wire Wye Impedance HRG Ground F 1 System Wiring is determined by the system setting This option must match the system setting for the incoming power Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 79 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 6 Metering Units Notes 80 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Outgoing Feeder Lug Compartment FLUG and Incoming Main Lug Compartment MLUG Bulletin 2191M and 2191F are line lug compartments that provide a lug connection for incoming lines 2191M to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables 2191F to feed power from the MCC to an external load These line lug compartments are available with ratings from 300 2000 A Optional mechanical or crimp lugs can b
215. 6 vi 9 09 Module to Drive Includes one 1786 TPYS tap supplied loose for customer mounting 14609 DeviceNet communication module mounted internal to v ve yO 60 08 Yi drive 14GE Ethernet communication module Mounted internalto v vl 6 drive 14GEL Ethernet communication module Mounted internal to drive 14GER Dual port DLR Ethernet communication module X06 vO v Y Mounted internal to drive 14680 Remote 1 0 communication module mounted internal v to drive 1 Communication modules options 14GC 14GD 14GE and 14GR are mutually exclusive on Bulletins 21620 2162R 21630 2163R 2162T and 2163T 2 Notavailable on DeviceNet Orders For PowerFlex 520 Series Drives this option calls out the 25 COMM E2P comm card 3 Not available on IntelliCENTER with EtherNet IP network orders 4 No longer available on new orders as of April 20 2015 5 When 14GC 1460 14GE 14GEL or 14GER is specified with Human Operator Interface Module Option 14HBA3 or 14 25 speed control on the Human Interface Module is not functional 6 Communication module options are mutually exclusive with one another and will be installed in Port 6 7 Drive comes with an embedded Ethernet port 8 Amaximum of three non mutually exclusive options can be selected 9 maximum of five non mutually exclusive options can be selected Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015
216. 6 0 2162RA 096HJB 48 96 75 25 W ar 2162RA 125HKB 49 25 ap 2162RA 125HJB 49 125 n 2162RA 156HKB 50 aii aor 2162RA 156HJB 50 156 18 2162 180 51 60 2162RA 180HJB 51 35 W 20700 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 222 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC NORMAL DUTY See page 215 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload
217. 6 0x20 Wx 2162UB 041HKC 45 6 0x 25 Wx 2162UB 041HJC 45 15 D 15 D 5 41 40 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 052HKC 46 6 0x 25 Wx 2162UB 052HJC 46 15 D 15 D 6 52 50 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 063HKC 478 6 0 25 Wx 2162UB 063HJC 47 20 D 20 D 6 63 60 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 077HKC 48P 6 0 25 Wx 2162UB 077HJC 48 20 D 20 D 6 77 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 099HKC 49P 6 0x 30 Wx 2162UB 099HJC 490 20 D 20 D 6 99 100 60x25 Wx 2162UB 125HKC 50 6 0x35 Wx 216208 125 508 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 6 0x30 Wx 2162UB 144HKC 518 na 20 D 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750
218. 6 2162QA 2P7HJC 36 B 27 2 2162QA 3P9HKC 37 2162QA 3P9HJC 37 3 9 3 2162QA 6P1HKC 38 25 216203 6 1 38 C 6 1 5 2 0 2162QA 9POHKC 39 3 0 2162QA 9P0HJC 39 9 0 75 21620A 011HKC 40 21620A 011HJC 40 D 11 10 25 21620A 017HKC 41 21620A 017HJC 41 17 15 2162QA 022HKC 42 35 2162QA 022HJC 42 22 20 2162QA 027HKC 43 3 0 2162QA 027HJC 43 27 25 2162QA 032HKC 44 21620A 032HJC 44 E 32 30 3 9 21620A 041HKC 45 4 0 21620A 041HJC 45 41 40 21620 052 46 21620A 052HJC 46 208 Delivery Program SC Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publica Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected is not selected Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 ion PFLEX RMOOT 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 380 415V NORMAL DUTY IMPORTANT See page 199 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive
219. 6308 011 40___ 11 10 25 2163UB 017HKC 41 35 2163UB 017H C A1 3 17 15 25 2163UB 022HKC 42 35 2163UB O22HIC 42___ 4 2 20 3 0 2163UB 027HKC 43__ 4 0 2163UB O27HIC 43___ 4 27 25 30 2163UB 0322HKC 44 4 0 2163UB 032HIC 44___ 5 32 30 6 0x20 Wx 21630 041 45___ 60x25 Wx 2163UB 041H C45 15 D 15 D 5 41 40 60x25 Wx 2163UB 052HKC 46 60x25 Wx 2163UB 052HC 46 15 D 15 D 6 52 50 60x25 Wx 2163UB 063HKC 47 9 60x25 Wx 2163UB 063H C 47 9 20 D 20 D 6 63 60 60x25 Wx 2163UB 077HKC 48 9 60x25 Wx 2163UB 0778 C 48 9 20 D 20 D 6 7 75 60x25 Wx 2163UB 099HKC 49 9 60x30 Wx 2163UB 0994 C 49 0 20 D 20 D 6 99 100 60x25 Wx 2163UB 125HKC 50 9 60x35 Wx 2163UB 1254 C 50 9 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 6 0x30 Wx 2163UB 4HKC51 9 N A 20 D 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the appli Standard units are configured to properly protect on Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If c
220. 7 30 2196 HKKNP 2196 HKKNP 16A 2196 HJKNP 10 5 30 2196 JKKNP 2196 JKKNP 16A 2196 JKNP Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 121 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Table 84 Ratin Fuse Clip Rating Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery kva Amperes Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 380V 400V 415V NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 121 1w gasket 8 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers 4 Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 25 29660 2196 GKIT __ 16A 2196 6JIT PE I 7 5 3 7 less 30 2196 2196 __ 16 2196 HJIT 10 5 0 30 2196 JKIT __ 2196 JKIT __ 16A 2196 JIT 1 59 60 300 219640 2196 KKIP __ 16A 2196 KJIP__ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer life we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors is sufficient NJ I
221. 7 182 1800 10 4 9 04 4 52 3 62 1800 531 460 230 184 1200 11 6 10 1 5 04 4 03 1200 538 466 233 186 5 3600 15 7 13 6 6 80 5 44 250 3600 642 556 278 222 1800 15 9 13 8 6 88 5 50 1800 658 570 285 228 1200 18 6 16 1 8 07 6 46 1200 682 590 295 236 75 3600 22 1 19 1 9 57 7 66 300 3600 774 670 335 268 1800 25 0 217 10 8 8 66 1800 790 684 342 274 1200 26 6 23 1 11 5 9 22 1200 804 696 348 278 10 3600 29 7 25 7 12 9 10 3 350 3600 748 374 299 1800 315 273 13 7 10 9 1800 762 381 305 1200 32 9 284 142 114 1200 774 387 310 15 3600 43 0 372 18 6 14 9 400 3600 874 437 350 1800 46 7 404 20 2 16 2 1800 892 446 357 1200 49 1 42 5 213 17 0 1200 902 451 361 20 3600 592 513 25 6 20 5 450 3600 972 486 389 1800 59 6 51 6 25 8 20 6 1800 992 496 397 1200 617 534 26 7 214 1200 1004 502 402 25 3600 70 9 614 307 24 6 500 3600 1074 537 430 1800 747 647 323 25 9 1800 1096 548 438 1200 76 0 65 8 32 9 26 3 1200 1108 554 443 30 3600 85 7 742 371 29 7 1800 88 2 76 4 38 2 30 5 1200 91 6 79 3 39 7 317 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 351 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Full load Currents Appendix The full load currents listed below are average values for kW rated motors of several manufacturers at the more common rated voltages and speeds These average values should be used only as a guide for selecting suitable components for the motor branch circuit The rated full load current
222. 7FEE D 7FE2 or 7FE3 2 2 5 space factor required when selecting Bulletin 2113B E with E1 Overload Relay When control circuit transformer is selected on Bulletin 2102L or 2103L 30 A or 60 A units or Bulletin 2112 or 2113 size 1 or 2 units the secondary control transformer fuse is mounted in one of the three starter auxiliary contact pockets 4 When selected for 1 space factor Bulletin 21021 or 21031 30 A or 60 A units or 1 space factor Bulletin 2112 or 2113 size 1 and 2 starters the unit is increased to 1 5 space factor 5 5 delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 163 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 143 Externally Mounted Contactors Option Option Description NEMA Wiring Misc FVC FVR FVNR TS1W FDS Xfmr Delivery Number Size Type Units 9 5 TS2W Program w zu Na OINI NI e NN mala O O O e e N N ain ANA A S 90 NORMALLY OPEN 1 6 A v vi Viv SC tons One auxiliary conta
223. 8 Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 and 2126 19 Configuration Tables Fuse Clip Fuse Clip Type To select Fuse Clip Designator To select Power Fuses Rating select code from one of these two columns select power fuse manufacturer code from these Amperes columns 298 When NO power fuses are selected When power fuses are selected Power Fuse Manufacturer Code Fuse Class select fuse clip designator from this select fuse ale designator from this Typical T Accel Long 1 Accel per set 8 column column The 20 portion of your Fuse Clip Designator for example 20 means that the fuse clip size and power fuse is selected automatically based on load horsepower 9 5 30 Cc 24 20C LT LL CC 30 J 24 20 GT or BT GL or BL J R 248 208 R HO 24 1 7 24 20 HRCII C 60 J 25 20 GT or BT GL or BL J R 25R 20R R HO 25 1 7 25E 20E HRCII C 100 26 20 GT or BT GL or BL R 26R 20R R HO 26 A 1 7 26E 20E HRCII C 200 J 27 20 GT or BT GL or BL J R 27R 20R R HO 27 1 7 27E 20E HRCII C 400 J 28 20 GT or BT GL or BL R 28R 20R R 28 Sap 1 7 28 20 HRCII C 600 J 29 20 GT or BT GL or BL J R 29R 20R R 29 20 HRCII C 800 L 24L 20L GT or BT GL or BL L listed 2 Power
224. 8 Thecatalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 313 to identify the transformer primary voltage desired for example 2195 FKNS 9 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 117 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFMR See page 113 for product description TIP not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip e To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative e Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise e arrangement for 15 50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCBN e 3 50 KVA consists of two compartments a fusible disconnect c
225. 81 160 W36 89 175 287 W37 98 150 195 315 W38 110 160 215 350 W39 120 175 235 385 W40 132 195 260 420 W41 143 215 293 465 W42 155 235 320 W43 170 250 350 W44 193 293 380 1 Exceeds 20 seconds at six times rating providing Class 30 protection 2 400 A Vacuum Contactors Starters use 300 5 CT Ratio except 125 HP at 208V 125 150 HP at 240V 250 HP at 380 415V 250 300 HP at 480V and 350 400 HP at 600V use 400 5 CT Ratio Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 349 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 311 NEMA Table 347 Heater Element Full load Amps Number Size 5 W29 77 W30 83 W31 90 W32 98 W33 107 W34 116 W35 126 W36 138 W37 150 W38 164 W39 178 w40 194 W4 212 W42 232 W43 254 W44 270 W45 Full load Currents Appendix The full load currents listed below are average values for horsepower rated motors of several manufacturers at the more common rated voltages and speeds These average values along with the similar values listed in the NEC UL C UL should be used only as a guide for selecting suitable components for the motor branch circuit The rated full load current shown on the motor nameplate can vary considerably from the listed value depending on the specific motor design IMPORTANT 350 Use the motor nameplate full load current to determine the rating of the de
226. 818971 N P A C 1996 818972 824311 818972 824311 KL P Q A C NPR624 QBH320 CNPR624 CQBH320 D Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 21 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 5 Serial Number and Series Letter 1 General Information Year CENTERLINE 2100 Bulletin 2400 Factory Order No Serial Numbers Series Series Units Start End Start End Section Unit 1997 824312 N A D824312 N A L Q D QBH321 RPH250 DQBH321 DRPH250 1998 RPH251 TDQ341 ERPH251 ETDQ341 L R D 1999 TD0342 VZM602 FTDQ342 FVZM602 L R D 2000 VZM603 XWY931 GVZM603 GXWY931 L T D 2001 XWY932 BDPW81 HXWY932 HBDPW81 M U D 2002 BDPW82 CBJD56 JBDPW82 JCBJD56 M U V D 2003 CBJD57 CYMV52 KCBJD57 KCYMV52 M U V D 2004 CYNR34 DXSK68 LCYNR34 LDXSK68 M U V D 2005 DXSK69 FYFW68 MDXSK69 MFYFW68 M D 2006 FYFW69 GYTT25 NFYFW69 NGYTT25 M D 2007 GYTT26 JDKT40 PGYTT26 PJDKT40 M D 2008 JDKT41 KFMV97 RJDKT41 RKFMV97 M D 2009 Present 9 22 Change in Factory Order Number and Serial Number For sections and units Series must be determined from the nameplate Prefix letters 0 0 S U and V are not used Bulletin 2400 series units were discontinued Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Series Identification for Sections Table 6 gives a brief explanation of the series
227. 89CF_A 89CF_B 89 89CF_D or 89CF_L specified Table 160 Bulletin 2154H Space Factors with NEMA Type 12 Unit Options refer to page 194 196 Ratings NEMA Type 12 Ames Standard Unit With Option 13DSA With Option 131 With Option 89 With Option 131 13DSA With Option 131C and 89CF 3 19 0 5 0 517 0 50 10 15 15 25 37 1 0 10 43 20 20 20 20 20 20 60 25 25 25 25 25 25 85 30 3 0 3 0 108 135 4 0 1 1 0 space factor when 750 750B or 7505 is selected Units 2155H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker SMC 3 See page 179 for product description Isolation contactor 13IC is optional Select on page 195 This addition or other options can require additional space see Table 161 Table 162 and the footnotes in the Options section Control circuit transformer included Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controller includes one auxiliary contact set to NORMAL The Bulletin 150 CF64 fan also is included for 3 37 A ratings Integrated fan is standard for 43 135 A ratings e Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controllers are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 357 for short circuit withstand ratings Fusing is required 182 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Table 161 Bulletin 2155H Units
228. 9 Switch Size Port Count Code Switch Size Port Count Delivery Program 06 6 port Stratix 5700 4 usable ports PE 10 10 port Stratix 5700 8 usable ports PE 207 20 port Stratix 5700 16 usable ports PE 300 10 and 20 port Stratix 5700 24 usable PE ports M102 Two10 port Stratix 5700 16 usable ports PE 1 Only available with unit design Space Factor Option 10 2 Only available in a wireway unit Space Factor option HW Option goes away in CR2 Table 110 Enclosure Code Code Enclosure Code Delivery Program K NEMA 1 1G Enclosure PE J NEMA 12 Enclosure PE 1 Must match the system enclosure code 142 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 10 Miscellaneous Units Table 111 Mounting Location Code Delivery Program T Top Mounted PE B Bottom Mounted PE 1 Defaulted to match the System Selection If changed to the other location in the unit then Delivery Program is changed to ENG Table 112 Space Factor Code Space Factor Delivery Program uw Horizontal Wireway PE 05 0 5 SF Design PE 10 1 0 SF Design PE 1 Only available with 6 or 10 port switch options 06 10 or M10 Table 113 Switch Software Type Program F Full Stratix 5700 Firmware PE L Lite Stratix 5700 Firmware default PE Table 114 Switch Features Code Switch Features Delivery Program No Additional Options default PE 7 0 Gigabit ENG c9 CIP S
229. A Table 152 2113 Dual NEMA 1 Table 304 NEMA Table 141 NEMA 2 Table 306 NEMA Table 146 2122 2123 NEMA 1 4 Table 305 NEMA Table 143 NEMA 5 Table 311 NEMA Table 347 1 For Bulletin 2113 NEMA size 3 in 1 5 space factor units and NEMA size 4 in 2 0 space factor units use Table 152 Table 304 NEMA Table 141 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Heater Element Full loadAmps Heater Element Full load Amps Heater Element Full load Amps Heater Element Full load Amps Number Size 1 Number i Number ea Number 110 0 18 W38 273 W24 0 72 W52 10 2 W11 0 20 W39 3 00 W25 0 79 W53 112 W12 0 22 W40 3 30 W26 0 87 W54 123 W13 0 24 W41 3 63 W27 0 96 W55 133 W14 0 27 W42 4 00 W28 1 05 W56 14 8 W15 0 30 W43 4 40 W29 1 16 W57 16 1 W16 0 33 W44 4 84 w30 1 27 W58 17 5 W17 0 36 W45 5 32 1131 140 W59 19 0 W18 0 40 W46 5 84 W32 1 54 W60 20 7 W19 0 44 W47 641 W33 1 70 W61 225 W20 0 48 W48 7 03 W34 1 87 W62 24 5 w21 0 53 W49 7 72 W35 2 05 W63 26 6 W22 0 59 W50 8 47 W36 2 26 W64 28 8 1123 0 65 W51 9 3 W37 2 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 345 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 305 NEMA Table 143 Appendix Heater Element Full load Amps Heater Element Full load Amps Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 1 Size 2 Size3 Size4 W10 0 19 W47 6 28
230. A Type 1 with drip hood NEMA Type 2 with or without gasketed doors IP41 NEMA Type 3R Ip44 NEMA Type 12 without bottom plates IP53 NEMA Type 12 with bottom plates IP54 NEMA Type 4 IP65 NEMA Enclosure Type Descriptions NEMA Type 1 Type 1 units and sections are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment in locations where unusual service conditions do not exist The enclosures are designed to meet the rod entry and rust resistance design tests The enclosure is sheet steel treated to resist corrosion NEMA Type 1 with gasketed doors sometimes referred to as 1G Type 1 with gasketed unit doors are completely gasketed around the perimeter of the unit doors All gasketing is closed cell neoprene NEMA Type 3R Non walk in front mounted only Door within a door construction Type 3R units and sections are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain and to avoid damage from the formation of ice on the enclosure They are designed to meet rod entry rain external icing and rust resistance design tests They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as dust internal condensation or internal icing NEMA Type 4 Non walk in front mounted only Door within a door construction Type 4 units and sections are designed for indoor and outdoor use primarily to provide protection again
231. A Type 3R non walk in front mounted only Available for internal sections 30 wide maximum The external dimension of each NEMA Type PE II 3R cabinet is 5 wider than its internal section and 30 deep with 20 deep internal section Not available in back to back construction Refer to publication 2100 TD025 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for solid state equipment for example variable frequency drives SMCs and PLCs NEMA Type 4 non walk in stainless steel front mounted only Available for internal sections 30 wide maximum The external dimension of each NEMA Type 4 section is 5 wider than its internal section and 30 deep with 20 deep internal section Not available in back to back construction Refer to publication 2100 10026 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for solid state equipment for example variable frequency drives SMCs and PLCs Bottom Closing For NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket Bottom closing plates are standard on NEMA Type 12 SCll Plates For corner section NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket Bottom closing plates are standard on NEMA Type 12 Drip Hood Drip hood for NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 only Not required for NEMA Type 3R or Type 4 Drip hood is an overhang on top of a section providing protection from lim
232. AKR SC M 2193 Mains and Feeders 2100 2 SC Frame Mount 2100H HOAMF SC N Right 2100H HOANR SC Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 333 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Network Hardware and Kits for Field Installation Table 290 Network Hardware and Kits 20 Hardware and Kits Description Catalog Delivery Number Program 2 DeviceNet Scanner DeviceNet scanner module for Bulletins 2180E 2182E and 2183E For Bulletin 1771 1 0 1771 SDN 2 Modules chassis DeviceNet scanner module for Bulletins 2180 2182 and 2183 For SLC 500 chassis 1747 SDN 0 DeviceNet scanner module for Bulletins 21801 21821 21831 For Bulletin 1756 1756 DNB 2 chassis MCC DeviceNet Includes the necessary DeviceNet connectors and resistors to terminate the DeviceNet cable system in a motor 2100H DNTR1 SC Terminating Resistor Kit control center IMPORTANT if terminating resistors are not used the DeviceNet cable system will not operate correctly This kit is shipped with each DeviceNet motor control center DeviceNet Terminating Two 120 ohm 5 terminating a DeviceNet trunk cable 1485A O 0 Resistors IMPORTANT if terminating resistors are not used the DeviceNet cable system will not operate correctly Double DeviceNet Allows two DeviceNet cables to be independently connected to a single DeviceNet port
233. Against Foreign Body Entrance First Protection Description Second Protection Description Digit Digit Number Number 0 No protection against entrance of solid foreign bodies 0 No protection 1 Protection against entrance of large gt 50 mm solid foreign bodies 1 Protection against drops of condensed vertically dripping water accidental contact with a hand 2 Protection against entrance of medium gt 12 mm solid foreign bodies 2 Protection against drops of liquid falling at any angle up to 15 degrees finger proof from vertical 3 Protection against entrance of small 2 5 mm thick solid foreign bodies 3 Protection against sprayed water at any angle up to 60 degrees from tools vertical 4 Protection against entrance of small 71 mm thick solid foreign bodies 4 Protection against splashing liquid splashed from any direction shall fine tools and wire have no harmful effect 5 Protection against the entrance of dust in an amount sufficient to 5 Protection against water projected by a nozzle from any direction interfere with satisfactory operation of the enclosed equipment 6 Complete protection against entrance of dust 6 Protection against conditions on ship decks 7 Protection against immersion in water 8 Protection against indefinite immersion in water 342 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Heater Element Selection Overload Relay Class Designations
234. Automation are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A S Kar Plaza Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 Diegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Supersedes Publication 2100 CA004B EN P April 2015 Copyright 2015 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
235. Auxiliary 11DSA3 7FEE electronic overload relay 7FEC or ENET N O and one N C auxiliary contact option 901 is required 172 When used in 2112 2113 with Device and one N C auxiliary contacts option 9001 are required When used in 2106 or 2107 with Device When used in 2106 or 2107 with Device Net Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 and option 1F 7FEE_D and option TF solid state overload relay 7FEC _ and option 1F or ENET and option two N O et Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 electronic overload relay 7FEC _ one N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required Net Starter Auxiliary 11053 or electronic overload relay 7FEC_ _ N O and one N C auxiliary contact option 901 is required Not available with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 1105 3 7FEE_D electronic overload relay 7FEC__ or ENET Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 12 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 150 Control Circuit Transformers OL Relays and DSA Options Option Option Description FVR FVNR Delivery Number 2106 2112 Program 2107 2113 Control Circuit Transformer with 6P Standard capacity with primary fusing NEMA Size 1 Bova T gova sc groun
236. Available only for 2100 EPS8_ units See Table 105 seemless transfer of power from primary to secondary power supply in for unit selection the event of an internal failure of the primary power supply Provides a second set of terminal blocks for a second power supply X90 connection to the switches This secondary connection is intended to be customer supplied Typically external to the MCC 1 0 Block 768D Switch 1 0 and status contacts wired to control terminal blocks Enables Y 22 to 12 guage 1 0 wire for these connections Industrial SD 768E Includes 1GB Industrial 50 Card Includes 1784 SD1 Y PE Card Unwired Pull 800 Bulletin 1492 EC All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate Available on 2100 NK and 2100 NJ empty unit SC apart Terminal 5 pole terminal blocks are turned up for field installed inserts and 2100D and 2100M empty unit inserts Blocks terminal blocks with disconnecting means ONLY 801 All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate Not available on 2100 NK05 or 2100 NJ05 units are turned up One 5 pole pull apart terminal block included 802 All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate are turned up Two 5 pole pull apart terminal blocks included 803 All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate are turned up Three 5 pole pull apart terminal blocks included 804 All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate are turned up Four 5 pole pull apart terminal blocks included French Legend 860F Legend plates printed in French are available on all
237. B FO43L 15 30 60 15 20 30 40 50 100 2 5 2154JB FO60LK 2154JB F060L 85 18 5 22 25 1 687 50 100 2154JB FO85LK 2154JB FO85L 30 45 60 60 75 200 3 5 108 30 40 55 75 100 200 35 2154JB FI08LK_ __ 4 0 2154JB F108L 135 37 50 100 125 200 2154JB F135LK 2154 8 11351 201 45 55 60 75 90 125 150 400 609 2154JB F201LK_ __ 6 08 2154 2011 CHI 75 150 200 20 W 20 W 251 75 100 110 132 200 250 400 2154JB F251lK 2154JB F251L 317 90 125 150 160 250 300 400 609 2154 B F317LK_ _ 6 0 2154843171 20 W 20 W 361 110 150 185 300 350 600 2154B F361LK_ 2154JB F361LJ_ __ 480 132 200 200 250 350 400 600 2154JB FA80LK 2154JB FA80L 400 500 cables consult the factory 5 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 313 to identify the preferred control voltage for example 2154JB F108LKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 315 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired for example 2154JB F108LKB 49 If kW rated select the number from table on page 315 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired for example 2154JB F108LKN 49K Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified Delivery program is in the United States
238. C Stabs Inserts come with unit support pan and door 10 2100 NK10 2100 NJ10 Inserts are NOT UL listed and are NOT CSA certified 15 2100 NK15 2100 NJ15 2 0 2100 NK20 2100 NJ20 25 2100 NI25 2100 NJ25 3 0 2100 NK30 2100 NJ30 35 2100 NK35 2100 NJ35 40 2100 NK40 2100 NJ40 Empty Unit Insert with For field installed equipment 8 625 working depth Includes fusible 1 5 21000 _ __ 21000 0 Disconnecting Means disconnect and plug in stabs 0 8 Inserts come with unit support pan and door 20 2100D DK_ __ 21000 0 _ __ Adding equipment to this unit insert may require field evaluation by UL 25 2100D EK 21000 8 CSA to retain listing certification 3 0 21000 _ __ 21000 _ __ 3 5 2100D GK 21000 6 4 0 2100D HK 21000 Empty Unit Insert with For field installed equipment 8 625 working depth inverse 1 5 2100M CKC 2100 SC Disconnecting Means time thermal magnetic circuit breaker and plug in stabs 0 9 65 Inserts come with unit support pan and door 20 2100 0 __ 2100M DIC Adding equipment to this unit insert may require field evaluation by UL 25 2100M EKC 2100M EJC CSA to retain listing certification 3 0 2100 __ 2100 35 2100M GKC 2100M G JC 4 0 2100M HKC __ 2100M HJC __ See Options Modifications and Accessories pages 169 for terminal block options These units do not meet service entrance requirements Not intended to be used
239. C 39 2163RA 9POHJC 39_ 1 99 75 2163RA 011HKC 40 2163 01181 40 110 10 2163RA 017HKC 41_ 3 0 2163 01781 41 2 17 15 25 2163RA 022HKC 42 2163 022 1 42 2 20 2163RA 027HKC 43_ 2163 027 1 43 3 27 25 30 2163RA 032HKC 44_ 35 2163 03281 44 327 30 21638 041 45 40 2163 041 45 417 40 35 2163 052 46 2163RA 052HJC 46_ 4 520 50 6 0 207110 2163 062 47 _ 6 0 257410 2163RA 062HJC 47 5 629 60 6 0 2163RA 077HKC 48_ 6 0 2163 077 1 48 25 W 2070 9 25 W 20700 6 770 75 2163RA 125HKC 49_ 6 0 2163RA 125HJC 49_ 7 30 W 2070 0 99 100 2163RA 125HKC 50_ 2163 125 1 50 1259 125 2163RA 144HKC 51_ 6 0 2163RA MAHJC 51 35712070 236 The horsepower ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output ampere Delivery Program PE Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings can require derating Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sa
240. C 39 2162RA 9POHJC 39 1 99 75 2162RA 011HKC 40 2162RA 011HJC 40 11 10 2162RA 017HKC 41 30 2162RA 017HJC 41 2 17 15 25 2162RA 022HKC 42 21628 022 1 42 22 20 2162RA 027HKC 43 2162RA 027HJC 43 3 2 25 30 2162RA 032HKC 44 35 2162RA 032HJC 44 32 30 2162RA 041HKC 45 40 2162RA 041HJC 45 41 40 2162RA 052HKC 46 2162RA 052HJC 46 4 520 50 6 0 20710 2162RA 062HKC 47 6 0 257 9 2162RA 062HJC 47 5 620 60 6 0 2162RA 077HKC 48 6 0 2162RA 077HJC 48 25 W 20 p 25 W 20 0 9 6 7 75 2162RA 125HKC 49 6 0 2162RA 125HJC 49 990 100 2162RA 125HKC 50 30 W 20 0 2162RA 125HJC 50 125 9 125 2162RA 144HKC 51 6 0 2162RA 144HJC 51 35 W 20 D 9 226 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings can require derating Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper th
241. C 39 3 0 21630 9 39_ 9 75 21630A 011HKC 40 21630A 011HJC 40 D 11 10 2 5 21630A 017HKC 41 21630A 017HJC 41 17 15 21630A 022HKC 42 35 2163QA 022HJC 42_ 22 20 21630A 027HKC 43 3 0 2163QA 027HJC 43_ 27 25 21630A 032HKC 44 21630A 032HJC 44 E 32 30 309 21630A 041HKC 45 4 0 21630A 041HJC 45 41 40 21630A 052HKC 46 21630A 052HJC 46 214 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RMO01 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected The catalog number is not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 322 to identify the desired circuit breaker type for example 21630A 0P9HKC 33THM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2162R and 2163R with PowerFlex 700 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit
242. C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 88 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery kvA Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 380 V 400 V 415V 1 NEMAType1with NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket 8 filtersand Type 1 w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers 4 Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 2 20 2 50 2197 GKIT 2197 GKIT 16A 2197 GJIT PE I 7 5 3 7 0 20 2197 HKIT 2197 HKIT 16A 2197 HJIT 10 5 9 30 2197 JKIT 2197 JKIT 16A 2197 JIT 15 7 5 9 50 3 0 2197 KKIP 2197 KKIP 16A 2197 JIP 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer life we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 5096 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors is sufficient Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards for example 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers Tap arrangement is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Ta
243. C UE EU Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CAO04C EN P October 2015 Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table of Contents Chapter 10 Catalog Number Explanation Full Section Mounting Plates 133 Full Section Blank Mounting Plates des ew re erede rts 134 Tables for Configuring Bulletin 2100D and 2100M Unit Catalog esc be eat Dew E 138 Chapter 11 145 12 171 Chapter 13 Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Soft Starter SMC Units SMC 3 179 Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Soft Starter SMC Units SMC Flex 185 Chapter 14 Chapter 15 Bulletin 21620 and 21630 with PowerFlex 70 199 Bulletin 2162R and 2163R with PowerFlex 700 Drive 215 Bulletin 2162T and 2163 PowerFlex 40 Drive 237 Bulletin 2162U and 2163U PowerFlex 753 245 Bulletin 2162V and 2163V PowerFlex 755 Drive 259 Bulletin 2162W and
244. C drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 217 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT ampere rating Table 189 Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 380 415V Normal Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output
245. C with IntelliCENTER technology e Wiring Type Units are available with either Type A or Type B wiring Catalog numbers are for Type B wiring To order Type A wired units substitute the letter B in the catalog number with the letter A Unit configurations include door unit support pan hinges and hinge pins Overload Relays Starter units include E1 electronic overload relays that are ROHS compliant as standard See Options section for electronic overload relays Heater Elements Heater elements are offered on pages 343 through 350 e Power Fuses Factory installed power fuses are available for most fusible units See pages 316 317 for selection Delivery Programs Delivery programs are listed in tables under the column marked Delivery Program See page 15 for more delivery program information 71 High Sections 71 high sections accommodate 4 5 space factor maximum units For 71 high section restrictions see page 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 49 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 4 Units Figure 3 Bulletin 2112 Size 1 FVNR with Transformer Shown Captive Latch Starter or Contactor Diagram Pocket Unit Stab Assembly Control Circuit Fuses and Fuse Block Unit Handle Interlock Circuit Breaker or Fusible Disconnect shown Auxiliary Contacts Overload Disconnect Handle Control Circuit Transformer not shown Control Tr
246. CC units The DeviceNet trunk line is built in to the sections and routed behind barriers The drop lines are routed from each unit to the DeviceNet connectors in the vertical wireway of each vertical section The DeviceNet cable is rated 8 A 600V for use with a Class 1 power limited circuit Six DeviceNet connectors built into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section provide a convenient method for the MCC units to connect to the trunk line EtherNet IP The EtherNet IP network consists of Ethernet cabling Stratix switches and a 24V DC Network Cabling is routed through the sections and into individual units as described below ForlntelliCENTER MCCs with EtherNet IP network the industrial Ethernet switches are mounted in either the top or bottom horizontal wireway or in a top or bottom unit Depending on the number of intelligent devices a switch group the number of vertical sections connected to a single switch unit or wireway switch can contain up to nine sections For wireway mounted industrial Ethernet switches industrial Ethernet cables are routed from each unit to Ethernet adapters in the vertical wireway or optionally directly to the switch homerun For top or bottom unit mounted Ethernet switches Ethernet cables are routed from each unit directly to the Ethernet switch homerun or optionally to adapters in the vertical wireway of each section containing intelligent devices In either switch mount
247. CII C 45 2122EB EA_ __ 2120EB ED PE 200 J R H HRCII C 400 J 50 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 200 J R H HRCI C 609 212 _ 2122EB FD_ __ 400 J R H HRCII C 20 W 600 J e Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2122EB BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2122EB BABD 31 If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2122EB BABD 31 24J If low speed full load current is below 77 A a special starter is required Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Available on 480V and 600V applications only Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway The catalog numbers listed are not complete If power fuse is selected first select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2122EB BABD 31 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 316 for example 2122EB For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 1 2 3 4 BABD 31GT 20 IMPORTANT 70 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter for example 2122EB BK orreplacethe letter D with the letter J forexample
248. Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart 366 Control Circuit Wiring on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Control Circuit Wiring on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 168 Control Station Housing 328 Control Station Housing on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 191 Control Station Housing on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 145 Control Station Mounting Plate 328 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Index Control Terminal Block on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 167 Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2102 2103 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 2126 and 2127 313 314 for Bulletins 2154 and 2155 314 for Bulletins 2162 2163 2164 and 2165 314 Control Wire Markers on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Control Wire Markers on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 168 311 ControlLogix Communication Modules on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 ControlLogix Processor on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 ControlLogix Programming Cable on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 ControlNet to DeviceNet Linking Device 141 ControlNet T Tap on Marshalling
249. D Select the horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2113B VBABD 52 e Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2113B VBABD 52TJM For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publication 2100 TD032 IMPORTANT 66 Delivery Program ENG The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K for example 2113B VBK_ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 2113B VBJ_ __ Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units FVNR These combination full voltage non reversing starter units offer a space saving alternative while utilizing an Allen Bradley Bulletin 300 starter and either a fused disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA non reversing starter units are rated for NEMA Size 1 applications and the Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA non reversing starter units are rated for NEMA Size 1 4 applications Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B D unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connections to remote devices These full voltage non reversing units are avai
250. D DeviceNet PC interface card and 1784 PCD1 cable Desktop computer 1784 PCIDS RS 232 interface reduced performance 1770 KFD DeviceNet interface module TIP 2100H ICPC120 patch cable is necessary for connecting interface laptop desktop RS 232 to IntelliCENTER MCC wireway ControlNet Laptop computer 1784 PCC ControlNet PC interface card and 1784 C1 cable Desktop computer 1784 PCIC ControlNet PC interface card and 1786 TPR ControlNet tap TIP Consult the ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication 1 002 for configuration and installation of ControlNet cable Ethernet Laptop or desktop computer consult local computer support personnel for Ethernet interface requirements Recommended Additional Software RSNetWorx for DeviceNet used for configuring DeviceNet nodes saving parameters and communicating to all types of DeviceNet components sensors non Allen Bradley products and other products not found in MCCs RSNetWorx for ControlNet used for configuring ControlNet devices including ControlNet to DeviceNet bridge 1 Available with IntelliCENTER software version 5 xx and earlier 2 The IntelliCENTER software is a monitoring communication software package requiring a very large amount of processor speed to function efficiently and quickly The processor speeds listed allow the Software to function correctly However for speed and efficiency we recommend that the processor u
251. Documentation Cycle Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Order Entry Approval Release to Order Shipment Manufacturing Table 4 Documentation Available Package Order Documentation Included Media Catalog Cd Numb Elevation Schematics Component Recommended Startup Manuals Quality Drawings Lines Data Sheets spare Parts List Documentation Certificate No Charge Email Any v v Y 8 8 8 0 8 Email Standard Approval Step2 v Y Y CD 2100 APP CD D tati oo Paper 2100 APP P 3 Full Submittal Step2 v Y Y Y Y Y Y CD 2100 SUB CD Documentation for Approval 0 0 Paper 2100 SUB P 3 AsBuilt Final Step4 2100 FIN CD Paper 2100 FIN P 3 Standard Service Step4 v Y Y Y Y Y Y Y CD 2100 0M CD Manuals Operation and Paper 2100 0M P 3 Maintenance 1 Item is quantity one If more are required change the quantity ofthe line item in the quote order Includes the cost of two submittal cycles the intial submittal and one followup re submittal 3 Not included as standard but can be added by special request at no charge Not priced or linked Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative IMPORTANT As Builts Final Drawings are included in Standard Service Manuals Operation and Maintenance Manuals Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 19
252. E300 Electronic Overload Relay 7FE3 E J CN 3C C DD Type Communication Voltage Control Module Sensing Module Operator Station Expansion Module Table 128 Table 129 Table 130 Table 131 Table 132 Table 133 Table 134 Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 128 Solid State Overload Type Option Option Number Description FVC FVR FVNR TS1W 2193M TS2W 2193F 2102L 2106 2112 2122 21031 2107 2113 2123 E300 Electronic TPE TU E200 Parameter Only Overload X X Overload Relay 7 DEVE E300 Communication Based Overload X X 1 Outputs are rated NEMA 8300 3 A at 120V AC and 1 5 A at 240V AC Not available with common line voltage control Not available with Type A wiring Not available dual units Not available Space Saving Mutually exclusive with all other overload options Mutually exclusive with option 9 and 9A 11DSA 18 8441 85XA and 85 87 89 and 700TC Catalog options are not complete An option from each table in Table 129 Table 135 is required to add an E300 Electronic Overload Relay Launch date to be determined Not Available Until CR3 Table 129 E300 Overload Relay Communication Option Code Communication Option x 2 No Communication Option p DeviceNet E EtherNet IP 1 Required with 7FE2 Mutually exclusive with 7FE3 2 Launch date
253. ENTERLINE 2100 with Intelli CENTER Technology bert Veg e ER UE 20 General Terms and Conditions 20 Serial Number and Series Letter 21 Series Identification for 5 1 8 23 Section Nameplate Data ODER EO I long pees 24 Unit Mabel Dati ool 24 Series Identification tor Units o0 ae EI oe 25 S ries Letteting Units and 8 27 Circuit Breaker Suffix Letter 29 Chapter 2 Basic Sections and Structure Features Modifications SC Maha acy eati Rea eh eai 32 Basic Sections and Structure Features Modifications Sc Mau DENIS eror cont Sout ALS RE 37 Basic Sections and Structure Features Modifications BSC Tend DET ee te maar AE Eun 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 3 Table of Contents Safety Technology Units Contactor and Starter Units Metering Units Main and Feeder Units Lighting and Power Panel Units Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with Intelh CENTER Technology cseseeva cau RV Saas Inteli CENTER II Chapter 3 ArcShield Technology ras
254. Enclosure Type 2106 38 24J 38 Horsepower Code See Table on page 314 with gasket with 24J Fuse Clip Rating and Class See Table on Cone Miri pe K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket PUE B Type B D mea 2107 38TGA 38 Horsepower Code See Table on page 31 D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button Circuit Breaker Type See Table on J NEMA Type 12 without external reset page 320 button Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 59 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2106 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVR See page 56 for product description e Units are cULus listed unless otherwise indicated Table 31 NEMA Size Horsepower Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number 2 Delivery See Appendix for short circuit Factor Wiring B Class Program withstand ratings 480V 600V Rating Class NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w NEMA Type 12 Amperes gasket CC J HRCII C 2106B 3BA 2106B 3BD 1 These units have horizontal operating handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 10 point control terminal block Type 8 0 only in Type B units See page 27 or information on installation into series E J sections 2 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select contr
255. F x None None None 25 W x 20 099 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 30 W x 20 D 125H 1 1G 6 0S F x None None None None None None None 25 W 20 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 35 W x 20 D 144H 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 30 W x 20 D 1 Fusing is not optional with 1406 Breakers at 600V Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 301 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 251 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162W 2163W 2162X and 2163X Drive Rating NEMA Base Space Factor Adder Code Type Unit Control 14DF__ Control 14H__ EMC 14R__ Fan MSR 120VAC 112A 112Aw 112Aw Space XFMR Drive Station Door Filter Reactor Thermo Safety Separate EMCor EMCand Factor Fuses Mounted Kit Relay Control Reactor Reactor HIM 0 9 1P4 197 1 1G 1 0 None None 0 5 None 0 5 J 0 5 None 0 5 None 0 5 0 5 1 0 2P3 3P0 4P0 4P2 1 16 1 0 None Noe 05 None 05071059 05 None 10 10 10 6P0 6P6 010 we 1 0 None None 05 None 050 os Noe 05 None 10 1 0 15 0 9 1P4 1 7 12 15
256. Flex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 183 Bulletin 21630 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 380 415V Normal Duty Frame Rating NominalkW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1w gasket NEMATypei2 Delivery Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Program Factor Factor B 13 0 37 15 2163QA 1P3NK 33K 2 0 2163QA 1P3NJ_ 33K_ PE 15 0 55 2163QA 2P1NK_ 34K_ 2163QA 2P1NJ_ 34K_ 2 1 0 75 2163QA 2P1NK_ 35K_ 2163QA 2P1NJ_ 35K_ 2 6 11 2163QA 3P5NK 36K 2163QA 3P5NJ_ 36K_ 3 5 15 216303 3 5 37K 2163QA 3P5NJ_ 37K_ 5 0 2 2 2163QA 5PONK_ 38K_ 2163QA 5PONJ_ 38K_ 87 3 7 2163QA 8P7NK_ 39K_ 25 2163QA 8P7NJ 39K C 11 5 5 5 20 21630A 011NK 40K 3 0 2163QA 011NJ_ 40K_ 15 4 75 2163QA 015NK_ 41K_ 2163QA 015NJ_ 41K_ D 22 11 25 21630A 022NK 4 21630 022 4 30 15 21630 030 43K 35 2163QA 030NJ_ 43K_ 37 18 5 2163QA 037NK_ 44K_ 3 0 2163QA 037NJ_ 44K_ 43 22 3 0 2163QA 043NK 45K 3 5 21630 043 45K E 60 30 309 2163Q0A 060NK 46K 400 21630 060 46K 72 37 4 0 2163QA 072NK_ 47K_ 4 0 2163QA 072NJ_ 47K_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFl
257. Ground fault Includes Bulletin 193 CBCT3 ground fault sensor q 120V AC input points and ground fault see description above 1 Available for Size 4 E3 Plus overload relays only 1 5 space factor Size 4 Bulletin 2113 units with circuit breaker suffix TGM are increased to 2 0 space factor 174 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 12 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 154 Space Surge Suppression Grounding and Relay Options Delivery Program SC Option Option Description FVR FVNR ur 2106 2112 2107 2113 Additional Unit 15 Adds 0 5 space factor to the unit after any required space factor increases due to other options v Y Space have been added Surge Suppressor 17 On starter coil one per contactor Selection of this option requires the selection of Option 17R if Y an optional relay 89 is also selected v 17R On control relay one per control relay Can only be used if optional relay 89 is selected Y Selection of this option requires selection of Option 17 V Omit Wiring 19 Omission of control wiring
258. H N3EB Master Nameplates Engravable phenolic White background With legend 2100H N3EMW 2 x6 with black lettering Black background with 2100H N3EMB white lettering Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws Stainless steel nameplate screws for door or master nameplates 12 per package 2100H SSNS1 Unit Support Pan Style 1 for units 1 0 space factor or larger series A through D NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 2100H UAJ1 sections w gasket and Type 12 Style 3 for units 1 0 space factor or larger series E through NEMA Enclosure Type 1 2100H UA1 t seri laces style 2 current series replaces NEMA Enclosure Type 1 w gasket and 2100H UJ1 Type 12 Style 3 for units 0 5 space factor with horizontally toggled NEMA Enclosure Type 1 2100H USPA1 unit operating handles and space saving NEMA starters series E through current series replaces style 2 NEMA Enclosure Type 1 w gasket and Type 12 1 Use the table below for determining the quantity of hinge and hinge pin kits needed Table 285 Space Factor 0 5 Quantity of Kits Needed 1 1 0 1 2 0 25 3 0 35 4 0 45 Nn Ny Ny 6 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2100H USPJ1 Delivery Program SC 329 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation continued Table 286 Unit Hardware
259. HA33 Bulletin 700HA 3PDT relay Contacts 3N 0 3N C 2 1 rated 240V AC max 1 Elapsed Time Meter 851 requires one 0 auxiliary contact option 90 Mounts in position normally used for two pilot devices limiting the maximum number of pilot devices allowed 2 Not available with electronic overload relays 7FEC or E1 Plus electronic overload relay with DeviceNet Communications 7FEE D 3 Requires Size 3 Bulletin 2113 unit to be 1 5 space factor when specified with control circuit transformer Option 6P or 6XP 4 Requires Size 4 Bulletin 2113 unit to be 1 5 space factor when specified with E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ and control circuit transformer Option 6P or 6XP 5 2 5 space factor required when selecting Bulletin 2113B E with E1 Overload Relay 6 Unit load ground connector and unit ground stab plating must match the horizontal and vertical ground bus plating 7 Requires Size 2 Bulletin 2107 unit to be 1 5 space factor when specified with control circuit transformer Option 6P or 6XP 8 Size2 Bulletin 2113 units will be increased to 1 0 space factor Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 175 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 155 Contact T Handle Wire Marker and Legend Options 12 Factory Installed Options M
260. HKB 47 60x25 Wx 2163VB 077HJB 47 15 D 15 D 5 77 60 60x25 Wx 2163VB 096HKB 48 60x25 Wx 2163VB 096HJB 48_ 15 D 15 D 6 96 75 60x25 Wx 2163VB 125HKB 49__ 6 0x25 Wx 2163VB 125HJB 49 9 20 D 20 D 6 124 100 60x25 Wx 2163VB 156HKB 50 0 60 30 2163VB 156HJB s0 0 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 60x25 Wx 2163VB 186HKB 51 0 60x35 Wx 2163VB 186HJB 51 20 D 20 D 6 186 150 30 Wx 2163VB 248HKB 52__ 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive
261. L Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available See Table 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Ratings table Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output An I O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 253 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 213 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 128 Type 1
262. M Frame Unit Series the unit CN operating handle only Allen Bradley G R Frame MCPs Unit Series N will not Permits mounting a maximum For units with single circuit breakers only Allen Bradley Frames G K Units Series 2100H N22 2 of two normally open 2100H Q Y N19 or normally closed 2100H ATE PUE trip N20 auxiliary contacts on the For units with Allen Bradley Frames M R 2100H N23 unit operating mechanism external to the circuit breaker Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 331 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 288 Unit Hardware and Kits continued 20 Hardware and Kits Description 1 Pole 120 240V AC 2 Pole 120 240V AC 3 Pole 120 240V AC Delivery 10 kA rms 10 kA rms 10 kA rms Program symmetrical symmetrical symmetrical interrupting interrupting interrupting capacity capacity capacity Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Bolt on Inverse Time Magnetic Branch Breakersfor 15 2100 B1015 2100 B2015 2100 B3015 SC 20A 2100 81020 2100 82020 2100 83020 30 2100 81030 2100 82030 2100 83030 15 A w ground fault 2100 B1015G 20 A w ground fault 2100 B1020G 50 2100 82050 2100 83050 100A 2100 82100 2100 83100 Filler plates 2100 FILLER 10 per package 1 Pole 277V AC 2 Pole 480Y 277V AC 3 Pole 480Y 277V AC 14kArms
263. NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder 1 16 1 1 0 5 1 16 0 9 0 5 2 1 1 7 3 4 2 7 5 0 3 9 8 0 6 1 011 9 0 014 011 052 m 011 m 065 052 12 034 0 5 12 027 0 5 065 m 032 1 See unit pages for space factor adders Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 293 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 243 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2162U and 2162V Normal Duty Drive Rating Code 480V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor Space Factor Adder MR 112A 14R and 112A 2P1H 3P4H 5 8 011H 1 16 2 5 12 25 None None None 014N 1 16 25 None 0 5 12 25 05 05 022N 1 16 2 5 0 5 1 0 12 30 0 5 05 027N 034N 1 16 2 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None 040N 1 16 3 0 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 0 5 052N 1 16 3 0 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 40 None 0651 1 16 3 0 1 0 0 5 1 0 12 40 m 835 077N 1 1G 6 0 S F x 20 W 15 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W 15 D None 096N 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None None None 1 6 0 S F x 25 W x 15 D None 1250 1 16 6 0 S F x 25 W x 20 D None None None 12 6 0 S F x 25 W x
264. Net power supply 1 Includes buffer module which provides for minimum 500 ms ride through at full load Power supply must be located within one section of center for MCCs with eight or more sections 2 See page 169 for optional external DeviceNet connector with 120V AC receptacle option 767A DeviceNet power supply requires a 95 132V AC 50 60 Hz power source that provides sinusoidal waveform Use of non sinusoidal power sources including some UPSs could damage the DeviceNet 8 Refer to the ControlNet Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide publication CNET IN002 and the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 IN041 for information on installing and routing ControlNet Cable Refer to the Ethernet Design Considerations Reference Manual publication ENET RM002 and the Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines 1770 IN041 for information on installing and routing ethernet cable 10 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Short circuit withstand rating is 100 kA Select the voltage code from the Voltage Code Table below for example 2100 DPS8KB 11 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from the Voltage Code Table below for example 2100 DPS8KB Select the circuit breaker from the Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Option Table below for example 2100 DPS8KB 30TGM 12 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Short circuit wi
265. Neutral Bus on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 161 Incoming Neutral Connection Plate on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 162 IntelliCENTER Technology Motor Control Center 39 Software 42 intelligent motor control products 17 Interposing Relay on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 162 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Branch Breakers for Panel Board Plug In Unit 332 150 9001 Certification 12 Isolation Contactor on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 195 K Key interlock Mounting Provision on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 167 kW Ratings for Bulletins 2154 2155 2162 2163 2164 and 2165 315 kW to Catalog Hp Code Conversion 359 L Line Reactor Space Factor Adders 291 293 303 Line Terminal Shield 330 Lug Compartments 84 86 108 116 Lugs for Incoming Line Provisions 327 373 Index 374 M Manual Shutters 38 Master Nameplates 329 MCC DeviceNet Terminating Resistor Kit 334 Meter Types 77 78 Metric Conversion Table 362 Miscellaneous DeviceNet Units 140 Miscellaneous Units 133 144 Motor Applications 17 NEMA Class 13 Defined 13 Endosure Type Descriptions 14 Type 114 Type 1 with gasket 14 Type 12 14 Type
266. Open A Y Y SC Auxiliary Contact Wiring 2 Eutectic Alloy Y Y one contact per Wiring load rel rod 9 Normally Closed Type A Y Y Wiring 7 Type B Y Y Wiring 7 DeviceNet 11DSA2 For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and Y Y Y Y Y Starter Auxiliary outputs Four 120V inputs and two 120V outputs Available for 15 16 DSA 2 8 4 110 120V control only 07 11DSA3 For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and Y Y Y Y Y outputs Four 24V DC inputs and two 240V AC max 30V DC max 16 07 outputs Available for 110 120V AC or 220 240V AC control voltage Overload ENET For use on starters to provide EtherNet IP communication for E1 Plus X05 EtherNet IP the Electronic Overload Relay B and y 3 09 Communication Module 6 E3 Plus ArcShield 112A Make the unit ArcShield compatible Y Y Y Y Y 18 pp Additional Unit 15 Adds 0 5 space factor unit space to Bulletin 2112 and 2113 size 1 2 and 3 Y 8 SC Space units 19 20 Important Bulletin 2112 and 2113 sizes 1 and 2 cannot be increased from 1 5 to 2 0 space factors by selecting option 15 nor can size 1 increase from 0 5 to 1 0 space factor by using option 15 Table is continued on the next page 156 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and
267. PE I 75 3 7 9 30 21967 HKNP 21967 HKNP 16A 21967 10 5 2 30 21967 __ 21967 JKNP 16A 21967 JNP SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase to phase 115 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 209 21967 GKKNP 21967 GKKNP 16A 21967 GJKNP PE II 7 5 3 7 30 21967 HKKNP 21967 HKKNP 16A 21967 H KNP 10 5 30 21967 KKNP 21967 KKNP 16A 2196Z JJKNP __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5059 30 209 21967 GKIT 21967 GKIT 16A 21967 GJIT PE I 750 50 30 21967 __ 21967 HKIT 16A 21967 10 5 2 30 21967 KKIT 21967 JKIT 16A 21967 1 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer life we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 5096 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors is sufficient 2 Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltag
268. Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 Corner Section 32 CSA Marking 12 C UL Marking 12 Current Sensors on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 167 Current Transducers on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 167 D Delivery Programs 15 DeviceNet Miscellaneous Units 140 Products 17 DeviceNet Communication Module on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 194 DeviceNet Connection Cover Kit 334 DeviceNet Field Support Kit 334 DeviceNet Scanner Modules 334 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 194 371 Index 372 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 156 DeviceNet Terminating Resistors 334 DeviceNet Trunk Line Cable 334 DeviceNet Unit Cable 334 Dimensions 335 Documentation 18 Door Hardware Kit 328 Door Hinge Kit 328 Door Blank 136 Drip Hood 33 323 E3 Solid State Overload Relay on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 152 Elapsed Time Meter on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Empty Unit Insert 137 Empty Unit Insert with Disconnecting Means 137 End Closing Plate 324 Ethernet to DeviceNet Link
269. Program Chassis Chassis Size NEMA 1 and Type NEMA 12 Quantity 1w gasket 21801 0 1 4 slot 1 0 2180L AKXWD 2180L AJXWD SC Basic 1 0 chassis without disconnecting means 4 7 slot 200 2180LB BKXWD 2180LB BJXWD Scl or plug in stabs Includes viewing window 2182 1 4 slot 1 5 21821 __ 21821 __ SC Basic 1 0 chassis with disconnect and 1 7 slot 200 2182B BK 21821B B Scl transformer Includes viewing window 21831 1 4 slot 15 2183LAK 30 2182 41 30 SC Basic 1 0 chassis with circuit breaker and 1 7 slot 2 02 2183LB BK 30 2183LB B 30 SC ll transformer Includes viewing window 1 A power supply must be selected for all 21801 2182L and 2183L units Refer to the Options table on page 309 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be mounted at bottom of section Cannot be used in section with 9 vertical wireway May not be mounted section containing other frame mounted units 3 Catalog numbers listed are not complete Select appropriate voltage code from Table 257 to identify the control transformer primary voltage for example 2182L BKB For Bulletin 21831 also select the suffix letter from Table 258 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2183L BKB 30TGM Table 257 Primary Voltage for Transformer Primary Voltage Voltage Code 220 230 P 240 380 N 400 KN 415 480
270. Program Guide Allen Bradley CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin Number 2100 LISTEN m Rockwell i Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation About This Publication Additional Resources The CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center Program Guide is intended to be a guideline for configuration All configurations must be confirmed in PowerControl Builder These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation Resource CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Selection Guide publication 2100 56003 Description Provides general information about CENTELINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770 4 1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system Product Certifications website http www ab com You can view or download publications at Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details http www rockwellautomation com literature To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 General Information Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Table of Contents Chapter 1 What is New in this Publication le aer View X prre I 9 Publica
271. Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 219 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT ampere rating Table 190 Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 480V Normal Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output Frame Rating 0 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Program Normal Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Catalog Number s Factor 0 1 1 0 5 2 0 2162RA 1P1NKB 33 2 0 2162RA 1P1NJB 33 SC 1 6 0 75 2162RA 2P1NKB 34 2162RA 2P1NJB 34 21 1 2162RA 2P1NKB 35 2162RA 2P1NJB 35 3 0 15 2162RA 3PANKB 36 2162RA 3P4NJB 36 3 4 2 2162RA 3P4NKB
272. S2 for blank unit space Blank door not included Select on page 136 Insulated from and mounted on bottom 2100H NPS3 horizontal wireway pan Bus Stab Isolation Kit Protective caps for unused plug in stab openings 36 per package 2100H N1 Manual shutters for isolation of plug in stab openings 12 per package 2100H SM1 Available for use on vertical sections series G through current series Automatic shutters for isolation of plug in stab openings 12 per package 2100H SA1 Available for use on vertical sections series G through current series Unit Isolating Barriers For closing the wire opening between unit and vertical wireway 6 per package Series K and later structures 2100H N2K 1 Cannot be air shipped 2 neutral connection plate can be used only in sections with a vertical wireway Not for use in sections with full width frame mounted units including all mains 326 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 20 Hardware and Kits Lugs for Field Installation Hardware not included One lug per kit Foruseon Table 282 Lugs Description Lugs for Incoming Line Provisions 2 hole standard NEMA 1 3 4 spacing for po hardware One Lug per Kit Bulletin 2191 Mains and Feeders Bulletin 2192 400 A Disconnect with Optional Lug Pad Assembly Bulletin 2192 600 1200 A Bolted Pressure Switches Bulletin 2193 with Optional Lug Pad Assembly
273. TML 190A 150A 225A 110 65k 25k 2193F CKC TJML 2193 0 DML PE LSI Nee 100k 35k 2193F CKC TJXL 2193F UC DXL PE Thermal UM 70 90 175A 100k 65k 25k 0 59 193FZ CKC 293FZ QC UM SC Mag Thermal UX e 100k 35k 2193FZ CKC TJX 293F OC DX SC Mag LSI TML 100A 150A 200A 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ CKC TJML 2193FZ QC T ML PE LSI TRE o e 100k 35k 2193FZ CKC TJXL 2193FZ QC TJXL PE LSI T4ML 225 AC 100k 65k 35k 2193FZ CKC TAML 2193FZ OC TAML PE LSI o e 100k 65k 2193FZ CKC _T4XL 2193FZ CJC _T4XL PE LSI au o e e 100k 2193FZ CKC _T4UL 2193FZ CJC _T4UL PE ag A LSI TKM 300A 400A 0 100k 65k 25k 20099 2193F_ DKC _TKM 2193F_ DJC _TKM PE LSI 100k 65k 2193F_ DKC _TKX 2193F_ DJC _TKX LSI e 100k 2193F DKC 2193F DJC PE LSI 600A 9 100k 65k 25k 2009 2193F_ EKC _TMM 2193F EDC SC LSI TX fo e 100k 42k 2193F EKC TMX 2193F_ EJC _TMX SC LSIG TMMG 100k 65k 25k 2193F EKC TMMG 2193F_ EJC _TMMG LSIG TWXG e 100k 42k 2193F EKC TMXG 2193F_ EJC _TMXG PE 800A LSI 8004 100k 65k 25k 25 2193 1 2193F HC SC m LSI TMX fo e 100k 42k 2193F_ FKC _TMX 2193F HC SC LSIG TMMG 8004 100k 65k 25k 2193F FKC TMMG 2193F_ FJC _TMMG LSIG TWXG e 100k 42k 2193F FKC TMXG 2193F_ FJC _TMXG PE HI MAG 800A 65k 2193F FKC 219
274. Table is continued on the next page 118 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 82 Ratin Fuse Clip Rating Space Factor Catalog Number 6 Delivery 1 Amperes Wiring Type A Class Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 1w gasket 7 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 8 THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 280V phase to phase 120V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 30 30 3 0 2196 PK H 2196 PK H 16A 2196 H 00 15 7 5 30 30 2196 QK H 2196 QK H 16A 2196 0 H 25 12 5 60 60 2196 SK_H __ 2196 SK_H __ 16A 2196 SJ_H __ 30 15 60 60 2196 _ __ 2196 _ __ 16 2196 D H 37 5 18 5 60 60 3020 p 9 2196 K H 2196 VK H 16A 2196 1 H 45025 100 60 30207099 9640 H 2196 WK 16A 2196 W H nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors can be sufficient 2 Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section 3 For transformers with 240V primary add 0 5 space factor 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bo
275. Time Electronic 100 kA 65 kA 800 A MOH3 M Frame TMX Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 42 kA 800 A Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 353 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix Table 314 Circuit Breaker Frame Circuit Breaker Trip Type Interrupting Capacity Ratings rms symmetrical Amperes Code Breaker Suffix 1 208V 230V 240V 380 415V 480V 60010 N6H3 N Frame TNM Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 65 kA 1200 A NOH3 N Frame TNX Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 65 kA 1200 A R1513 R Frame TRUG Inverse Time Electronic 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 3000 A 1 For Bulletin 2107 2113 and 2123 interrupting capacity is 65 kA at 600 V 354 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 3 Pole Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Units Table 315 Rating CB Frame Thermal Mag Trip Unit Electronic Trip Units with interchangeable rating plugs Amperes Interchangeable Non interchangeable LSI LSIG 125 G SD 88 1 oe 125 STD 50 125 STD up to 40 A Optional 25 A 60 1004 125A Optional 25 A 60 A 100 A 125 AO 250 STD 80 250A STD up to 70 A Optional 40 A 60 A 100A 150A Optional 40 A 60 A 100 A 150A 250A 250 49 400 SID STD Optional 8000 SD STD Optiona
276. Type 12 0 1w gasket 7 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers 8 Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 5Q50 20 1560 2195 GKIT 2195 GKIT 16A 2195 GJIT 75 37 0 20 2195 HKIT 2195 HKIT 16A 2195 10059 30 2195 JKIT 2195 JKIT 16A 2195 11 15 59 50 200 2195 KKIP 2195 KKIP 16A 2195 KJIP 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 5096 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors can be sufficient 2 Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards for example 400V 115V 230V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers 3 The 15k VA transformer has 110 220V secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers 4 Taparrangement is two 2 1 296 Taps FCAN four 2 1 296 Taps FCBN 5 Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section 6 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section 7 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided
277. Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 480V HEAVY DUTY See page 199 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip
278. VB 2P7NJC 36 3 27 20 25 2162VB 2P7NKC 37 25 2162VB 2P7NJC 37 3 39 3 25 2162VB 3P9NKC 38 25 2162VB 3P9NJC 38 3 6 1 5 25 2162VB 6P1NKC 39 25 2162VB 6P1NJC 39 3 9 0 7 5 25 2162VB 9PONKC 40 3 0 2162VB 9PONJC 40 3 11 10 0 25 2162VB 011NKC 41 30 2162VB 011NJC 41 3 17 15 25 2162VB 017NKC 42 35 2162VB 017NJC 42 3 22 20 25 2162VB 022NKC 43 3 5 2162VB 022NJC 43 4 27 25 3 0 2162VB 027NKC 44 4 0 2162VB 027NJC 44 4 32 30 3 0 2162VB 032NKC 45 4 0 2162VB 032NJC 45 5 41 40 6 0x20 Wx 2162VB 041NKC 46 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 041NJC 46 15 D 15 D 5 52 50 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 052NKC 47 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 052NJC 47 15 0 15 D 6 63 60 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 063NKC 48 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 063NJC 486 20 D 20 D 6 77 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 077NKC 49 6 0x 25 Wx 2162VB 077NJC 498 20 D 20 D 6 99 100 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 099NKC 50 6 0x30 Wx 2162VB 099NJC 508 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 6 0x25 Wx 2162VB 125NKC 51 6 0x35 Wx 2162VB 125NIC 51 20 D 20 D 6 144 150 6 0x30 Wx 2162VB 144NKC 52 N A 20 D 1 Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds
279. Voltage Code Wiring Type B 480V 8 Type B eo0V Code Human Interface Module and Drive Size Code Maximum Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal HP and kW Options See options section beginning on page 285 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Frame Maximum Output Nominal HP Code Frame Maximum Output HP Current Amperes Current Amperes 1P4 A 14 05 0 9 0 9 0 5 2 3 17 0 75 1 7 13 0 75 2 3 23 1 1 7 17 1 4 0 3 15 22 15 4 0 4 2 3 0 3 2 6 0 6 3 4 2 42 3 010 10 5 5 6 6 6 6 5 013 C 13 7 5 9 9 C 9 9 7 5 017 C 7 10 012 C 12 10 024 D 24 15 019 D 19 15 030 D 30 20 022 D 22 20 1 The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 525 drive units according to the applications and output ampere rating 280 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V and 600V AC See page 279 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 523 User Manual publication 520 UM001 PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Bucket includes branch circuit short circuit 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection
280. X use PowerFlex 523 Drives e Bulletins 2162X and 2163X are sized for Normal Duty applications NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type e ULClass CC or J time delay drive input fuses required both branch circuit and drive input protection fuse class dependent on drive rating Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 279 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 231 2162X B 6 0 38 14 2163 6 0 38TGM 14HBAO Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 525 Maximum NEMA Endosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code Endosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 2162X PowerFlex 523 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with gasket 2162X 38 738 Nominal Horsepower kW code See Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 Table 266 and Table 267 2163X PowerFlex 523 Variable 2163X 38T 38 Nominal Horsepower kW code Frequency AC Drive with See Table 266 and Table 267 Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 322 Code Line
281. XG PE 800A LSI TMM 800309 100k 65k 25 2193M FKC 2193M_ FJC _TMM SC 8 LSI TX e 100k 42k 2193M FKC 2193M_ FC _TMX SC 15169 TMMG 800309 100k 65k 2193M_ FKC _TMMG 2193M_ FJC _TMMG PE 1569 T xXG e 100k 42k 2193M FKC TMXG 2193M TMXG PE TMN 800A 65k 2193M FKC TMN 2193M TMN 1200 A LSI TNM 400A 600A 800A 100k 65k 35 2193M 6 2193M G C TNM SC 0 9 a 1000 A 12004 LSIG TNMG 100k 6k 2193M GKC TNMG 2193M_ GJC _TNMG PE LSI WO e 100k 65k 2193M GKC 2193M G C SC 1569 mx6 fo 100k 65k 2193M_ GKC _TNXG 2193M_ GJC _TNXG PE TNN 1200A 65k 2193M_ GKC _TNN 2193M G C TNN 3000 A 1569 18 69 1000 A 1200 A 100k 100k 100k 6 0 2193M JKC TRUG 2193 JC TRUG ja 1600 A 2000 30 W 15 D 3000 A 1569 2500 AC 60 2193M KKC TRUG 2193M TRUG PE y 30 W 15 D 0 3000 A 1569 3000 AC 6 0 2193M LKC TRUG PE 19 307 W 2070 Non interchangeable trip breakers Non interchangeable trip breakers at 40A or below Frame mounted unit mus be mounted at top or bottom of section LSIG Long Short Instantaneous Ground Electronic Trip Thermal Mag Thermal Magnetic HI MAG NOT UL listed Internal auxiliary contacts 790_ are not available on this breaker Unit supplied with molded cas
282. __ 2197 KK 161 2197 _ _ 25 12 5 125 70 60 2197 _ __ 2197 _ __ 16 2197 _ __ 37 5 18 5 200 100 70 3 0 2197 XK 21974 A 163 2197 _ __ 50 25 150 100 ps 219748 A 2197 YK A 16 2197 A Table is continued on the next page 124 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 86 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Number 6 Delivery kva Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1and Type NEMA 1 with NEMA Type 121 1w gasket 2 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 8 THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208V phase to phase 120V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 E 20 15 30 2197 PK H 2197 PK H 16A 2197 P H 09 15 7 5 20 20 2197 0K 2197 QK H 16A 2197 0 H 28125 40 30 2197 K H 2197 SK H 16A 2197 5 30 15 50 40 21974 H 2197 IK H 16A 2192 375 185 60 50 30 2197 VK_H 2197 _ _ 16 2197 1 45 225 70 60 ay p 2197 WK_H 2197 WK_H 16A 2197 W H 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize transformer life we recommend that t
283. able 298 Structural Specifications Major Structural Components Nominal Thickness Approximate inches mm GROS ANS Side Plates 0 075 1 905 14 Reinforcing C Channel 0 09 2 286 13 Backplate 20 Wide 0 06 1 524 16 Backplate 25 Wide 0 075 1 905 14 Backplate 30 40 Wide 0 105 2 667 12 Bottom Mounting Angle 0 134 3 404 10 Right Hand Unit Support 0 075 1 905 14 Covers and Panels Top Plate all widths 0 075 1 905 14 Bottom Plate 0 075 1 905 14 External End Plate 0 075 1 905 14 Horizontal Wireway Cover 0 060 1 524 16 Wireway Baffle 0 075 1 905 14 Top Horizontal Wireway Pan 0 060 1 524 16 Doors Unit Door 1 0 5 0 Space Factor 0 075 1 905 14 Unit Door 6 0 Space Factor 0 105 2 667 12 Vertical Wireway Door 0 060 1 524 16 Other Steel Pull Box Parts 0 075 1 905 14 Unit Wrap Around 0 075 1 905 14 Unit Support Pan 0 075 1 905 14 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Approximate Weights of CENTERLINE Motor Control Center Sections Table 299 Section Weights approximate MCC Section Dimensions NEMA 1 or 12 NEMA 3R or4 Lbs kg Lbs kg per section qm per section 15 20 D 20 W 750 340 950 431 15 20 D 25 W 750 340 1000 454 15 20 D 30 W 800 363 1050 477 15 20 D 35 W 800 363 N A 1 Weights are based on worst case approximations Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 341 CENTERLINE
284. acement and renewal parts are no longer supported Consult MCC Technical Support Complete new series units with comparable features and options can be retrofitted for any series of structures as shown in the table on page 27 26 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Series Lettering Units and Sections When using sections in conjunction with units of different series letters consult the MCC Modifications for Unit and Structure Compatibility table below In 1982 modifications were made to improve the integrity of the gasketing between the unit door and structure of NEMA Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 sections This has been accomplished by gasketing the structure instead of the unit door The change applies to all CENTERLINE 2100 units with series letter F and later and all sections series letter E and later Also when series H and later units are installed in a series A through E section in the topmost unit location a new top horizontal wireway pan is required Table 8 MCC Modifications for Unit and Structure Compatibility If Mounted in Plug In Units No Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires Requires this Type of Additional Style 1Unit Style3 Unit Style 3 Unit AlternateTop Door Retrofit Ground Section 02 Parts SupportPan Support Support Pan Horizontal Gasket
285. ach unit is provided as a NEMA Class Type unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices Full voltage non reversing starter units are available with a eutectic alloy or electronic overload relay Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 61 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2112 2112 Vacuum and 2113 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage Non reversing Starter Units FVNR Allen Bradley Bulletin 509 starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Vacuum use Allen Bradley Bulletin 1102C vacuum contactors e NEMA Class Type B unit with terminals mounted in the unit Available with eutectic alloy or electronic overload relays Table 33 2112 B B A B 41 24 6P 2113 B B A B 41TGA 6P Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size NEMA Enclosure Type Control Voltage Type Horsepower and Disconnecting Options Means Code Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Options 2112 Full Voltage Non reversing 1 1 0 5 Space Factor See table on Page 313 See Options section beginning FVNR with Fusible B on Page 145 Disconnect C 2 2113 Full Voltage Non reversing D 3 z ENR a bbe ad cea rears F 5 2112 41 24J 41 Ho
286. act your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163VB 034HKC 44THM Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program PE 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2162W and 2163W PowerFlex 525 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 363 Require UL Class CC or J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are required in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163W units Include control circuit transformer CCT T
287. added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 240 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Line and Load Reactors Option Option Number Description PowerFlex40 70 520 PowerFlex Delivery and 700 Series Drives 753and755 Program 21620 21630 21620 21626 21636 21630 21627 2163 2162V 2162W 2163 2163V 2162X 2163X Line or Load MR T J 3 impedance line or load reactor 480V 0 5 1HP Y Y SC Reactors See space factor adders on page 293 15 2HP 3 5 HP 75WP 10 15 HP 20 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 60 HP 75 HP 100 HP 125 HP 150 600V 05 HP 1 5 HP 3 7 5 HP 10 15 20 25 HP 30 HP 40 HP 50 60 HP 75 HP 100 HP 125 HP 150 HP Load Reactor MRXL 8 396 impedance load reactor for size code 480V 150 Only2 300 Bulletin 2162R and 2163R drive units 200 HP TT Line and Toad reactors are mutually exclusive as space factor adders can be required see page D3 2 Load reactors for Bulletin 2162R and 2163R size code 300 drive units 150HP Heavy Duty at 480V and 200HP at 480V are separate units from the drive units The load reactors require an additional section mounted to the right of the section with the drive The reactor is mounted in a supplementary drive unit in the bottom of the additional section The two sections are one shipping split Not available in back to back construction 3 Bulletin 2162R and 2163R size code 300 rated units have approximately 3 of in
288. afe Torque off Option with Factory Installed Y X08 v 18 20 MSR138DP safety relay Relay uses a removable terminal block and accepts inputs for one N C two N C or Light Curtain provides two safety outputs and three delayed safety outputs with 0 5 105 delay Relay control power is 24V DC 14SRR Safe Torque off Option requires customer supplied X08 v 18 20 safety relay installed remotely from the MCC drive unit 14519 Safe speed Monitor Option with integral safety relay X08 Q0 21 EMC Filter MENC Includes the EMC Filter Cat No 25 RF andEMC Y Y Grounding Plate Cat 25 EMC1 F_ Drive Input 14DFCC Provides factory installed drive input fusing Fuses 48 y Fusing supplied are UL Class CC Time Delay fuses MDFAJTU Provides factory installed 30A Y Y aa 17 01 Class J fuses 100A Y Y 200A Y Y 400A Y Y 600 A Y Y Apripj Provides factory installed 30A Y Y Are CET 2 LPJ UL Class J fuses 100A Y Y 200A Y Y 400A Y Y 600 A Y Y Thermostat MEC Provide thermostat for control of door mounted cooling X409 X09 X09 fans Factory set for 35 C Fuse 21 Fuse 10 A for customer supplied 120V AC separate Y Y Y Y control source Fuse is used for factory wired connections to Digital Inputs only Any factory wired pilot lights or cooling fans use the included control power transformer
289. ales representative for availability 1 2 Option can not be called out with the EMC Filter option 14EMC per product specifications Required on 2162W 2163W 2162X and 2163X Drives with output ratings less than 19 A Footnotes continued on the next page 1 1 1 290 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 13 Required on 2162W 2163W 2162X and 2163X Drives with output ratings greater than or equal to 19 A 14 Only available on units that have fans mounted on the door 15 Space factor adder can be required for Bulletin 2162T and 21637 See pages 239 245 16 For Bulletin 2162U and 2163U a maximum of three non mutually exclusive options can be selected 17 Encoder options are mutually exclusive with each other Encoder will be installed in the lowest port number available with the other options selected 18 For Bulletin 2162V and 2163V a maximum of five non mutually exclusive options can be selected When 14DA2R3 140 284 is selected they are counted as two or of the five 19 Required with any Push Button Control Station Housing or Selector Switch Options 20 Option 14DA2R2 or 14DA2R4 is required with this option 21 When selected with Dual Encoder Feedback Option 14DENC1 only one of the following options can be sel
290. ame NEMA Design B induction motors when the capacitor and motor are switched as a unit It is based on normal starting current and torque Table 325 lists suggested capacitor ratings for U frame NEMA Design B induction motors when the capacitor and motor are switched as a unit It is based on normal starting current and torque Table 324 Table 325 Horsepower 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM Horsepower 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM 5 2 kVAR 2 5 kVAR 3 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 2 kVAR 2 kVAR 2 kVAR 3 kVAR 75 2 5 3 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 kVAR 75 2 5 kVAR 2 5 kVAR 3 KVAR 4 kVAR 10 4 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 KVAR 10 3 kVAR 3 KVAR 3 KVAR 5 kVAR 15 5 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR 7 5 kVAR 15 4 kVAR 4 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR 20 6 kVAR 6 kVAR 7 5 kVAR 9 kVAR 20 5 kVAR 5 kVAR 6 kVAR 7 5 kVAR 25 7 5 kVAR 7 5 kVAR 8 kVAR 10 kVAR 25 6 kVAR 6 kVAR 7 5 kVAR 9 kVAR 30 8 KVAR 8 KVAR 10 kVAR 15 kVAR 30 7 kVAR 7 kVAR 9 kVAR 10 kVAR 40 12 5 kVAR 15 kVAR 15 kVAR 17 5 kVAR 40 9 kVAR 9 kVAR 10 kVAR 12 5 kVAR 50 15 kVAR 17 5 kVAR 20 kVAR 22 5 kVAR 50 12 5 kVAR 10 kVAR 12 5 kVAR 15 kVAR 60 17 5 kVAR 20 kVAR 22 5 kVAR 25 kVAR 60 15 kVAR 15 kVAR 15 kVAR 17 5 kVAR 75 20 kVAR 25 kVAR 25 kVAR 30 kVAR 75 17 5 kVAR 17 5 kVAR 17 5 kVAR 20 kVAR 100 22 5 kVAR 30 kVAR 30 kVAR 35 kVAR 100 22 5 KVAR 20 kVAR 25 kVAR 27 5 kVAR 125 25 kVAR 35 kVAR 35 kVAR 40 kVAR 125 27 5 kVAR 25 kVAR 30 kVAR
291. an standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program PE 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 380 415V AC NORMAL DUTY See page 215 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive u
292. and Installation Guide publication CNET INO02 for cabling configuration Option number not complete Add the corresponding slot number for the associated 12CN_ Option 12CNT_ is not available alone Unit Load Ground Connector and Unit Ground Stab plating must match horizontal and vertical ground bus plating The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts 790K G and J and 790A all other frames mounted internally must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired These are form C contacts Each form C contact includes 0 and one N C contact Internal auxiliary contacts 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames are wired to a 3 point unmounted terminal block Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 18 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 260 T Handle Wire Marker and Nameplate Options CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Option Option Description Bulletin 1756 Delivery Number ControlLogix Chassis Program 2180L 2182L 2183L T Handle 111 T Handle latc
293. and Kits 20 Hardware and Kits Description Catalog Number Plug In Unit Permits installation of 0 5 space factor and NEMA Space Saving starter plug in units into existing 0 5 space 2100 81 Retrofit Kit series E through J CENTERLINE 2100 vertical section Includes hinges grounding wire and extended unit factor door latches Greater than 2100H R2 0 5 space factor Unit Insert Includes 0 5 space factor For expanding all 1 0 SF units and Series T and later 1 5 SF units 2100 0581 Extension Kit door and unit extension 20 pull apart terminals and hardware to increase usable mounting space of plug in units For expanding Series R and earlier 1 5 SF units and all 2 0 SF through 3 5 SF units 2100H NXT05B2 Unit Door Unit door is grounded by a hinge mounted ground wire Mounts on bottom hinge of unit door 2100H GD1 Grounding Kit Extended Reset Mounts externally to For small 0 38 reset button screw head Includes five reset button heads 2100H NRB1 Button Kit isting d load reset For large 0 50 reset button screw head Includes five reset button heads 2100H NRB2 overload relays without use oftools Pull Apart i Power terminal block 60 A 3 pole block accepts 4 14 AWG wire Not for use on 0 5 space factor units 1492 ED103 Terminal Bock Control terminal block 25 5 pole block accepts 12 20 AWG wire Not for use on 0 5 space factor units 1492 EC85 Line
294. anel type 208 1 0 2190 BKH 85ECBH 2190 BJH 85ECBH ammeter with ammeter switch two fused potential transformers and panel 220 230 2190 BKP __ 85ECBP 2190 BJP __ 85ECBP type Voltmeter with Voltmeter switch 240 2190 BKA __ 85ECBA 2190 BJA __ 85ECBA Use on 3 phase 3 wire systems only 380 2190 BKN 85ECBN 2190 BJN __ 85ECBN 400 2190 BKKN 2190 BJKN __ 85ECBKN 85ECBKN 415 2190 BKI __ 85ECBI 2190 BJI __ 85ECBI 480 2190 BKB __ 85ECBB 2190 BJB __ 85ECBB 600 2190 BKC __ 85ECBC 2190 BJC __ 85ECBC 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate catalog string number from table on page 78 to identify the ammeter scale and current transformer primary ratio for example 2190 AKC 52M 85AAXX Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 77 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 48 Digital Metering Compartments Meter Type Bulletin 1426 M5 PowerMonitor 5000 with EtherNet IP Communication Bulletin 1426 M6 PowerMonitor 5000 with EtherNet IP Communication Bulletin 1426 M8 PowerMonitor 5000 with EtherNet IP Communication Description Plug in unit with disconnect fuses and control circuit transformer For 3 phase 3 wire systems three current transformers are shipped loose with hardware and mounting instructions For 3 phase 4 wire systems four current transformers are shipped loose with hardware and mounting instructions
295. ansformer Fusing and Fuse Block Defeater Mechanism Power and Control Terminal Blocks Short Circuit Rating Label Unit Identification Nameplate i Captive Latch UL abel Control Station Unit Nameplate Reset Button Pilot Devices s Plastic Retaining Pin Unit Support Pan 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 4 Units Figure 4 SecureConnect Unit Shaft port Cover Open Closed Rotating Power Stabs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Indicator Shaft Port 51 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 4 Units Notes 52 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Combination Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Units FVLC These combination lighting contactor units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 500L AC contactor and either a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker They are rated 30 300 A Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactors FVLC Allen Bradley Bulletin 5001 AC contactor with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker Rated 30 300A NEMA Class 1 Type B with terminals mounted on the unit
296. arrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 cation and output ampere rating the nominal motor horsepower listed 2 horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163UB 034HKC 44THM 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard 258 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2162V and 2163V PowerFlex 755 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 363 Include internal electronic overload protection In
297. arters Y 193 UM002 FEQ 9 9 E3 Plus is provided with four NEMA size 1 Y 24V DC inputs and two 12 NEMA size 2 Y Y 110 240V AC outputs 2 NEMA size 3 Y v 76 9909 Plus is provided with four NEMA size 4 24V DC inputs and two size 5 v Y 110 240V AC outputs NEMA size 6 Y Vacuum Contactor Starters Y FEC5 8 69 9 0 with Voltage Protection and NEMA size 1 X0 Energy Monitoring Provided NEMA size 2 10 JO with six 24V DC inputs and two 1 110 240V AC outputs NEMA size 3 Y Y NEMA size 4 vt NEMA size 5 Y Y NEMA size 6 Y 1 Outputs are rated NEMA B300 3 A at 120V AC and 1 5 A at 240V AC Not available with common line voltage control Not available with Type A wiring Not available on dual 2113 0 5 space factor 2112 and 0 5 space factor 2113 units 2 Mutually exclusive with E1 Plus overload relays options 7FEE 7FEE D 7FEE Gand7FEE J Mutually exclusive with option 9 and 9A 11DSA_ 18 8441 85 amp 85 87 89 and 700TC 3 Catalog numbers listed are not complete Select overload relay code from table below and add to option number for example 7FEC2B For NEMA size 1 3 overload relays if 120V AC inputs are required place a Y configuration option in the catalog string number as in table below for example 7FEC2BY Ifapplicable for NEMA size 4 6 and vacuum contactor starters select overload relay configur
298. arters are rated for NEMA Size 1 applications and the Bulletin 2107 Space Saving NEMA reversing starters are rated for NEMA Size 1 3 applications The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B D unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connections to remote devices These full voltage reversing units are available with electronic overload relays Catalog Number Explanation Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters FVR Allen Bradley Bulletin 300 starter with fused disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA Class 1 Type B D unit with terminals mounted in unit Available with electronic overload relays Space saving alternative to traditional NEMA starter units Table 30 2106 B 3B A B 38 24 2107 B 3B A B 38TGA 2 8 Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size NEMA Enclosure Type Control Voltage Type Horsepower and Disconnecting Option Means Table 32 Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Option Code Type See Table on 313 See Options section 2106 Full Voltage Reversing X 2 beginning on page 171 FVR with Fused Disconnect DB Table 31 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Code Horsepower Code and Disconnecting FVR with Circuit Breaker Means Code NEMA
299. as feeder circuits See Appendix for interrupting capacity ratings These units do not meet service entrance requirements Not intended to be used as feeder circuits See Appendix for interrupting capacity ratings The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 138 for example 2100D CKC Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 138 for example 2100D CKC 24J If power fuse is selected select from page 317 for example 2100D CKC 24J 6046 7 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the trip current from table on page 138 for example 2100M CKC 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 139 for example 2100M CKC 30TGM 8 Terminal block options 800 801 802 803 804 are not available on 2100 NK05 or 2100 NJ05 NA Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 137 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 10 Miscellaneous Units Tables for Configuring Bulletin 2100D and 2100M Unit Catalog Numbers Table 101 Voltage Code Fuse Clip Voltage Voltage Code Table 102 Fuse Clip Designator 0 Rating Class withstand Rating Designator Amperes through 600V 30 J 100 kA 24 R 100 kA 24R H 10 kA 24 C 100 kA 24C 60 J 100 kA 25 R 100 kA 25R H 10 kA 25 100 J 100 kA 26 R 100 kA 268 10 kA 26 2000 100 kA 27 R 100 kA 278 10 27 1 Refertothe CENTERLINE Motor Control Cent
300. atalog string Table 118 Description REC i TSIW TS2W Incandescent LEDLamps Delivery Lamps Program 2102L 2103L 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 Option Number Option Number Doo c CI 1809 oN orr 8 Y UM FORWARD REVERSE 4__ 4L FORWARD REVERSE OFF Y CN Y 4 4 ON OFFO Y d 4 HIGH LOW 9 Y 4 AL FAST SLOW 9 v 48 0 HIGH LOW OrF 00 di FAST SLOW OFF 00 v 4E 480 OVERLOAD Y vO Y AT ATL TT When used with option TF or option 90 NO auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 option 900 two auxiliary contacts must be selected 2 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 1F 11DSA_ option 901 one 0 and one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 option 9001 two N 0 and one N C auxiliary contacts must be selected 3 When ON and OFF or ON and OVERLOAD pilot lights are selected in conjunction with push buttons and control type is separate control or transformer control the pilot lights are Bulletin 800F pilot lights and the push buttons are Bulletin 800T 4 When used with option 11DSA_ 7FEC_ 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 90 1 0 auxiliary contact must be selected 5 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with
301. ating must match horizontal and vertical ground bus plating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Mutually exclusive with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ The addition of unwired control relay option 89CF increases the space factor of 2154H SMC 3 units See page 182 2 Instantaneous contacts on Bulletin 700CF relays are non convertible Bulletin 700 relays have instantaneous contacts that are convertible from normally open to normally closed 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 175 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Auxiliary Contact Options Option Option Description SMC 3 SMC Flex Delivery Number Program 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 9 Auxiliary 90 Normally N O auxiliary contact mounted on isolation contactor 131 v0 vw 0 sc Contacts when supplied Vu B 91 Normally Closed One N C auxiliary contact mounted on isolation contactor 1310 0 1 0 yG v wng when supplied 98 0 Normally Open One N 0 mounted on operating mechanism operates with Y Y Y Y movement of external handle only 99 0 Normally Closed One N C mounted on operating mechanism operates with Y Y Y Y movement of external handle only 790K One Form Aux mounted internally
302. ation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 69 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2122E 2 speed 2 winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TS2W See page 69 for product description Basicconfiguration includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips IMPORTANT A2 speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A 2 speed 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for application assistance Table 42 NEMA Constant or Variable Torque Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number 4 Delivery Size Horsepower See Appendix for short Factor Wiring Type B Class Program circuit withstand ratings 208V 240V 380 415V 480V 600V Rating Class NEMA 1and NEMA Type 12 Amperes Type 1 w gasket 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 CC J R H HRCII C 2 0 2122 8 2122 8 80 SC 60 J R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 152725 15 25 300 J R HRCII C 20 2122EB CA_ __ 2122 0_ __ 60 J R H HRCII C 100 J R H HRCII C 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 600 J R HRCII C 30 212EB DA 212bB DD 100 J R H HRCII C 200 J R H HRCII C 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 1000 J R HR
303. ation on one personal computer only Table 20 Description Delivery Program IntelliCENTER The IntelliCENTER software replicates the MCC lineup on a computer screen complete with nameplates and indicators on each door to show SC Full Version status on off warning fault communication failure Graphical views of individual MCC units display device data allowing users to quickly Catalog Number view critical amperes time to trip trip cause ground fault amperes and on off status Each screen is pre configured to show the parameters 2101A INTICNTR typically of greatest interest and users can easily customize parameters Many screens feature trending graphs and analog dials The software 7 also provides spare parts information AutoCAD documentation and event logging Requires Documentation CD see below The IntelliCENTER software also contains ActiveX controls This allows key views of the software to be displayed inside Human Machine Interfaces such as RSView Standard Data 00090 The Standard Data CD is the second component of the IntelliCENTER software The CD contains data files specific to a Per MCC lineup SC particular MCC This information includes unit nameplates unit details wiring diagrams user manuals spare parts and Catalog Number other details 2101A INTLDOC EN Per unit SC Catalog Number 2101A INTLDOC UN Energy Data 000087 The Energy Data CD includes all of the components of the Standard Data CD Additionally i
304. ation option from table below and add to option number for example 7FEC3FY 120VAC input points 4 Seel 0 counts in Table 136 5 NEMA size 1 3 Plus overload relays have ground fault sensor as standard NEMA size 4 6 Plus overload relays and vacuum contactor starters need to have the ground fault configured to include a ground fault sensor Refer to Table 126 for ground fault sensor options 6 Plus overload relay option 7FECS does not include integral ground fault sensor For units with overload relay option 7FEC5_ if ground fault protection is required the ground fault sensor must be added Refer to Table 126 for ground fault sensor options 2 5space factor required when selecting Bulletin 2113 Size 4 Starter Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 4 is increased to 4 5 space factors 9 Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 1 with Class J H R or HRCII C fuses is increased to 2 0 space factors Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 1 with Class CC fuses is 1 5 space factor 0 1 10 Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 2 is increased to 2 0 space factors 11 NEMA size 1 2112 2113 1 0 space factor units are limited to 10 control terminal points and 3 power terminal points When option 106 eliminate power terminals is used up to 15 control terminal points are available For 20 control terminal points add 0 5 space factor 12 NEMA size 2 2112 2113 1 0 space factor units are limited to 10 control terminal points and 3 power terminal points Option 106 eliminate
305. ations for Selection of CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers publication 2100 AT003 Horizontal Neutral Bus and Neutral Bus Options Neutral bus and options are only available for 3 phase 4 wire WYE connected power systems with the neutral solidly grounded Neutral bus options cannot be selected for any ungrounded system or for any system that is impedance grounded If a 4 wire system is selected a determination needs to be made regarding neutral loads No Neutral Loads or Neutral Loads Less Than 280 Amp Option 88NPC is available for 2191M rated 300 A 2192M rated 400 A or less and 2193M with 400 A frame or less For 2191M rated 600 A or larger 2192M rated 600 A or larger and 2193M with 600 A frame or larger horizontal neutral bus and incoming option 88HN or 88FN must be selected IMPORTANT If complete horizontal neutral is not required horizontal neutral bus is allowed to be specified for only the section containing the Bulletin 2191M 2192M or 2193M main unit and up to three additional adjacent sections However the sections with the neutral bus need to be in their own shipping splits If neutral loads are present then access to the horizontal neutral bus for neutral load cables is required At least one neutral connection plate in the horizontal wireway or one vertical neutral in a 9 vertical wireway is required Neutral Loads Greater Than 280 Amp For 4 wire system with neutral loads greater than 280 A horizontal neutral bus and
306. available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 220 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 HD 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 2 21 1 25 2162VB 2P1HKB 35 25 2162VB 2P 1HJB 35 2 30 15 25 2162VB 3PAHKB 36 25 2162VB 3P4HJB 36 2 34 2 25 2162VB 3PAHKB 37 25 2162VB 3P4HJB 37 2 5 0 3 25 2162VB 5POHKB 38 25 2162VB 5POHJB 38 2 80 5 25 2162VB 8POHKB 39 25 2162VB 8POHJB 39 2 11 75 25 2162VB 011HKB 40 25 2162VB 011HJB 40 2 14 10 25 2162VB 022HKB 41 30 2162VB 022HJB 41 3 22 15 25 2162VB 027HKB 42 35 2162VB 027HJB 42 3 27 20 25 2162VB 034HKB 43 35 2162VB 034HJB 43 3 3 25 30 2162VB 040HKB 44 35 2162VB 040HJB 44 4 40 30 30 2162VB 052HKB 45 40 2162VB 052HJB 45 4 52 40 30 2162VB 065HKB 46 40 2162VB 065HJB 46 5 65 50 60x20 Wx 2162VB 077HKB 47 60x25 Wx 2162VB 077HJB 47 15 D 15 D 5 77 60 60x25 Wx 2162VB 096HKB 48 60x25 Wx 2162VB 096HJB 48 15 D 15 D 6 96 75 6 0x 25 Wx 2162VB 125HKB 498 60x25 Wx 2162VB 125H B 49
307. ble 203 PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options Voltage Drive NEMA 1 1G NEMA 12 Rating Rating Base Unit Control Isolated LineorLoad Isolated Signal Base Unit Control Isolated Line or Isolated Signal Space Station 1 Signal Reactors Conditioner Space Station Signal Load Conditioner Factor 3 40r5 Conditioner 14R 14N2 AND Line Factor 1 3 40r Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND 14N2 or Load Reactors 5 14N2 14R__ Line or Load Reactors 600 B 17 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 2 0 2 0 30 42 66 20 20 2 0 2 0 2 5 25 C 99 2 0 2 0 2 0 20 20 25 25 25 122A 19A 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 Units 2163T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 380 480V AC 242 See page 237 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 228 0 001 All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the dri
308. button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter with the letter K for example 2123FB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 2123FB BJ_ __ Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 73 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Notes 74 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 6 Metering Units Bulletin 2190 Metering Compartments METER Bulletin 2190 metering compartments are used for power management of three phase systems and include analog ammeter and voltmeter and PowerMonitor 5000 unit The PowerMoniter 5000 unit includes a 30 A fused disconnect switch Ammeter Panel type not switchboard type with 5 A movement 3 5 scale 102 deflection and 296 of full scale accuracy Voltmeter Phase to phase voltage measurement only Panel type not switchboard type with 120V movement 3 5 scale 102 deflection and 296 of full scale accuracy PowerMonitor 5000 Bulletin 1426 M5 1426 DM is a PanelView Component C400 terminal with factory installed applications The power monitor can display 64 real time parameters including current ly lp lc lw 13 avg 0 2 full scale accuracy voltage Van Vpn Vcg Vab Vbo 0 2 full scale accuracy current and voltage imbalance There are four forms of power real reactive apparent and tr
309. by Det Norske Veritas to ISO 9001 2000 certificate number CERT 9379 2004 AQ HOU ANAB effective May 30 2007 CE Marking The European Union EU has established a program whereby products are tested and qualified to meet its harmonized standards and to fulfill the EN Directives Upon completion of this testing and qualification special documentation is required so the products may bear CE marking Included with this program is the requirement for special instruction literature product labeling quality programs and special design requirements Generally the CENTERLINE 2100 MCC product can fulfill these requirements but due to the customization that is required the CE marking of the product is available only on the Engineered delivery program In case of variable frequency drives as well as other solid state devices the EU deemed it necessary to add an EMC directive 2004 108 EC This directive requires more stringent RF emission and immunity standards than normal To meet these requirements and carry the CE mark the CENTERLINE 2100 drive packages can be adapted with EMC tested RFI filters and additional shielding hardware These special packages may require larger MCC enclosures IMPORTANT The CE requirement is for the European Union Community and is not a mandate for other parts of the world For more information visit http www ab com certification cemark IEC 61439 The CENTERLINE 2100 structures and many units fulfill IEC 61439
310. cations UL Class J time delay fuses are required for both branch circuit protection and drive input protection Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class 1 Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote items such as pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 245 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162U and 2163U PowerFlex 753 Drive Table 208 2162U B 034 4 14HA0 2163U B 034N 44THM 14HA0 Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 753 Nominal NEMA Enclosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 2162U PowerFlex 753 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with gasket 21620 33 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 See Table 266 and Table 267 21630 PowerFlex 753 Variable 2163U 33THM 33 No
311. clude control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate set up control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Have available 24V DC or 115V AC control voltages A Human Interface Module HIM must be selected Bulletin 2162V and 2163V use PowerFlex 755 drives IMPORTANT n480V applications UL Class J time delay fuses are optional for both branch circuit protection and drive input protection In 600V applications UL Class J time delay fuses are required for both branch circuit protection and drive input protection Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class 1 Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote items such as pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 259 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162V and 2163V PowerFlex 755 Drive
312. conds 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 753 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 753 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with fusible disconnect switch do not include factory supplied installed branch circuit drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available If fusing is not factory installed UL Class J fuse clips will be provided sized based on the fuse size that would be factory installed Combination Unit Short Circuit Rating is 100 kA for 480V See Table 320 Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom Do not mount transformer units below drive u
313. contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 362 Include internal electronic overload protection e Include EMC filters on 380 415V AC Include UL Class J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163R units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fan s Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate set up control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Have available 24V DC 115V AC control voltages AHuman Interface Module HIM and Control Interface Type must be selected e Bulletin 2162R and 2163R use PowerFlex 700 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class 1 Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction con
314. control relay timer auxiliary relay 11DSA2 11DSA3 is used Option 700TC1 requires minimum 2 0 space factors for Bulletin 2113 size 3 when 110532 or 1105 3 is used When control circuit transformer primary fusing is selected the control transformer secondary fuse is mounted in one of the three starter auxiliary contact pockets Option 700TC2 always requires minimum 1 5 space factors for sizes 1 and 2 Option 700TC2 requires minimum 2 0 space factors for Bulletin 2113 size 3 Unit ammeter options current transducer and thermistor protection relay options are mutually exclusive Options 700TC1 700TC2 700TC4 and 700TC5 require extra 0 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2112 with Class J and HRCII C fuses Requires 2 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with HMCP circuit breaker circuit breaker code CA and E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ Option 700TC5 requires extra 0 5 space factor for NEMA Size 5 Bulletin 2112 with Class J fuses 8 For 150 1200 A 2192M and 150 1200 A 2193M units use Superior key interlock 105810Y Type B 4003 1 bolt flush when withdrawn or Kirk key interlock 000010 For 1600 A and 2000 A 2192M units use Superior key interlock 105821Y Type B 06003 1 bolt extends 0 375 when withdrawn or Kirk key interlock KBL003710 IMPORTANT Fusible units should not be used on a tie double ended system due to access to fuses and back feeding For these applications contact your local Allen Bradley distribu
315. cording to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 0 001 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 523 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163XB 1P4KB 33TGM SES Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 283 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 235 2163X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 600V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gask
316. cp Control circuit interposing relay Utilizes Bulletin 700 CF control relay to control v Y sc starter coil in control circuit Available on NEMA sizes 1 5 and vacuum 7 E Mutually exclusive contactor starters The starter or contactor coil voltages and interposing relay with 89CF and 89 coil voltages are the same as the control voltage ired control rel SEE IE IA 89CBL Line circuit interposing relay Utilizes Bulletin 700 CF control relay to control Y Y starter coil in control circuit Available on NEMA sizes 1 5 The starter or y contactor coil voltages are the same as the line voltage The interposing relay coil voltage is the same as the control voltage 1 2 0 space factor minimum when selected on Bulletin 2113 size 3 starters and Bulletin 2106 and 2107 size 1 or 2 Not available on dual 21031 dual 2113 units or 0 5 space factor units Not available with common control Mutually exclusive with 7FEC_ options 7FE2 and 7FE3 options 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary options or 7FEE D When selected 2122 or 2123 size 1 or 2 stater units power terminal blocks are not provided this requires the selection of option 106 omit power terminal blocks 2 2 5 space factor required when selecting Bulletin 2113B E with E1 Overload Relay 3 Options 89CBL and 17 are mutually exclusive When one control circuit fuse for separate control 21 is selected with 89CBL on 1 0 space factor Bulletin 2102L 2103L 2112 or 2113 units on
317. crements to 40 10096 of maximum value selected Value shown is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 2 5 increments to 40 100 of maximum value selected 100 rated requires 20 deep enclosure The catalog numbers listed are not complete 103 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker MCB continued CENTERLINE 2100 motor control centers are rated for use with 75 C wire Wire must be sized using the 75 C column in NEC UL C UL The actual temperature rating of the lug is not relevant Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be given to the mounting of the CTs for a metering device Consider the addition of a pull box e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table Table 71 Trip Current Trip Current Number Trip Current Number Amperes Amperes 15 30 225 45 20 31 250 46 25 61 300 48 30 32 400 50 40 34 600 52 50 35 800 54 60 36 1000 55 70 37 1200 56 80 38 1600 58 90 39 2000 60 100 40 2500 64 125 41 3000 65 150 42 175 43 200 44 104 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 72 Mechanical and Crimp Lugs for Mains
318. ct mounted on viv E each contactor or starter p viv Viv v v Viv 91 NORMALLY CLOSED 1 6 A viv One N C auxiliary contact mounted on viv each contactor or starter B viv Viv 98 NORMALLY OPEN 1 5 AorB v viviviviviviviviviviv viviv v One N 0 auxiliary contact operates with 6 movement of external handle only 6 252 996 NORMALLY CLOSED 1 5 AorB vi viviviviviviviviviviv vi viv v One N C auxiliary contact operates with movement of external handle only 6 164 Multiple auxiliary contacts of the same type must be grouped by repeating the second digit for each required contact of that type For example to get four of option 98 and two of option 99 the combined string would be 98888 999 All options use 120V AC rated accessories The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as the result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames mounted internally must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired Not available on dual 2192F units or 1600 A and 2000 A 2193M units Type B auxiliary contacts are wired to terminal blocks If the number of auxiliary contact wiring points required exceeds the number
319. ction Hardware and Kits for Field Installation Table 280 Section Hardware and Kits Description Drip Hood IMPORTANT NEMA Types 1 1 with gasket and 12 with drip hood fulfill NEMA Type 2 requirements Drip hood for NEMA Type 1 1 w gasket and 12 Drip hood is an overhang on top of a section It provides protection from limited amounts of liquid or dirt dripping and or running down the front of a section Select one drip hood per section Drip hoods fit 15 and 20 deep sections Chapter 20 Pullbox 12 high x 20 wide For 15 deep sections For 20 deep sections 12 high x 25 wide For 15 deep sections Catalog Delivery Number Program 10 wide 2100H DH10 SC 20 wide 2100H DH20 25 wide 2100H DH25 30 wide 2100H DH30 35 wide 2100H DH35 40 wide 2100H DH40 NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2A1 NEMA Type 12 2100H N2J1 NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2A2 NEMA Type 12 2100H N2J2 NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2AA1 NEMA Type 12 2100H N2AJ1 For 20 deep sections NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2AA2 NEMA Type 12 2100H N2AJ2 Top Horizontal Wireway For locating units with handle For use on Series AthroughE NEMA Type 1 2100H NA4A1 Pan interlocks in the topmost vertical sections space factor of a vertical NEMA Type 1 w gasket and Type 12 2100H NA4J1 section For use on Series F through NEMA Type 1 2100H NA4A2 curre
320. ction modes Unit consists of a 415V LL 240V L G 2100 SPKI 1 2100 SPJI 1 fused disconnect feeding a surge protective device SPD rated to WE power Systems 480V 1 1 277V L G 277V LN 2100 SPKB 3 2100 SPJB 3 provide a minimum of 80 per phase With a solidly of surge current protection The unit is grounded neutral provided with one green light as a 4 wire status indicator Response time is WYE t 480V 2100 5 2 2100 5 8 2 sc 0 5 nS or less SPD meets UL 1449 with n TETTE TETTE T i 4 100 SPKA 100 SPJA requirements grounded neutral or Refer to the Surge and Filter Protection 3 Phase 3 Wire 380V 2100 SPKN 2 2100 SPJN 2 publication Delta Power 400V 2100 SPKKN 2 2100 SPJKN 2 4983 BR001 for more information Systems 415V 2100 SPKI 2 2100 5 2 Corner Section Use this catalog number to select a corner section with an 6 0 2100 560 2100 CS60 501 MCC lineup See page 32 for corner section description Available as lug compartment see page 84 1 Neutral Connection Plate 0 5 SF Unit can only be used in sections with vertical wireway Not for use in sections with full width frame mounted units including all mains When horizontal neutral bus is selected the cable connection from the neutral connection plate to the horizontal neutral plate is NOT provided 2 For systems with neutral bus 4 wire systems use 2100 SP_B 3 3 For systems with neutral bus 4 wire systems contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell A
321. ctober 2015 247 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 209 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating D Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery ND 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program 2 14 10 25 2162UB 014NKB 41 25 2162UB 014NJB 41 SC 2 22 15 25 2162UB 022NKB 42 3 0 2162UB 022NJB 42 3 27 20 25 2162UB 027NKB 43 35 2162UB 027NJB 43 3 34 25 25 21621 8 034 44 35 2162UB 034NJB 44 3 40 30 3 0 2162UB 040NKB 45 3 5 2162UB 040NJB 45 4 52 40 3 0 21621 8 052 46 40 2162UB 052NJB 46 4 65 50 3 0 2162UB 065NKB 47 40 2162UB 065NJB 47 5 77 60 6 0x20 Wx 2162UB 077NKB 48 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 077NJB 48 15 D 15 D 5 96 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 096NKB 49 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 096NJB 49 15 D 15 D 6 125 100 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 125NKB 507 60x25 Wx 2162UB 125NJB 50 9 20 D 20 D 6 156 125 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 156NKB 51 60x30 Wx 216208 156 8 5107 20 D 20 D 6 186 150 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 186NKB 52 60x35 Wx 216208 186 8 5207 20 D 20 D 6 248 200 6 0x30 Wx 2162UB 248NKB 54 20 D 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower
322. ctor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied Maximum four pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units Only one push button or selector switch option can be selected Mutually exclusive with 13GC 13GD 13GE 13GR and 13DSA_ Available only on units without pilot devices Holes are for Bulletin 800T pilot devices when unit is 1 0 space factor and larger Holes are for Bulletin 800F pilot devices when unit is 0 5 space factor Selector switches 3 and 3E are not available when option 13XB or 13XD is selected These selector switches can only be used with corresponding control options for example 3XA used only with standard starting mode 3XB used only for 13XB and 3XD only used for 13XD Two Bulletin 800F pilot lights are supplied when two pilot lights are selected in conjunction with two push buttons Selector switch option 3XA functions when SMC Flex is operating in Soft Stop mode Consult factory if SMC Flex is operating in Preset Slow Speed mode Selector switch option 3XD functions when SMC Flex is operating in Smart Motor Braking mode Consult factory if SMC Flex is operating in Accu Stop or Slow Speed Braking mode Pilot devices for 0 5 space factor units are Bulletin 800F A minimum of 1 0 space factor is required for SMC 3 units when more than four pilot devices are required Can only be used with standard starting mode for SMC Flex Can only be used with Pump Control option 13XB for SMC Flex Can only be used with Smart Motor Braking Ac
323. cu Stop and Slow Speed with Braking option 13XD for SMC Flex Option 1XF cannot be used with ON OFF and fault pilot lights for SMC Flex Not available for 1 0 space factor and larger units Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 191 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order To select pilot light lens color add letters to the option number A amber B blue C clear G green R red W white for example 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights Table 170 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Pilot Light Options Delivery Program SC Option Description SMc3 2 SMCFlex Option Number z in m Pilot Lights Transformer Type for 8001 Standard type ON ve X9 vo x 6 4 Full voltage for 800F ON OFF 76 76 VES FAULT vb Y Y AT LED type ON X6 X8 v 6 vO ON OFF vit PAL X 0 X 0 4L_ FAULT VAS Y 41 Push To Test ON X6 vO 14 Standard Type ON OFF vi ya y 6 v 6 n FAULT
324. cuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code Enclosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 21620 70 Variable K NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with with gasket 21620 33 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code See Fusible Disconnect 12 Table 266 and Table 267 21630 PowerFlex 70 Variable 21630 33THM 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code Frequency AC Drive with See Table 266 and Table 267 Circuit Breaker THM Circuit Breaker Type See table Code Wiring Type A Code Line Voltage 380177 KN 400 15 07 480V C 600V 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed on page 322 Code Human Interface Module and Options See options section beginning on page 285 Drive Size Code Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal HP or kW m Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications 380 415V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Ratings kW Code Ratings HP Code Ratings HP Ratings Code Ratings HP 1P3N 113 0 37 1P1N 11 0 5 OPIN 09 05 2P1H 11 0 5 1P7H 09 0 5 2 1 115 0 55 2P1N 1 6 075 1 7 13 075 1 6 0 75 1 7 13 0 75 2PIN 21 0 75 2P1N 21 1 1P7N 17 1 21 1 2P7H 17 1 3P5N 26 11 3P4N 30 15
325. cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included Optional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors IMPORTANT The HP ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 40 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 206 Bulletin 2163T PowerFlex 40 VFD Units 600V Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery Space Factor Catalog Number 8 Space Factor Catalog Number 8 17 10 109 2163 1 7 _ _ 159 2163 1 7 _ _ PE in 05 30 15 20 2163 3 _ _ 2163 3 0 _ SCin Canada 42 30 2163TA 4P2K_ _ 2163TA 4P2 _ _ 6 6 5 0 2163TA 6P6K_ _ 200 2163TA GP6 C 9 9 7 5 209 2163TA 9POK 250 2163TA 9P9 122 10 2163TA 012K_ _ 2163 012 _ _ 19 0 15 2163TA 019K 300 2163TA 019J_ _ 1 Amp
326. d Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices On 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied Maximum of four pilot devices 0 5 space factor units and maximum of three pilot devices on dual mounted units Legend plates are available in French or Spanish at no additional cost by adding 860F or 8605 to catalog string number Mutually exclusive with DeviceNet communication modules DeviceNet starter auxiliary 11DSA2 11DSA3 and solid state overloads 7FEC E1 Plus solid state overload relay with DeviceNet communication module 7FEE D EtherNet IP communication option ENET and E300 Overload Options 7FE3 or 7FE2 Not available with E300 Control or Diagnostic Stations Available only on units without pilot devices The control station on the dual 2103L or dual 2113 is a flat mounting plate flush mounted to the door ofthe unit Holes are for Bulletin 800T devices when unit is 1 0 space factor and larger Holes are for Bulletin 800F pilot devices when unit is 0 5 space factor Two Bulletin 800F pilot lights are supplied when two pilot lights are selected in conjunction with push buttons separate or transformer control only Only one 8007 pilot light can be supplied on 2103L or 2113 dual units when push buttons are also selected When option TF is used with 11DSA_ 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 90 1 0 auxiliary contact is required Important requ
327. d Vertical Neutral Bus 2 Tin plated copper bus Mounted in and insulated from 9 vertical wireway Rated 200 A 0 1875 x 0 75 For connection of Mechanically connected to horizontal neutral bus Isolated from the rest of control power neutral Requires 25 wide section vertical wireway with barriers To be used for connecting neutral loads or can with 9 wireway be used for control voltages that require a connection to the neutral e 300 A 0 25 x 1 For connection of neutral Rated 600 A 0 25 1 qty 2 For connection of neutral loads Neutral Connection Plate 9 0 25 x 2 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 46 250 kcmil lug 280 A capacity Insulated from and mounted to either top or bottom 50 11 horizontal wireway 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug 280 A capacity Insulated from and mounted to either top or bottom PE II horizontal wireway Cable connection provided to horizontal neutral bus 0 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 6 250 lug 280 A capacity Insulated from and mounted to either top or bottom horizontal wireway 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 16 250 kcmil lug 280 A capacity Insulated from and mounted to either top or bottom horizontal wireway Cable connection provided to horizontal neutral bus 0 1 Plating of horizontal bus and vertical bus must be the same 2 Requires horizontal neutral bus See Power Bus Rating an
328. d Material with Neutral Bus in table above 3 neutral connection plate be used only in sections with a vertical wireway Not available in sections with 6 0 space factor frame mounted units Not available in top of section with frame mounted unit mounted at top of section Not available in bottom of section with frame mounted unit mounted at bottom of section Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 35 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Table 15 Section Features Modifications continued Delivery Program 65 kA rms symmetrical 100 KA series coordinated Provides 65 kA rms symmetrical bracing in each section Must be used in coordination with 600 2000 A horizontal bus and one of the following main incoming devices 100 200 400 or 600 A 2192M with Class or J fusing 600 800 1200 1600 or 2000 A 2192M with Class L fusing THX or THXL 125 A Frame 2193M 480V or less TJX or TJXL 250 A Frame 2193M 480V or less TKX 400 A Frame 2193M 480V or less TMX 800 A Frame 2193M 480V or less TNX 1200 A Frame 2193M 480V or less TKU 400 A Frame 2193M 600V All starters and feeder units must have a short circuit withstand rating capable of interrupting the available fault current to the MCC 100 kA fully braced ENG Ground Bus 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus 501 Un
329. d Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 138 Option Option Description FVC FVR FVNR TSIW Number TS2W 21021 2106 2112 2122 21031 2107 2113 2123 Blown Fuse Indicator Lights 4BF Option 4BF is valid only when 480V and 600V Power Factor Y Correction Capacitor is selected 480V 600V Power Factor 30KV 2 40 KVAR in 0 5 space factor 7 2 kVAR Y Correction Capacitors mo 8 31KV 2 5 KVAR y 32K 42 5 50 KVAR in 1 0 space factor KVAR Y 33KV 4 kVAR Refer to Power Factor 34K Do not use these capacitors on motors subject to S VAR 7 Correction Capacitors for plugging or jogging Do not subject capacitors to 7 CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Starter 35KV repetitive switching where capacitors and motors can 6 KVAR Units publication 2100 AT001 36KV be reenergized too quickly after being de energized 7 kVAR Y for more information 37 75 KWAR 7 38KV Do not install capacitors in any vertical section that KVAR Y 9 contains a variable frequency drive 7 40KV 10 kVAR Y Capacitors are mounted in separate unit with a 7 AKV separate door This unit is loca
330. d Stab on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 196 Unit Ground Stab on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Unit Ground Stab on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 Unit Insert Extension Kit 330 Unit Insert Empty 137 Unit Isolating Barriers 38 326 Unit Load Connector on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 196 Unit Load Connector on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Unit Operating Handle Extender 324 Unit Support Pan 329 Units and Sections Series Lettering 27 Unwired Control Relay on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 196 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Index Unwired Control Relay on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 163 Unwired Pull Apart Terminal Blocks on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 169 Unwired Timer Auxiliary on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 V Vertical Ground Bus 36 Vertical Ground Bus Kit 325 Vertical Sections 31 Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus 36 Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus Kit 325 Vertical Wireway Tie Bar 325 Ww Weights of CENTERLINE Motor Control Center Sections 341
331. d bus 2100H ZCT12 For 1600 A copper tin plated bus 2100H ZCT16 For 2000 A copper tin plated bus 2100H ZCT20 Horizontal Ground Bus One splice bar per kit complete with hardware and For 0 25 x 1 unplated copper bus 2100H NC1 san sonido One etna tas rupees DUNG For 0 25 x 1 tin plated copper bus 2100H NTC1 For 0 25 x 2 tin plated copper bus 2100H NTC2 NO Ox ID NO OX ID compound for bus bars and plug in stabs 1 pint can 2100H N18 1 ounce tube 2100H N18T Delivery Program SC Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 325 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 20 Hardware and Kits Table 281 Bus Kits Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware Description Catalog Delivery Number Program Neutral Connection 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 46 250 Insulated from and mounted on top of horizontal 2100H NPC1 SC Plate Kit 2 kcmil lug 280 A capacity wireway pan Insulated from and mounted to unit support 2100H NPC2 for blank unit space Blank door not included Select on page 136 Insulated from and mounted on bottom 2100H NPC3 horizontal wireway pan 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 6 250 Insulated from and mounted on top of horizontal 2100H NPS1 kcmil lug 280 A capacity wireway pan Insulated from and mounted to unit support pan 2100H NP
332. d include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K for example 2106B BK_ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 2106B BJ_ __ Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 57 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR See page 56 for product description Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all unit Table 29 NEMASize Horsepower Space Catalog Number 4 Delivery Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 208V 240V 380 415V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 NEMA Type 12 w gasket 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 15 21078 8 21078 80 SC 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 2107B CA_ 2107B CD 3 15 25 20 30 30 500 30 50 25 2107B DA_ __ 2107B DD 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 4 0 2107B EA 2107B ED 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 6 0 8 21078 21078 PE II 20 W 1 25hp at these voltage ratings are not UL listed Per US NEC if unit will be installed in the USA it must utilize a Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic breaker MCP breaker are non compliant with US NEC for these units 2 50hp at these voltage ratings are not UL listed Per US NEC if
333. d on PASSPORT Table 5 Serial Number and Series Letter Year CENTERLINE 2100 Bulletin 2400 Factory Order No Serial Numbers Series Series Units Start End Start End Section Unit 1971 704403 807499 959060 971209 A A None 1972 807500 121409 971210 983266 A A None 1973 121500 346999 983267 996532 A A None 1974 347000 539999 996535 999946 A A None A128502 A483339 1975 540000 719199 A483344 B677442 A A None 1976 719200 933199 B677452 933199 1 8 A B None 1977 933200 268699 D933200 D268699 B B None 1978 268700 526199 E268700 E526199 B B None 1979 526200 748699 F526200 F748699 B C B C None 1980 748700 898049 G748700 G898049 C C None 1981 898050 661299 H898050 H661299 CD C D E None 1982 661300 804249 1661300 9 1804249 D E D E F G None 1983 804250 948440 K804250 948440 EF F G None 1984 948441 693587 1948441 1693587 F F G H J None 1985 693588 849069 693588 849069 G HJ None 1986 849070 612263 N849070 N612263 G H J HJ K None 1987 612264 791331 612264 9 p791331 9 1 None 1988 791332 991197 8791332 9 8991197 9 1 1989 991198 834534 1991198 1834534 9 None 1990 834535 704948 W834535 0 w704948 8 J K K M None 1991 704949 995816 704949 995816 1992 995817 732348 1995817 Y732348 K A B C 1993 732349 773410 7932349 7773410 K N MC 1994 773411 795559 A773411 A795559 K N P A C 1995 795560 818971 B795560 8
334. ded and fused secondary NEMA Size 2 80VA gova NEMA Size 3 130VA 130VA NEMA Size 4 250VA 250VA 6xP 9 Extra capacity with primary fusing NEMA Size 1 130VA 130VA NEMA Size 2 130VA 130VA NEMA Size 3 200VA 200VA NEMA Size 4 350VA 350VA E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay m FEE 9 Selectable trip class 10 15 20 30 selectable Auto Manual Auto reset electronic v Y overload relay for NEMA starters size 1 4 E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay with Selectable trip class 10 20 30 Selectable Auto Manual Auto reset electronic Y DeviceNet Module 02 7 09 overload relay for starters Size 1 4 Includes DeviceNet module with two 24V DC inputs and one 110 120V AC output E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay with Selectable to class 10 15 20 30 selectable Auto Manual NEMASize1 2 v Y Ground Fault Protection Module amp Jam 7 600 Auto reset electronic overload relay for NEMA starters size NEMA Size 3 7 y Protection 0 9 1 3 Includes Ground Fault Protection Module with integral mJ Jam Protection and external Ground Fault Sensor NEMA 5ize 4 4 E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay with 7 109 Selectable trip class 10 15 20 30 selectable Auto Manual Auto reset electronic v Y Jam Protection Module 10 overload relay for NEMA starters size 1 4 with Jam Protection Module E3 Electronic Overload Relay 064 7 1_ Basic overload relay is pr
335. dentify the preferred control voltage for example 2154HB AAB If horsepower rated select the number from table on 314 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired for example 2154HB AAB 35 If kW rated select the number from table on page 315 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired for example 2154HB AAN 35K The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the SMC 3 To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A in the second position with the letter K for example 2154HB AK __ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 2154 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 181 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Table 159 Bulletin 2154H Space Factors with NEMA Type 1 Unit Options refer to page 194 196 Ratings NEMA Type 1 and 1 with Gasket Ampi Standard Unit With Option 1305 With Option 13IC With Option 89CF With Option 131C and With Option 131C and 89CF 13DSA _ 3 19 0 5 0 507 0 517 0 50009 15 15 25 37 10 10 1 0 1 0 43 15 15 15 15 60 20 20 85 159 150 150 108 135 35 1 1 0 space factor when 750 750B or 7505 is selected 2 2 0 space factor for 45 kW at 380 415V 60 HP at 480V and 60 75 HP at 600V applications 3 1 0 space factor when
336. designator from Fuse Clip Sizes Types table for example 2192F BKC 24J For duals add letter suffix only numbers are already supplied in catalog number for example 2192F CKA 2525 If power fuse is selected select from table page 317 for example 2192F BKC 24J 603G Double code number for duals for example 6036036 For fuse rating based on disconnect rating see publication 2100 TD003 If optional load lugs are selected select from table on page 95 Add option number to base catalog number for example 2192F GKC 29R 603G 82B500 92 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 63 Fuse Clip Voltage Fuse Clip Sizes Types and UL Listed Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Fusible Disconnect Switch Units 2192FT 2192FB 2192MT 2192MB Fuse Clip Voltage Fuse Clip Fuse Clip Designator Available Short Voltage Code Type Amperes Circuit Amperes 30A 60 100A 200A 400A 600A 800A 1200A 1600A 2000A MARE me 26 30 P sy M 29 27 29 100kA 240 AQ R 248 25R 26R 278 288 29R 100 kA 250 AC H 24 25 26 177 28 12 10 380 L 2319 124 25L 26L 27L 100kA 400 0 24C 100 kA 415 12 Non fused OON 00N 00N ooN 100kA 480 Be 600 C Bea 1 Not available for 1600 A or 2000 A 2192M 2 These voltage
337. e auxiliary contact mounting position P3 is given up for the control circuit fuse 4 5 delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage 162 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 142 Option Unwired Control Relay 1 2 Mutually exclusive with 89 and 89CBL interposing relays For common control 120V coil is provided Option Description Number 89CF40 Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay 9 89CF31 89CF22 89 40 Bulletin 700CF On delay 4 pole relay with includes one NOTC 59 time attachment and one NCTO contact 89CF40B 03 308 off delay includes one 89CF22B and one NCTC contact 89CF40C Bulletin 700CF On delay 4 pole relay with includes one NOTC 89CF22C time attachment and one NCTO contact gocraop 18 180s Off delay includes one 89CF22D and one NCTC contact 89CF40L Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with mechanical latch attachment 89 2 Bulletin 700 relay 89P4 89PT Bulletin 700P with pneumatic time de
338. e 1 or Type 1 with D 8 5 Deep gasket J NEMA Type 12 Code Fuse Clip or Circuit Breaker 2100 F 2100 6 See page 135 for fuse clip only rating or circuit breaker Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 133 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 10 Miscellaneous Units Full Section Blank Mounting Plates Line side of disconnect or circuit breaker is connected to horizontal bus for sections with horizontal bus Customer cables connect to the line side of the disconnect or circuit breaker for sections without horizontal bus Table 91 Description Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Factor NEMA Type 1andType1 NEMA Type 12 Program w gasket 2 with or without horizontal mane Without horizontal bus 2100 EKC X 120 2100 EC X 120 Rudd Frame wi fusible With horizontal bus sume T Without horizontal bus 21008 X 120 2100 120 With circuit With horizontal bus 2100 GKC X 2100 6 X breaker Without horizontal bus 2100 GKC_X__ 120 2100 GIC_X__ 120 1 20 wide sections can be grouped up to three sections in a shipping split 25 and wider sections are in separate shipping splits Sections without horizontal bus must be located the end of the MCC lineup in a separate shipping split 2 Industrial EtherNet switches are not mounted in Full Section Blank Mounting Plates 3 catalog numbers list
339. e 3 on page 90 88 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units Table 60 Bottom Entry CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Compartment Ratings Referto Dimensions A Maximum No of Maximum Number of Size Amperes Figure Cables per Phase Lugs per Phase Fact hate testel 11 12 T Single Double Cable Cable 1 0 300 2 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 2 2 N A 1 0 600 2 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 4 2 2 1 5 600 2 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 4 2 2 800 3 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 4 4 N A 16 63 422 16 63 422 1663 422mm 2 2 2 0 800 3 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 4 4 1200 20 88 530 20 88 530 2 20 88 530mm 2 2 6 0 600 4 50 63 1286 mm 44 13 1121 mm 37 63 956 mm 4 4 20 wide 800 1200 1600 2000 4 50 63 1286 mm 44 13 1121 mm 37 63 956 mm 6 6 6 0 600 5 50 63 1286 mm 44 13 1121 mm 37 63 956 mm 4 4 corner section 800 1200 1600 2000 6 0 600 6 48 88 1242 mm 42 38 1076 mm 35 88 911 mm 4 4 10 wide 800 1200 1 See page 90 for figures 2 When cable size selected limits the user to two single lugs per phase Dimension A is measured from center set of holes in lug pad See Figure 3 on page 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN
340. e None 027N 1 1G 3 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 12 4 None None None 032N 1 1G 3 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 12 4 None None None 041N 1 1G 6 0S F x None one one None None None None 20 W 15 0 12 6 0 S F x None one one SHE eus 25 W 15 0 052N 1 1G 6 0 S F x None one one None None None None 25 W 15 0 12 6 0 S F x None one one she e 25 W 15 0 063N 077N 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W 20 D 12 6 05 None None None 25 W 20 D 099N 1 1G 6 0S F x None None None None None None None 25 W 20 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 30 W x 2070 1251 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0 S E x None None None 35 W x 20 D 144N 1 1G 6 0S F x None one None None None None None 30 W x 20 D 1 Fusing is not optional with 1406 Breakers at 600V Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 299 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 249 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Heavy Duty 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Drive Rating Code 480V NEMAType BaseUnit Space Factor Adder Space e
341. e contacts 2 Size 1 and 2 with or E300 overload relays are limited to 5 contacts 3 When Bulletin 596 timers are selected on 30 300 A contactors or size 1 5 starters auxiliary mounting positions and are used limiting the maximum number of starter auxiliaries to two When 89CB 89CBL 89CF 89P 700TC_ 11DSA2 or 1105 3 with NEMA Type B wiring is present with transformer control in 1 0 space factor units the number of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to four When 89CBL is present with separate control and control circuit fuse 21 in 1 0 space factor units the number of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to four 4 for units with 7FEC_ _ In overloads the number of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to five For size 2 units with 7FEEE or 7FEE_D E1 Plus Overload the number of auxiliary contacts is limited to five In E300 overloads the nember of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to five 166 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 146 Option Option Description FVC FVR FVNR 151 2100 Delivery Number ESW Program 2102L
342. e form C auxiliary contact on the operating mechanism Unit Series 2100H N18A SC Auxiliary For 0 5 space factor units external to the breaker Allen Bradley G H J K M N and R Frame p Contact Kit Auxiliari tuated by th ue Mounts two form C auxiliary contacts on the operating mechanism 2100H N18B will not reflect a circuit breaker external to the breaker Allen Bradley G H J K M N and R Frame trip FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mounts one form C auxiliary contact on the operating mechanism Unit Series 2100H N25A For dual 2103 2113 and 2193F external to the breaker Allen Bradley G H J K M N and R Frame Q Y it us Mounts two form C auxiliary contacts on the operating mechanism 2100H N25B external to the breaker Allen Bradley J M N and R Frame External Permits mounting a maximum For units with dual circuit breakers only Allen Bradley G J M N Unit Series 2100H N16 SC Auxiliary of two Bulletin 1495 N8 and R Frame K N Contact normally open or 1495 N9 SREUEE m Adapter Kits normally closed auxiliary s single circuit breakers only Allen Bradley G H J K M 2100H N17 FORCIRCUIT contacts on the unit operating eaten BREAKERS mechanism external to the For units with 250 A J Frame and 400A K Frame Unit Series 1495 N16 Notforuseon Circuit breaker C G 0 5 For units with Cutler Hammer m e 1495 N13 Auxiliaries are i actuated by For units with Cutler Hammer 800 A
343. e recommend that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors is sufficient Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards for example 400V 115V 230V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers Tap arrangement is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN The 15 kVA transformer has 110 220V secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2197Z EKNS Select the trip current from table on page 319 for example 2197Z EKNS 30 e Select the circuit breaker from table on page 321 for example 2197Z EKNS 30TGM For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 9 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 16 with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A M OY Uu uw Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 131 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units
344. e selected 1 0 Option Board needs to be 14DA2R3 or 14DA2R4 containing two 1 0 Boards 12 Option is wired with 120V AC with option 14DA2RT or 14DA2R3 and 24VDC with option 14DA2R2 or 14DA2R4 supplied For 2162U 2163U 2 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program SC 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 237 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Communication Options Option Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 520 700 and 750 Series Drives Number 21620 2162 2162W 2162X 21620 2162V 21630 2163T 2163W 2163X 21630 2163V 2162R 0 7 2163R DeviceNet 11DSA2 For use with contactors and starters to provide Communication DeviceNet inputs and outputs Four 120V inputs and two Modules mutually 120V outputs Not to be used with options 7FEC_ or exclusive 7FC_ Available for 110 120V control only 11DSA3 For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and outputs Four 24V DC inputs and two 240V AC max 30V DC max outputs Not to be used with 7FEC or 7FC Available for 110 120V AC or 220 240V AC control voltage Communication 14GC 8 ControlNet Communication Module Mounted Internal v A0
345. e standards for example 400V 115V 230V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers 3 Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section 4 Thecatalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table page 313 for example 2196Z FKNS Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 318 for example 21967 FKNS 24J No power fuses available 5 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 6 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 123 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFMR See page 113 for product description TIP Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Tap arrangement for 15 50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four
346. e supplied with the lug compartments Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Incoming and Outgoing Lug Compartment Units Line Lug Compartments e Rated from 300 2000 A e Mechanical or crimp lugs are available Table 53 2191M T K C 54 83D500 86UCCXB se Bulletin Number Mounting Space Factor Endosure Type Line Voltage Amperes Lug and Meter Options Options Space Factor Code Line Voltage Code Lug and Meter 0 mounted in top C Up to 600V Options horizontal wireway See tables on page 84 2191F Outgoing Feeder Lug b 1 0 Compartment FLUG C 15 Code Amperes Code Options 2191M Incoming Main Lug D 20 48 300A See Options section Compartment MLUG 1 4 5 717 High Sections 52 600A beginning on page 145 M 60 54 800A N 6 0 Corner Section 56 1200 A 6 0 10 Wide Section 58 1600 A 60 2000 A Code Endosure Type Code Mounting K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket T Top J NEMA Type 12 B Bottom Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 81 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191M 2191F Lug Compartments Provisions for Basic Sections Incoming Lines MLUG and Outgoing Feeders FLUG 82 See page 81 for product description All lugs compartments are frame mounted and must be located a
347. e switch with fixed high magnetic trip Requires upstream current limiting branch protection See molded case switch markings for proper selection of this protection Ratings listed are the maximum fault currents that can be applied to the devices 0 1 2 3 10 11 12 13 Select the trip current from Table 68 for example 2193F AKC 40TGM If optional load lugs will be selected select and price from Table 69 for example 2193F AKC 40TGM 80A350 Standard design supports 500 max wire size For larger cables contact your Rockwell MCC Specialist for alternate design considerations LSI Long Short Instantaneous Electronic Trip Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 6 The ground fault protection system is suited for solidly grounded system Ground fault trip range is adjustable from 0 2 to 1 times the trip current rating of the circuit breaker rating plug The time delay setting can be adjusted from 0 1 to 0 8 seconds Only available as top mounted at 600V unless MCC is Device Limited Arc Shield TRUG supports the 755 option at 2000 A 2500 A and 3000 A At 2500 A and 3000 A depth changes from 15 to 20 Value shown is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 4 T _ or 2 5 T _ _ G increments 1040 100 of maximum value selected Value shown is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 2 in
348. eNet Includes DeviceNet trunk line drop cable from each unit to DeviceNet port in vertical wireway and plug in SC Technology terminating resistor kit Includes DeviceNet node addressing per factory standards or per customer specified information A single MCC is allowed to be configured to contain up to five independent networks Maximum of 17 sections per network for MCCs on the SC or PE delivery program IntelliCENTER software and documentation CD available see description in Table 20 Available only for sections which contain horizontal power bus EtherNet IP Includes industrial Ethernet cables from each unit either directly to the industrial Ethernet switch homerun configuration to the ports in the vertical wireway adapter configuration Includes 24V DC cables from each unit to the ports in vertical wireway Includes EtherNet IP addressing per customer specified information A single MCC is allowed to be configured to contain up to ten independent networks IntelliCENTER software and documentation CD available see description in Table 20 Available only for sections that contain horizontal power bus 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Table 19 IntelliCENTER Technology Communication Card Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers EtherNet IP Embedded EtherNet IP Card Opt
349. eactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC II Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 205 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V NORMAL DUTY See page 199 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section
350. eating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 5096 for high harmonic load applications contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Table 25 Rating Transformer Primary Switching kVA 8 Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number 4 Delivery Amperes See Appendix for Factor Wiring Type B Class Program short circuit 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V withstand ratings NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 and Type 1 w 19 39 119 30 10 39 119 30 10 3S Rating Class gasket Amperes 300 12 3 6 24 43 28 71 4 9 85 62 11 30 GJ 0 5 21020B ZK 21001B 2 SC 30 1 2 3 6 24 43 28 71 4 9 85 62 11 30 CC J R H 10 2102B BK 210201B B 60 2 1 6 3 4 1 7 2 68 11 8 83 14 10 18 30 J R H 10 210248 21028 0 60 100 4 1 12 8 1 14 133 233 16 28 20 35 60 25 12101848 210201B D 100 200 68 20 14 23 225 39 27 47 34 59 100 3 0 2102LB EK_ _ 210288 PE 200 300 14 41 27 47 45 78 3 54 94 68 117 200 40 2102LB FK_ _ 210288 400 1 Ampere ratings apply to non motor loads such as fluorescent ballasts mercury vapor lamps and resistive heatin
351. econdary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230V phase to phase 115V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 209 21971 2197Z GKKNP __ 16A 2197Z GJKNP __ PE II 7 5 3 7 20 2197Z HKKNP __ 2197Z HKKNP __ 16A 2197Z HJKNP __ 10 5 30 21972 JAKNP 2197Z JAKNP __ 16A 2197Z JJKNP __ Table is continued on the next page 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 89 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery kvA Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 380 V 400 V 415V NEMATypeland 1 NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket 8 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters SINGLE PHASE 120 240V secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers 4 Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 0 5 2 5 2 20 2 0 9 21977 GKIT 21977 GKIT 16A 2197 GJIT PE I 7 5 3 7 20 2197L HKIT 21977 16A 21977 10 5 2 30 21977 KIT 2197Z JKIT 16A 2197Z JJIT 15 7 5 9 I 50 259 21977 __ 21977 _ 16 21977 __ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer life w
352. ect features include the follow Multi point validation system with both electrical and mechanical indications Integrated shutters for improved isolation while the unit is still installed Snap action power stab disconnect limits arcing during disconnect Standard 1 4 hex wrench operation No special tools required Lock Out Tag Out mechanism to prevent re connection and increase safety Application features Not available on 0 5 space factor units e Auto shutters are required Table 23 SecureConnect Availability 2106 2107 Y v Y sc 2112 2113 Y Y Y ss 2122 2123 Y Y ES 2152 2153 Y v Y Y Es 2162 2163 Y Y Y RU 30A 60A 100A 200A 400A 2192 Y Y Y Y 0 G Frame H Frame J Frame K Frame 2193 Xp Y 1 SecureConnect is not applicable to frame mount units 2 Not available with 3 A and 7 A MCP circuit breakers Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 47 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 3 Safety Technology Notes 48 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 4 Units Please read this important information for ordering units Configure sections separately from units Units having network options ordered separately from vertical sections are supplied with a 48 patch cable for connecting the device to a port in the vertical wireway of the existing CENTERLINE 2100 MC
353. ect on page 288 and 289 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 229 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT ampere rating Table 195 Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 480V Normal Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output Frame Rating 1 Nominal NEMA 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Normal Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number e SpaceFactor Catalog Number Program 0 1 1 0 5 2 0 2163RA 1P1NKB 33_ 2 0 2163RA 1P1NJB 33_ SC 1 6 0 75 2163RA 2P1NKB 34_ 2163RA 2P1NJB 34_ 2 1 1 2163RA 2P1NKB 35_ 2163RA 2P1NJB 35_ 3 0 1 5 2163RA 3P4NKB 36_ 2163RA 3P4NJB 36_ 34 2 2163RA 3PANKB 37 _ 2163RA 3P4NJB 37_ 5 0 3 2163RA 5PONKB 38_ 2163RA 5PONJB 38_ 8 0 5 2163RA 8PONKB 39_ 2 5 2163RA 8PONJB 39_ 11 75 2163RA 011NKB 40_ 2163RA 011NJB 40_ 1 14 10 2163RA 014NKB 41_ 2163RA 014NJB 41_ 22 15 2163RA 022NKB 42_ 3 0 2163RA 022NJB 42_ 2 27 20 25 2163 027 43 2163RA 027NJB 43_ 34 25 2163RA 034NKB 44_ 2163RA 034NJB 44_ 3 40 30 3 0 2163RA O40NKB 45_ 3 5 2163RA 040NJB 45_ 52 40 2163RA 052NKB 46_ 40 2163RA 052NJB 46_ 65 50 3 5 2163RA O65NKB 47_ 2163RA 065NJB 47_ 4 77 60 6 0 20 W
354. ected 1 Communication Module or 2 1 0 Module s Space Factor Adders for Line or Load Reactors Consider a load reactor connecting a reactor on the load side of the drive to address one or more of the following issues e Multi motor applications one drive feeding more than one motor A low voltage insulation class motor applied on a long cable length 575V motor applications other than short cable length applications A load reactor is NOT required for applications where Line voltage is 230V or less Bulletin 1204 terminator unit is utilized An Allen Bradley controlled matched solution is being applied for example a 1850V CIV motor is used for a cable length of 600 ft 185 m or less in a 575V application A line reactor connecting a reactor on the line side of the drive is considered as a means to address one or more of the following issues Applications with severe power line transient disturbances degrading the power quality of the incoming power line For example arcing during power line switching arc welder applications or switching of a system power factor correction capacitor bank at the main service especially if the PFCC bank is switched by a vacuum contactor Applications utilizing improvement of power line harmonic content However due to the built in DC link reactor internal to the Allen Bradley IGBT based PWM drives a line reactor has little effect on the improvement of power
355. ection When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output An I O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 267 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 222 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC Normal Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 ND 480V SpaceFactor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 2 219 1 25 2163 2 1 35 2 5 2163VB 2P1HJB 35_ 2 3 00 15 25 2163 3 36 2 5 2163 3 36__ 2 349 2 25 2163VB 3P4HKB 37__ 25 2163VB 3P4HJB 37 2 5 00 3 25 2163 5 38 25 2163VB 5POHJB 38 2 8 00 5 25 2163VB BPOHKB 39 2 5 2163VB 8POHJB 39__ 2
356. ed are not complete For 2100 E catalog numbers Select unit depth from table below for example 2100 EKC1 Select unit width from table below for example 2100 EKC1X1 Select mounting plate depth from table below for example 2100 EKC1X1D For 2100 F catalog numbers Select fuse clip voltage from table below for example 2100 FKC Select unit depth from table below for example 2100 FKCT Select unit width from table below for example 2100 FKC1X1 Select mounting plate depth from table below for example 2100 FXC1X1D Select disconnect rating and fuse clip from table on page 135 for example 2100 FKC1X1D 24J For 2100 G catalog numbers Select unit depth from table below for example 2100 0 1 Select unit width from table below for example 2100 GKC1X1 Select mounting plate depth from table below for example 2100 GKC1X1D Select trip current and circuit breaker option from tables page 135 for example 2100 GKC1X1D 32TGM Table 92 Voltage Code Table 93 Unit Depth Fuse Clip Code Unit Depth In Code Voltage 250 15 1 600 C 20 2 134 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 10 Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 94 Unit Width Width Inches Code Depth 20 1 15 25 2 30 3 35 4 4007 5 20 1 20 25 2 30 3 35 4 407 5 1 Only available with 2100 E
357. eeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 65 Optional Crimp Lugs for Bulletins 2192FT 2192FB 2192MT and 2192MB Phase Range Number 2192FB 2192MB 200A Mechanical Only 1 6 250 kcmil CU 81A250 Y Y 400 A Panduit Type LCC 2 250 kcmil CU 828250 ABO 1 500 kcmil CU 82A500 y 058 6 Burndy YA A Series 2 250 kcmil CU AL 838250 AB 1 500 kcmil CU AL 83A500 v BLAS 600 A Panduit Type LCC 2 500 kcmil CU 828500 Xn X Burndy YA A Series 2 CU AL 83B500 vit X 800 A Panduit Type LCC 3 CU 82500 Xn Xl Burndy YA A Series 3 CU AL 83C500 X X 1200 Panduit Type LCC 4 CU 820500 Xn XH Burndy YA A Series 4 CU AL 830500 XU XH 1600 A Panduit Type LCC 5 CU 82E500 X Burndy YA A Series 5 CU AL 83E500 X 2000 Panduit Type LCC 6 CU 82F500 X Burndy YA A Series 6 CU AL 83F500 X 1 Basic configuration includes set of lugs for three phases and lug pads for the 400 A switch size 2 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 161 is specified the quantity and size type of the lugs on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus see page 161 is specified and one or two lugs per phase are specified one lug is provided on the half rated neutral riser When three or four lugs are specified two lugs are provided When five or six lugs are specified three lugs are provided on half rated
358. eel Nameplate Screws on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 311 Storage Conditions 11 Suffix Letter Designation Circuit Breaker 29 Surge Protective Device Unit 144 Surge Suppressor on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 196 Surge Suppressor on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 157 T T Handle 38 T Handle on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 T Handle on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 167 T Handle on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 311 Thermistor Protection Relay on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Top Horizontal Wireway Pan 323 Touch Up Paint 325 Trip Current for Bulletin 2103L 319 Type 2 Protection 17 U UL cUL CSA Marking 12 Unit Ammeter on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Unit Door Grounding Kit 330 Unit Door Nameplates 329 Unit Door Nameplates on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Unit Door Nameplates on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 170 Unit Door Nameplates on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 311 Unit Groun
359. efer to the Appendix for a wire size conversion table Table 57 Lug Selection Wire Cable Size Catalog Wire Range String No 0 MECHANICAL LUGS FOR ALUMINUM COPPER WIRE 6 AWG 80 006 6 350 kcmil 4 AWG 80 004 2 AWG 80 002 1 AWG 80 001 1 0 AWG 80 1X0 12 0 AWG 80 2X0 3 0 AWG 80 3X0 14 0 AWG 80 4X0 250 kcmil 80 250 300 kcmil 80 300 350 kcmil 80 350 400 kcmil 80 400 4 0 600 kcmil 500 kcmil 80 500 600 kcmil 80 600 700 kcmil 80 700 350 800 kcmil 750 kcmil 80 750 800 kcmil 80 800 CRIMP TYPE LUGS Panduit Type LCC FOR COPPER WIRE 250 kcmil 82 250 350 kcmil 82 350 500 kcmil 82 500 750 kcmil 82 750 CRIMP TYPE LUGS Burndy YA A Series FOR ALUMINUM or COPPER WIRE 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 750 kcmil 1 Mechanical lugs are available for use with 42 kA bus bracing For applications requiring over 42 kA bus bracing use crimp type lugs only 2 Catalog string numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate letter from Lug Quantity table to identify the number of cables per phase desired for example 2191MT AAC 52 80B4X0 When optional neutral incoming bus is desired optional neutral lugs will be the same type as those for 3 phase cable Only one option code is needed 3 Only one or two cables per phase allowed in 10 wide lug compartment 86 83 250 83 350 83 5009 83 750 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C
360. el type Current transformers shipped 600 0 5 2190 AKC 85AAXX 2190 AJC __ 85AAXX SC Ammeter ammeter loose with hardware and Max mounting instructions 1 0 2190 BKC 85 2190 B JC 85 Analog Two current transformers panel type pa mounted in door no 0 5 2190 AKC 85BBXX 2190 AJC 85BBXX Ammeterwith ammeter and ammeter switch Use on isconnect means no unit Ammeter 3 phase 3 wire systems only insert 1 0 2190 BKC 85BBXX 2190 BJC 85 Switch Three current transformers panel type 0 5 2190 AKC 85BCXX 2190 AJC 85BCXX ammeter and ammeter switch Use on 3 phase 3 wire systems only 1 0 2190 BKC __ 85BCXX 2190 BJC __ 85BCXX Analog Two current transformers panel type Plug in metering units with 208 1 0 2190 BKH 85EBBH 2190 BJH 85EBBH Ammeterand ammeter with ammeter switch two disconnect and fuses Current Voltmeter fused potential transformers and panel transformers shipped loose 220 230 2190 BKP 85EBBP 2190 BJP __ 85EBBP with Switches type Voltmeter with Voltmeter switch with hardware and mounting 240 2190 BKA 85 2190 BJA 85EBBA Use on 3 phase 3 wire systems only instructions 380 2190 BKN 85EBBN 2190 BJN 85EBBN 400 2190 BKKN 2190 BJKN __ 85EBBKN 85EBBKN 415 2190 BKI __ 85EBBI 2190 BJI __ 85EBBI 480 2190 BKB __ 85EBBB 2190 BJB __ 85EBBB 600 2190 BKC __ 85EBBC 2190 BJC __ 85EBBC Three current transformers p
361. el2 Delivery Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Program Factor Factor 11 0 5 1 5 21620 2 1 33 2 0 21620A 2P1HJB 33 SC 1 6 0 75 21620A 2P1HKB 34 21620A 2P1HJB 34 2 1 1 21620A 3PAHKB 35 21620A 3P4HJB 35 3 0 1 5 21620 3 36 21620A 3P4HJB 36 B 34 2 21620A 5POHKB 37 21620 5 37 5 0 3 21620 8 38 2 5 21620 8 38 C 8 0 5 2 0 21620A 011HKB 39 3 0 21620A 011HJB 39 11 75 2162QA 014HKB 40 21620A 014HJB 40 D 14 10 2 5 21620A 022HKB 41 21620A 022HJB 41 22 15 2162QA 027HKB 42 3 5 21620A 027HJB 42 27 20 21620A 034HKB 43 3 0 21620A 034HJB 43 34 25 3 0 21620A 040HKB 44 3 5 21620A 040HJB 44 E 40 30 3 07 21620A 052HKB 45 4 0 21620A 052HJB 45 52 40 3 587 21620A 065HKB 46 40 21620A 065HJB 46 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load r
362. elivery Number ControlLogix Chassis Program 2180L 2182L 2183L Auxiliary Contacts _ Normally Open One N 0 mounted on operating mechanism Disconnects Y SC operates with movement of external handle only Circuit Breakers Y 99 5 Normally Closed One N C mounted on operating mechanism Disconnects Y 310 operates with movement of external handle only Circuit Breakers Y 790k 9 One Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y 79019 Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y 79049 One Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y 7991 9 One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y 790p 8 Two Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Power supply options are mutually exclusive Refer to table on page 366 for supplied control circuit transformer Option numbers are not complete Add the number of chassis slot the option is to be mounted in for example a 12LPA_ located in slot 0 is 121 0 and a 12ENB_ located in slot 3 is 12ENB3 Multiple quantities of the same option can be mounted in the same chassis for example a 7 slot chassis can contain two processor cards two ethernet cards one ControllVet card and two DeviceNet cards Option 12CNT_ Bulletin 1786 ControlNet T Tap is available for use with option 12CN_ for connection to ControlNet scheme See the ControlNet Coax Media Planning
363. em NEMA Rating Code Venting Internal Door Mounted Voltage Endosure Circulating Fans Exhaust Fans Type 2162R and 600 1 16 1 7 3 9 Yes None None 2163R 6P1 144 Yes None Yes continued 12 1P7 027 None Yes None 032 without reactor None Yes None 032 with reactor Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 041 144 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 2162U and 480 1 16 2 1 5 0 8P0 014 Yes None Yes 2162V and 2163V 022 065 077 248 12 2P1 022 None Yes None 027 186 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 248 Not Available 1 If 14RLX or 14RXL is specified for the 3 9 A at 600V or 5 0 A at 480V unit the unit door will be supplied with input and exhaust venting Fans and Ventilation Table 331 Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162T and 2163T Bulletin System NEMA Current Rating Venting Internal Door Mounted Voltage Enclosure Amperes Circulating Fan s Exhaust Fan s Type Bulletins 380 415 1 1G 14 24 Yes None Yes 2162T and Br 12 14 23 0 None None None 40 24 Yes None 480 1 16 14 24 Yes None Yes 12 14 23 0 None None 0 None 40 24 Yes None 600 1 16 17 19 Yes None Yes 12 179 None None 2 None 3 0 19 None Yes None 1 When line or load reactors are specified in 2 3 A drive unit an internal circulating fan is added 2 When line or load reactors are specified in 1 7 A drive unit an int
364. enters Units 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC and 600V AC Normal Duty Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 755 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 755 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with fusible disconnect switch do not include factory supplied installed branch circuit drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available If fusing is not factory installed UL Class J fuse clips will be provided sized based on the fuse size that would be factory installed Combination Unit Short Circuit Rating is 100 kA for 480V See Table 319 Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12 AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and
365. eptember 2004 2107 2113 size 3 Reduced space factor April 2005 X 21620 21630 Reduced space factor changed CCT with integral fuses April 2005 All sizes 800F Pilot Devices August 2005 2154 21551 108 A and 135A Redesign to change units from frame mounted to plug in design March 2006 2100 5 Redesign to change from control concepts IslaGuard to Allen Bradley Bulletin 4983 DS with 80 KA surge rating 21640 21648 21650 21658 Redesign for change from SMP overload relay to E1 Plus August 2006 Drive with manual bypass 2107 2113 NEMA Space Saving Redesign due to starter component series letter change December 2009 Size 2 amp 3 units 2162U 2163U Original release of PowerFlex 753 drives February 2011 2162V 2163V Original release of PowerFlex 755 drives August 2013 7 21031 Redesign of units for use with Bulletin 140G circuit breakers February 2014 2107 2113 2123 2127 Redesign of units for use with Bulletin 140G and 140MG circuit breakers 2155H 2155 Redesign of units for use with Bulletin 1406 circuit breakers 21630 2163R 2163T 2163U Redesign of units for use with Bulletin 140G circuit breakers 2163V 2183 Redesign of units for use with Bulletin 140G circuit breakers 2193F 2193M Redesign of units for use with Bulletin 1406 circuit breakers 2162W 2163W Original release of PowerFlex 525 drives September 2014 2162X 2163X Original release of PowerFlex 523 drives All starters Original release of E300 overload relay 1 Repl
366. equency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery 6001 Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor A 0 9 05 1 0 2162XB 0P9KC 33 1 5 2162XB 0P9JC 33 SC A 13 0 75 1 0 2162XB 1P7KC 34 1 5 2162XB 1P7JC 34 A 17 1 0 1 0 2162XB 1P7KC 35 1 5 2162XB 1P7JC 35 A 2 2 15 1 0 2162 8 3 36 20 2162 3 0 36 3 0 20 1 0 2162 8 3 37 20 2162 3 0 37 42 3 0 1 0 2162XB 4P2KC 38 2 0 2162XB 4P2JC 38 B 6 6 50 1 0 2162XB 6P6KC 39 2 0 2162XB 6P6JC 39 C 9 9 7 5 2 0 2162XB 9P9KC 40 25 2162XB 9P9JC 40 C 12 10 2 0 2162XB 012KC 41 25 2162XB 012 C 41 D 19 15 2 0 2162XB 019KC 42 3 0 2162XB 019JC 42 D 22 20 25 2162XB 022KC 43 35 2162XB 022 C 43 1 Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sal
367. er 2015 347 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 308 NEMA Table 181 HeaterElement Full load Amps Heater Element Full load Amps 2112 2113 2112 2113 Size 1 Size 1 0 5 Space Factor 0 5 Space Factor W23 0 67 W60 20 5 W24 0 74 W61 222 W62 242 W25 0 84 W66 W26 0 90 W67 W27 1 00 W68 W28 1 10 W69 W29 122 W70 W30 131 W71 W31 143 W72 W32 1 55 W73 W33 1 66 W74 W34 1 80 W75 W35 1 97 W76 W36 212 W77 W37 23 W78 W38 2 59 W79 W39 2 84 W80 W40 3 15 W81 w41 3 46 W82 W42 3 84 W83 W43 427 W84 W44 43 W85 W45 5 36 W46 5 82 W47 6 33 W48 6 97 W49 7 63 W50 8 49 W51 9 24 W52 10 1 W53 11 1 W54 122 W55 13 6 W56 14 6 W57 157 W58 172 W59 18 9 348 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Appendix Table 309 NEMA Table 195 Heater Element Full load Amps N umper 2112 2113 Size 6 W26 115 W27 125 W28 135 W29 17 W30 165 W31 179 W32 196 W33 216 W34 232 W35 260 W36 287 W37 315 W38 350 W39 385 W40 420 W41 465 W42 515 Table 310 Heater Full load Amps Element Number 200A 400 A Plug in 400 A Frame 600A Unit with 300 5 Mounted Unit CT Ratio with 400 5 CT Ratio w31 5907 1132 650 W33 70 W34 75 150 W35
368. er Units Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units FVR These combination full voltage reversing starter units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 505 reversing starter and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2106 and 2107 starters are rated for NEMA sizes 1 through 5 and are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices Full voltage reversing starter units are available with a eutectic alloy or electronic overload relay Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters FVR Allen Bradley Bulletin 505 reversing starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA Sizes 1 5 NEMA Class 1 Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit Available with eutectic alloy E1 Plus or E3 Plus electronic overload relays Table 27 2106 B B A B 41 24 6P 2107 B B A B 41TGA 6P Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size NEMA Enclosure Type Control Voltage Type Horsepower and Disconnecting Options Means Code Type Code 5 6 Code Control Voltage Code Options 2106 Full Voltage Reversing B 1 See Table on Page 313 See Options section beginning FVR with Fusible C
369. er is not complete Select overload relay code from appropriate table on page 151 and add to option number for example 7FEEB 8 Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 4 is increased to 4 5 space factor 9 NEMA size 3 power terminal blocks must be supplied Not available with Type A wiring or option 106 omission of power terminal blocks 10 Bulletin 2107 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker is increased to 4 5 space factor 11 Not available on NEMA Size 2 dual units 12 Bulletin 2112 NEMA 4 with Class J or HRCII C fuses is increased to 3 0 space factor Bulletin 2113 Size 4 with circuit breaker option TGM requires 3 0 space factor 13 Not available on 0 5 space factor units with option 11DSA2 11DSA3 14 Bulletin 2112 NEMA Size 4 is increased to 3 5 space factor Bulletin 2113 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix TJA is increased to 2 5 space factors 15 Bulletin 2112 NEMA Size 5 with Class J fuse clips is increased to 4 0 space factor 16 Not available for 200 HP at 240V or 400 HP at 480V 17 For 2 speed starter and dual mounted starter units there are two overload option codes required for example 7FEEEEEB with DeviceNet module 7FEEEDEEBD with Jam Protection module 7FEEEJEEBJ For 2 speed applications the first code denotes the high speed overload relay and the second code denotes the low speed overload relay For dual unit applications the first code denotes the left side overload relay the second code denotes the right side overload relay 1
370. ere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 22B UM001 Adding options to this catalog number can result in an increased space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table page 314 to the horsepower rating desired for example 2163TA 1P7KC Select the number from table on page 314 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired for example 2163TA 1P7KC 35 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163TA 1P4KB 33THM Bs 244 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 207 PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options Voltage Frame Drive NEMA 1 16 NEMA 12 Rating Rating Base Unit Control Isolated Line orLoad Isolated Base Unit Control Isolated Line or Isolated Space Station Signal Reactors Signal Space Station Signal Load Signal Factor 1 3 40r5 Conditioner 14R__ Conditioner Factor 1 3 40r5 Conditioner Reactors Conditioner 14N2 14N2 AND 14N2 14R__ 14N2 AND Line or Load Line
371. erload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT horsepower ratings shown below for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 233 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 197 Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 600V Normal Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Normal Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Numbe
372. ernal circulating fan is added 364 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Table 332 Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162W 2162X 2163W and 2163X CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin System Voltage NEMA Enclosure Current Rating Venting Internal Circulating Door Mounted Type Amperes Fans Exhaust Fans Bulletins 2162W and 480 1 1G 14 30 Yes None Yes iux 12 14 23 None None None 40 17 None Yes None 24 30 Yes Yes Yes 600 1 16 0 9 22 Yes None Yes 12 0 9 1 7 None None None 3 0 12 None Yes None 19 22 Yes Yes Yes Bulletins 2162X and 480 1 1G 14 24 Yes None Yes 2163 12 14 23 None None None 4 0 17 None Yes None 24 Yes Yes Yes 600 1 16 0 9 19 Yes None Yes 12 0 9 1 7 None None None 3 0 12 None Yes None 19 Yes Yes Yes 1 When line or load reactors are specified an internal circulating fan is added Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 365 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart for Bulletins 2182E 21821 2183E and 2183L Table 333 Rack Size Space Factor Power Supply Type None 12 451 12 452 12 2 12 7 12P4R3 or 12 12P4R2 12 72 1 4 slot 15 250VA 20 250VA 30 250VA 250VA 1 7 lot
373. ers Power Fuses Product Data publication 2100 TD003 2 Notavailable in 1 5 space factors Table 103 Trip Current Trip Current Number Trip Current Number Amperes Amperes 15 30 90 39 20 31 100 40 30 32 125 41 40 34 150 42 50 35 175 43 60 36 200 44 70 37 225 45 80 38 138 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 10 Miscellaneous Units Table 104 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Option 1 2 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Rating High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Amperes typical rating 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V 100 kA at 240V 35 kA at 600V 65 kA at 480V Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 15 70 TGM 6603 THX TJU J15G 80 125 663 THX HOF3 0 J15F3 150 1613 TX JOF3 TJU J15F3 175 250 5683 TX JOF3 1 Refer to page 353 for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings 2 Refer to the CENTERLINE MCCs Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers publication 2100 TD032 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 139 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 105 Miscellaneous DeviceNet Units and EtherNet IP Units Description DeviceNet Power Supply Unit 110 120V ACinput and 8 0 A 24V DC output Without disconnection means plug in stabs or control circuit transfor
374. ers and Type 1 w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 110 115 Volt secondary with one 1 pole circuit breaker 0 050 15 15 15 10 2195 AK 58 2195 4 59 PE 0750 2195 8 59 2195 8 59 19 15 2195 8598 2195 0 59 169 20 2195 59 2195 7 _5 20 2195 EK 5 2195 EJ 59 395 1590 12195859 2195 FK_S 16A 9 2195 9 58 PE II SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220V phase to phase 110V phase to center tap neutral 50 59 20 159 2195 6 2195 GKNP 16A 2195 GJNP PE II 7507 120 2195 HKNP 2195 HKNP 16A 2195 HINP 10 5 130 2195 JKNP 2195 JKNP 16A 2195 JJNP 15 7 5 50 209 2195 KKNP 2195 KKNP 16A 2195 SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230V phase to phase 115V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 159 2195 GKKNP 2195 GKKNP 16A 2195 GJKNP PE II 7 5 3 7 20 2195 HKKNP 2195 HKKNP 16A 2195 HJKNP 10 5 30 2195 JKKNP 2195 JKKNP 16A 2195 JJKNP Table is continued on the next page 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 81 Ratin Recommended Primary Space Catalog Number Delivery kva Protection Factor Wiring Type A Class Program Amperes 380V 400V 415V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA
375. es representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 UM001 2 nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 523 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Adding options to catalog string may increase space factor 282 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V and 600V AC See page page 279 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 523 User Manual publication 520 UM001 All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Bucket includes branch circuit short circuit 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload SeeTable 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type B only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do
376. et NEMA 12 Delivery 6001 Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 0 9 0 5 1 0 2163 0 9 33___ 1 5 2163 0 9 33 5 13 0 75 1 0 2163 1 7 34 15 2163XB 1P7 C34 17 1 0 1 0 2163XB 1P7KC 35 15 2163XB 1P7 C35 22 15 1 0 2163XB 3POKC 36 20 2163XB 3P0 C36 3 0 20 1 0 2163XB 3POKC 37___ 2 0 2163 3 0 37___ 42 3 0 1 0 2163 4 2 38___ 20 2163 4 2 38___ 6 6 5 0 1 0 2163XB 6P6KC 39 20 2163XB 6P6 C39 C 9 9 7 5 2 0 2163 9 9 40___ 25 2163 9 9 40___ C 12 10 2 0 2163 012 41___ 25 2163XB 012 C41 D 19 15 2 0 2163 019 42___ 3 0 2163XB 019 C42 D 22 20 2 5 2163 022 43 3 5 2163XB 022 C43 1 Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating SES 284 Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal motor horsepower listed Do use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the
377. ex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415 I for example 21630QA 1P3NKN 33K Select the appropriate suffix code from the circuit breaker table on page 322 to identify the desired circuit breaker type for example 2163QA 1P3NKN 33KTHM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 209 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 480V NORMAL DUTY See page 199 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 11096 for 60 seconds and 15096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UMOO1 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page
378. face with Vector Control ve Interface Type 8 14DA1D 120V AC Control Voltage Interface with Vector Control Y 14DA1E 24V DC Control Voltage with Sensorless Vector Control MDATF 120V AC Control Voltage with Sensorless Vector Control vl 140 2 1 7 Digital and Analog 1 0 Option Board 120V AC control FACO vy 18 19 voltage inputs Provides six Digital Inputs two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs two Analog Outputs 14DA2R2 Digital and Analog 1 0 Option Board 24V DC control X08 v 18 09 voltage inputs Provides six Digital Inputs two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs two Analog Outputs 14DA2R3 Two Digital and Analog 1 0 Option Boards 120V AC v 18 19 control voltage inputs Provides six Digital Inputs two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs two Analog Outputs on each board MDA2RAU Two Digital and Analog 1 0 Option Boards 24V DC control v 18 19 voltage inputs Provides six Digital Inputs two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs two Analog Outputs on each board Enhanced 1400 Enhanced control for PowerFlex 70 drive units Y Platform 1400 Enhanced control for PowerFlex 70 drive units with Y DriveGuard Safe off Option AnalogOutput 14N2 Provides a DC signal that is proportional to the drive DC v Y Isolation output signal The signal is fully isolated from the drive output line power and ground U
379. functionality window on door mutually exclusive LCD display full Available on NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only 7 7 numeric keypad 13HBA5 LCD display Y Y programmer only 13 35 LCD display full Door mounted HIM is not removable from bezel One HIM Y Y numeric keypad required per SMC Flex unit No window on door Available on NEMA 12 only 13HCSS LCD display v lv programmer only High Interrupting 13HIC Provides unit with high interrupting Class J Time 3 19 Y Capacity Fuses capacity fuses for increased short Delay Class J Time Delay 2 circuit withstand rating 25 37 43 60A Y See page 357 for short circuit 85 108A withstand ratings of Bulletin 2155 UT units with this option 1354 Y 5A Y 25 Y 43 60A Y 85 108A Y 135 201A Y 251 361A Class L Time 480A Y Delay 1 Not available with push buttons selector switch option and control relays option 89C_ or 89P The addition of DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ increases space factor of 2154H and 2155H SMC 3 units See page 182 and 183 Select one N 0 auxiliary contact Option 90 when used with Bulletin 2154 and 2155 2 Adding this option requires additional space for Bulletin 2155H units see page 183 for space factors of units with this option Adding this option requires additional space for Bulletin 2155J units see page 190 for space factors of uni
380. fuse option not available for Class H fuse clips or Space Saving NEMA starter units 3 Available on 480V and 600V applications only To select power fuses for Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 and 2126 Then select power fuse manufacturer code and add to catalog string number for example 2106B BABD 31GT 20J Only use power fuse code when selecting power fuses 4 For Bulletins 21000 21021 2192F and 2192M see table on page 317 For Bulletin 2196 see page 319 5 Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Power Fuses publication 2100 TD003 for more information 6 Select power fuse manufacturer code by indicating choice of power fuse manufacturer LT or LL LittelFuse GT or GL Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut and BT or BL Bussmann When selecting Bussmann or LittelFuse delivery program changes to PE The Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8 A 316 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 HRCII C fuses are available in Canada only HRCII C Bussmann BT or BL fuses are not available use HRCII C Mersen formerly Ferraz Shawmut option code GT or GL They are CSA certified but are NOT UL 19 Configuration Tables CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 269 Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M 1002
381. g Tungsten lamp current ratings are limited to applications 480V line to line 277V line to neutral maximum 2 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt pull apart control terminal block with 16 AWG control wire only One 3 pole power terminal block is supplied as standard 3 Ratings are based on the contactor being used to switch transformers having an inrush of not more than 20 times their rated full load current regardless of the nature of the secondary load Ratings do not apply to transformers used in resistance welder service 4 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table page 313 for example 2102LB BKBD Select fuse clip rating class and designator from the table on page 317 for configuration select optional power fuse select from table page 317 for example 2102LB BKBD 24J 607G For fuse rating based on disconnect rating see publication 2100 TD003 54 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Circuit Breaker FVLC See page 53 for product description Forunit sizing select unit rating based on 125 of actual load amperes Basic config
382. g Extra High Interrupting Ultra High Interrupting Amperes Capacity typical rating Capacity 100 at 480V Capacity 100 kA at 600V 100 kA at 240V 35 kA at 600V 65 kA at 480V Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 15 70 TGM 6603 HOC3 TJU J15G 80 125 TGM G6C3 THX HOF3 TJU J15F3 150 5683 TX JOF3 TJU J15F3 175 250 J6F3 TX JOF3 300 400 TKM K6H3 TKX K0H3 TKU K15H3 1 Refer to page 353 for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings Table 99 Blank Unit Doors Description Space Factor Catalog Number Delivery Wiring Type A Only Class Program and NEMA 12 Type 1 w gasket Blank Unit Door Covers the unused unit space includes unit support pan 0 5 2100 8 05 2100 8 05 SC 1 0 2100 BK10 2100 BJ10 15 2100 BK15 2100 BJ15 2 0 2100 BK20 2100 BJ20 2 5 2100 BI25 2100 BJ25 3 0 2100 30 2100 30 3 5 2100 35 2100 35 40 2100 BK40 2100 BJ40 136 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 10 Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 100 Field mounted Equipment Units Description SpaceFactor Catalog Number Delivery Wiring Type A Only Class 1 Program NEMA 1 NEMA 12 Type 1 w gasket Empty Unit Insert 0 For field installed equipment and 8 625 working depth No plug in 0 5 8 2100 NK05 2100 NJ05 S
383. ghting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 156 Appendix 335 Automatic Shutters 38 Auxiliary Contacts on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 197 Auxiliary Contacts on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 164 165 176 Auxiliary Contacts on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 310 Back to Back Section 32 Blank Unit Door 136 BlownFuse Indicator Lights on Contactorsand Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 158 Bolt on Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Branch Breakers for Lighting Panels 332 Bottom Closing Plate 33 324 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 369 Bulletin 2100D Empty Unit Insert with Disconnect Switch 137 2100M Empty Unit Insert with Circuit Breaker 137 2100N Empty Unit Insert without power stabs 137 2102L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVLC 54 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Circuit Breaker FVLC 55 2106 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVR 57 2106 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVR 60 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR 58 2107 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR 60 2112 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter U
384. gnal Space Station Signal Reactors Conditioner Space Station Signal Load Conditioner Factor 1 3 40 5 Conditioner 14R__ 14N2 AND Factor 1 3 40r5 Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND 14N2 Line or Load 14N2 14R__ Line or Load Reactors Reactors 380 400 B 14A 1 0 15 15 N A 15 15 15 N A N A 415 23A 40A 6 0A 10 5A 2 0 2 0 2 0 C 12A 20 20 20 N A N A 2 5 25 25 N A N A 17 24A 3 0 3 0 3 0 480 B 1 4A 1 0 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 23 40A 6 0A 2 0 10 5A 2 0 2 0 2 0 25 25 C 12 20 20 20 20 2 5 2 5 25 17 24A 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 243 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC See page 237 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 22B UM001 All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Basicconfiguration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life
385. grounded 3 wire power systems however only 2 pole and 3 pole branch circuit breakers can be used TIP Neutral and ground bar in Bulletin 2193PP is not factory connected to any neutral bus neutral plate or ground bus Table 77 Main Max Main Space IC Rating at 480Y 277V Catalog Number 8 Delivery Breaker Number of Circuit Factor Sym Wiring Type A Class Program ees came aie 12 Breakers circuit breakers w gasket WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCB 100 18 13C 2 5 25 kA 2193PP CKB518 40CB 2193PP CJB518 40CB PE lec 65 kA 2193PP CKB518 40CM 2193PP CJB518 40CM loc 100 kA 2193PP CKB518 40CX 2193PP CJB518 40CX __ 150 30 13C 3 0 25 2193PP CKB530 42CB 2193PP CJB530 42CB 16C 65 2193PP CKB530 42CM 2193PP CJB530 42CM loc 100 kA 2193PP CKB530 42 X __ 2193 18530 420 42 13C 3 5 25 2193PP CKB542 42CB 2193PP CJB542 42CB lec 65 kA 2193PP CKB542 42CM 2193 18542 420 10C 100 kA 2193PP CKB542 42 X __ 2193PP CJB542 42 X __ 225 18 0309 35 35 2193PP CKB518 45CT 2193PP CB518 45CT 30 35 35 A 2193PP CKB530 45CT 2193PP CJB530 45CT 42 4 0 35 2193 542 45 _ 2193 542 45 _ 1 Non interchangeable trip breakers 2 35kA series combination rating only when used with 50 A or lower rated branch circuit breaker
386. h Depth 15 Deep 20 Deep 20 25 30 35 40 inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm 913 232 14 13 359 AO 1725 438 2225 565 27 25 692 3225 819 3725 946 B 11 00 294 1656 421 B 1650 419 12150 546 2650 673 3150 800 3650 92 C 15 00 381 2000 508 C 5 25 133 7 75 197 10 25 260 12 75 324 15 25 387 1 When horizontal bus or a disconnecting means switch or circuit breaker is specified the dimension of width in the center of the column is 5 less than A IMPORTANT Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to page 324 for mounting channels Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 339 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix 71 high column with neutral bus shown in both upper and lower positions 20 20 508 mm 508 mm 2 50 2 50 A 64 64 mm 70 48 1790 19 70 48 1790 19 71 high section 1803 4 mm Table 297 Section Dimensions Dimensions Section Depth 15 Deep 20 Deep inch mm inch mm 15 00 380 20 00 508 8 14 75 374 19 75 500 C 5 12 130 10 12 256 D 4 101 8 203 E 4 40 112 NOTE Refer to page 335 details of cabinet bottom 340 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Motor Control Center Construction T
387. h D sections 2 Kits come with three plates one flat plate and two with formed edges 324 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 20 Hardware and Kits CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bus Kits Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware for Field Installation Table 281 Bus Kits Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware Description Catalog Number Vertical Wireway Tie Bar For use on vertical sections series C or later with or without a vertical wireway Includes five vertical wireway tie 2100H WWTB bars Mounts on right hand sidesheet for sections with vertical wireway Mounts on right hand and or left hand sidesheets for sections without vertical wireway Wiring Diagram Holder central location of all wiring diagrams Includes wiring diagram clip clip location identification label for 2100H WDH Kit outside of section and mounting instructions Touch Up Paint 0 ANSI 49 medium light gray 12 oz spray can cannot be used for NEMA Type 3R enclosures 2100H NP1 Vertical Ground Bus Kit Contains vertical ground bus hardware and installation Zinc plated steel 2100H GS1 instructions Contains vertical ground bus six unit plug in stabs Unplated copper 2100H N79U hardware and installation instructi ardware and installation instructions Tin plated copper 21008 N79UT Vertical Unit Load Contains vertical ground bus six unit load connectors Unplated copper 2100H N79L Ground Bu
388. handle mechanism to Cutler Hammer MCPs June 1979 D Size 5 Changed from ITE to Allen Bradley 400 A disconnect April 1981 E All sizes Changed from Bulletin 709 series K starters to Bulletin 500 line starters April 1981 F All sizes Redesign of gasketing wraparound and unit support pan for Bulletin 700 line October 1982 6 sizes Redesign of gasketing wraparound and unit support pan for Bulletin 500 line October 1982 go sizes Changed to new door CB mechanism and control station April 1984 1 Size 5 Changed to Bulletin 500 series L October 1984 Size 3 Changed to new PCP 100 A disconnect December 1988 Size 6 Changed to Bulletin 500 series B starters October 1988 Size 1 5 CB units and size Changed handle operating mechanism and circuit breaker to Cutler Hammer Series C 150 October 1986 1 2 discunits 250A and 400A frame LO 21A through 54A Changed to Bulletin 100 line contactors in 21A 30A and 45A SMC units and original design 243 November 1989 35A and 54A SMC units M All sizes Changed to new unit grounding system and 600 A 800 A and 1200 A bolted pressure switch May 1990 NO All sizes Changed to PCP 200 A and 400 A disconnect rerated vacuum Bulletin 2112 and 2113 and new January 1993 pilot device offerings p 0 5 SF CB units 2103L 2113 External auxiliary on circuit breakers April 1994 2193 0 All sizes and ratings New disconnect external auxiliary contacts and new 600 1200 A circuit breaker operating May 1996 mechanism R SMC uni
389. hannels 338 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers A E 1 Le B 038 WIREWAY 152 mm 110 mm E t J LJ anii 152 mm 106 27 mm Y i 2 9 u 2 T 2274 on H 16 25 413 90 2286 mm pn n pu n b 1 d L NOTE Cross hatched areas 3 are not available Eur when horizontal power Kj bus or disconnecting ified 10170 means are specified WIREWAY 152 mm u Ss I N 5 l an 76 88 9 1953 j 15 gt a 20 1381 mm 508 KN 21 13 40 00 537 1016 10 00 20 00 gt 4 1 14 254 mm 508 29 1 14 9 1 25 93 mn 29 mm Front one ee 1 E 3 H Bottom SPACE FOR 1 n INCOMING B C View CABLES 16 25 L 4 y 1413 mm 4 26 1 Low 56 x 113 SLOT 67 mm 43 mm 14 mm x 29 mm SLOT t Y 40 wide section 90 high MTG HOLES FOR 5 16 HDWE Blank mounting plate Table 296 Section Dimensions Dimension Section Dimension Section Widt
390. hase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 30 200 21967 6 21967 GK 16A 21967 6 A 0 75 3 7 30 30 2196Z HK_A 2196Z HK_A __ 16A 21967 H A 10 5 30 30 2196Z JK_A 21967 IK A 16A 2196Z JJ_A THREE 5 120 208 Volt secondary with three secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 280 V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 30 30 259 21967 _ _ 21967 PK H 16A 21967 P H 0 15 7 5 30 30 21967 0K H 21967 0 H 16A 21967 0 H 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformers life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2196Z FKBD e If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip designator from table on page 318 for example 2196Z FKBD 24J If power fuse IS selected select the fuse clip designator AND the manufact
391. he CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Bulletin 2162W and 2163W use normal duty PowerFlex 525 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class 1 Type B unit with terminals mounted within the bucket for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162W and 2163W PowerFlex 525 Drive Bulletins 2162W and 2163W use PowerFlex 525 Drives Bulletins 2162W and 2163W are sized for Normal Duty applications NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type ULClass CC or J time delay drive input fuses required both branch circuit and drive input protection fuse class dependent on drive rating Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 273 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15
392. he transformer not be loaded to greater than 5096 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered door is sufficient Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral Framemounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section gt UN For transformers with 240V primary add 0 5 space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2197 EKBD Select the trip current from table on page 318 for example 2197 EKBD 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 321 for example 2197 EKBD 30TGM 7 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 8 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A 9 240V and 480V are SC in U S and Canada 600V is PE in U S and SC in Canada 10 240V and 480V are 5 1 in U S and PE II in Canada 600V is PE II in U S and SC II in Canada Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 125 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transf
393. here the altitude does not exceed 2000 meters 6600 feet For installation above 2000 meters contact your Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for derating requirements IMPORTANT MCCS containing variable frequency drives units have an altitude class of 1 km For installation above 1000 meters contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for derating requirements Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information UL C UL CSA Marking CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc file number E49289 as complying with Standard Safety UL 845 UL and either listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or certified by Canadian Standards Association CSA as complying with standard C22 2 No 254 05 C UL or CSA CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs also meet the requirements in Mexican standard for MCCs NMXJ 353 ANCE 2010 The MCC product sections and units therefore carry the respective marking unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes on the various pages in this publication ISO 9001 Certification The facilities that manufacture CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are located in Richland Center Wisconsin Monterrey Mexico and Tecate Mexico All facilities have been certified to be in conformance to the requirements of Quality Management System ISO 9001 These facilities presently are certified
394. herent line reactance The option numbers listed are not complete Select LX for line reactor or XL for load reactors for example 14RLX e For Bulletin 2162R and 2163R size code 300 drive units 150HP Heavy Duty at 480V and 200HP at 480V select the drive supplementary unit identification code 01 99 for example 14RLX01 The supplementary unit identification code must begin with 01 and increase sequentially with multiple drive units 02 03 04 Each drive unit is to have a unique supplementary unit identification code that correlates with the same identification code on the supplementary unit See page 190 for catalog number 5 For 150 Hp 480 V Heavy Duty Bulletin 2162R and 2163R units refer to footnote 4 2 and 3 NS SIN PEin U S SC in Canada A AA AP SES SESE SES APN SAE SES SESE APS SA AD AA SS 5 5 5 45755553 4 4 4 4 555 53 4 4 4 4545 PE II 292 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Space Factor Adders for Variable Frequency Drives Table 241 Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 21620 and 21630 Table 242 Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 21620 and 21630 480V 600V
395. hes on unit door v Y SC Control Wire 751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire Not available in Canada SC Mark 751 5 Heat shrink type wire marker v v SC 2 days 7515 Sleeve type wire marker Y v SC Unit Door Door Nameplate Screws Plated steel nameplate screws Provided 4 SC Nameplates when cardholder or nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit Doors 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders with v v SCA blank cards 1 125 x 3 625 engraved 3 line nameplate or Acrylic plate available in U S only Y 4 line nameplate Lettering is white with black letters or black with white letters Phenolic plate Lettering is white with v v black letters or black with white letters Stainless Steel Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplate 2 per unit Y Nameplate Screws Export Packing Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not watertight or Y SC Below Deck waterproof Take considerations if extended storage is expected 2 days Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 311 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 18 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers Notes 312 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Chapter 1 9 Configuration Tables IMPORTANT ForSpace Saving Units please use Table 262 Table 261
396. hout the seismic testing the MCC units were under power and operated before during and after the seismic tests To obtain an IBC or UBC seismic withstandability each individual CENTERLINE 2100 MCC line up including those in double front applications must be mounted on an adequate seismic foundation Installation must be carried out per the anchoring requirements as indicated in this instruction manual All columns in the MCC line up must also be bolted together per instructions in CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Joining and Splicing Vertical Sections publication 2100 1 010 In the CENTERLINE 2100 line up mounting channels are incorporated in the standard design As an alternative to bolt down anchoring these mounting channels may be welded to an adequate seismic foundation For seismic weld down applications see Seismic Requirements in publication 2100 INO12 16 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Intelligent Motor Control Products Throughout this publication you can find units and options that are network ready to use in CENTERLINE 2100 with IntelliCENTER technology The components used in these units are network compatible and ODVA certified Also the installation conforms to the rules and guidelines set by ODVA IntelliCENTER technology includes items such as a power supply unit built in network cabling system and uni
397. ical section care must be taken to comply with the National Electrical Code 6 7 2 0 m unit handle to floor height limitation A unit operating handle extender 2100H NE1 is available which provides 3 76 2 mm added height flexibility See page 324 for catalog number 2 When CENTERLINE 2100 0 5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug in units are ordered unassembled or ordered for existing sections a centralized wiring diagram holder kit 2100H WDH should be ordered See page 325 3 Replacement and renewal parts are no longer supported Consult MCC Technical Support 4 Series E J sections cannot accommodate 0 5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug in units in bottom most unit location Footnotes continue on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 27 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information 28 Consult MCC Technical Support for assistance with possible door hinge requirements Required only if series F or later 1 0 space factor or larger CENTERLINE 2100 unit is installed in topmost location of series A through E vertical sections Permits installation of 0 5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug in units in existing series E through J CENTERLINE 2100 vertical sections Refer to page 330 for information A ground strap can be used to ground units rather than installing a ground bus See publication 2100 IN014 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA00
398. ide visual verification of to a DeviceNet network without status indicators the need for a PLC chassis or With fusible disconnect 80VA control transformer 1 0 2100 E2DK 9 2100 220 09 Viewing window in door to provide visual verification of status indicators With circuit breaker and 80VA control transformer Viewing 1 0 2100 E2DK 30 07 2100 E2D 30 07 window in door to provide visual verification of status indicators External DeviceNet Connector Door mounted external DeviceNet connection and 120V 0 5 2100 DCK05XWD 2100 DCJOSXWD Unit with remotely powered receptacle for connection of computer to DeviceNet without 120V AC receptacle 3 having to open doors power supply supply with its 1 0 A load 3 Not available for IntelliCENTER MCC with EtherNet IP network orders 4 Optional DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary Option 11DSA3 is available Select from page 156 5 See page 169 for optional external Ethernet Connector with 120V AC receptacle option 768A Ethernet power supply requires a 95 132V AC 50 60 Hz power source that provides sinusoidal waveform Use of non sinusoidal power sources including some UPSs could damage the Ethernet power 6 Not available for DeviceNet IntelliCENTER Orders 7 ControlNetto DeviceNet linking device units are supplied with a 1794 Flex 1 0 power supply to provide the 24V DC source for the unit so the linking device unit does not burden the Device
399. iltered and gasketed 037 072 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 480V 1 16 1P1 3P4 Yes None None 5 0 Yes one Yes 1 8P0 065 Yes None Yes 12 1P1 2P1 None None None 3 4 022 None Yes None 027 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 034 065 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 600V 1 16 0 9 2 7 Yes one None 3 9 052 Yes None Yes 1 12 0 9 1 7 2P7 017 None Yes None 022 052 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 2162R and 380 415V 1 16 1 3 5P0 Yes None None AR 8P7 030 Yes one Yes 037 056 Yes one Yes 072 300 Yes None Yes 12 1P3 043 None Yes None 056 072 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 105 170 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 480V 1 1G 1 1 5P0 Yes None None 8P0 300 Yes None Yes 12 1P1 034 None Yes None 040 without reactor None Yes None 040 with reactor Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 052 065 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 096 180 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 363 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix Table 330 Bulletin Syst
400. imensions for Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Lug Size Number of Cables Dimension A Refer to Per Lug Figure MECHANICAL TYPE LUGS 116 350 kcmil 1 2 13 54 mm 1 4 0 600 1 2 31 59 1 350 800 2 1 225 57 1 6 350 kemil 2 2 13 54mm 2 14 0 600 12 2 13 54mm 2 CRIMP TYPE LUGS Panduit Type LCC 250 kcmil 1 2 94 75 mm 3 350 kcmil 3 38 86 mm 500 kcmil 3 78 96 mm 750 kcmil 4 63 118 mm CRIMP TYPE LUGS Burndy YA A Series 250 kcmil 1 2 91 74 mm 3 350 kcmil 3 69 94 mm 500 kcmil 4 44 113 mm 750 kcmil 4 94 125 mm 1 Recommended lug for 1600 A and 2000 A lug compartments 2 Two lugs per phase only when used on 1200 A lug compartment 3 Used in a horizontal wireway lug compartment when 2 cables per phase are specified or when more than 2 cables per phase are specified in a 1 0 or 1 5 space factor 600 A lug compartment CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Figure 2 Lugs shown are drilled for 2 hole NEMA 1 75 spacing Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 85 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Lug Compartments continued 7 Main and Feeder Units e CENTERLINE 2100 motor control centers are rated for use with 75 C wire Wire must be sized using the 75 C column in NEC UL C UL The actual temperature rating of the lug is not relevant e R
401. in the MCC vertical wireway 1485P P1J5 UU5 2 Connector DeviceNet Connection For covering unused DeviceNet connectors in the vertical wireway of a DeviceNet MCC 6 per package 2100H DNCC1 SC Cover Kit DeviceNet Unit Cable Cable used for connecting DeviceNet units to the DeviceNet ports in vertical wireway 18 in 45 7 cm 2100H DNUC18 Includes cable and t h end of the cable ncludes cable and one connector on each end of the cable 36in 914m 21008 DNUGG 60 in 152 4 cm 2100H DNUC60 Round DeviceNet Cable 8 A round DeviceNet cable with one connector on each end for connecting a laptop 10 ft 305 cm 2100H ICPC120 with Connectors computer to a DeviceNet port in an IntelliCENTER or DeviceNet MCC DeviceNet Trunk Line 8A flat DeviceNet cable used for trunk lines 246 ft 75 m 1485C P1E75 2 Cable 1 8A Roid DeviceNet 8 A round DeviceNet cable used for drop lines 164 ft 50 m 2100H DNRC1 SC Cabl pus 8 A round DeviceNet cable uses for extending the trunk line beyond the MCC Class 246 ft 75 m 1485C P1BS75 2 shielded cable DeviceNet Field Support Includes an assortment of DeviceNet related components that aid in starting up DeviceNet systems commissioning 2100H DFSK2 SC Kit DeviceNet nodes testing DeviceNet devices and training on DeviceNet See the Field Support Kit for CENTERLINE MCCs with IntelliCENTER Technology publication MCC TD001 for complete information DeviceNet Backup Provides an alternative source of DC power to s
402. ination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT The HP ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 225 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 193 Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 600V Heavy Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Heavy Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 0 17 1 2 0 2162RA 2P7HKC 35 20 2162RA 2P7HIC 35 24 15 2162RA 2P7HKC 36 2162RA 2P7HIC 36 27 2 2162RA 3P9HKC 37 2162RA 3P9HJC 37 39 3 2162RA 6P1HKC 38 25 2162RA GP1HJC 38 610 5 2162RA 9POHK
403. incoming option 88HN or 88FN must be selected In addition at least one neutral connection plate in the horizontal wireway or one vertical neutral in a 9 vertical wireway is required IMPORTANT Ifanysingle neutral load is greater than 280 A the MCC needs to be processed on the Engineered delivery program to provide an appropriate neutral connection point for the neutral load cable Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 367 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Any Units with Fusible Disconnect Switches No restrictions for Wye connected systems or ungrounded Delta systems Any Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnects No restrictions for Wye connected systems or ungrounded Delta systems Bulletin 2190 Units with Metering Analog metering units are available for 3 phase 3 wire solidly grounded Wye 3 phase 3 wire ungrounded closed Delta 3 phase 3 wire impedance grounded Wye Digital metering units are available for 3 phase 3 wire solidly grounded Wye 3 phase 4 wire solidly grounded Wye Metering for other systems is available on the Engineered delivery program 368 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Appendix Index Numerics 10096 Rating of Main Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker 168 71 High Section 32 8A Round DeviceNet Cable 334 A ABS 12 Additional Unit Space on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Li
404. ing Kit 7 Bus Kit 8 Required Pan w Bushing Wireway Pan Kit Space Series 2100H UAJ1 2100H UA1 2100H USPA1 2100H NA4A1 2100 GJ10 2100H R1 2100H GS1 Factor See page 329 2100H UJ1 2100H USPJ1 2100H NA4J1 Seepage 324 2100H R2 See page See page 329 See page 329 2100H NA4A2 See page 325 2100H NA4J2 330 See page 323 NEMA Type 1 1 0orlarger A E 3 Y Series A D 9 ELO EN v EN 22 06 EE M or later Y EN v NEMA UL cum 05 9 N or later Y Y 1 0 A E E Y 8 Y M or later Y 5 NEMA Type 1 050 N or later Y Series K or later LOorlarger ALO E 7 m 8 M or later Y NEMA Type1w 1 Oorlarger 1 9 Y gasket or Type 12 ELO v un Series A D M or later Y 4X0 Y m Y NEMA Type 1 w 050 N or later Y Y Y gasket or Type 12 larger A E Y 8 Series E J 2 EE ma 22 2 M or later Y NEMA Type 1 w 050 N or later Y gasket or Type 12 18 E E um 8 Series K or later 1 0 or larger M or later Y 1 When installing unit in topmost location in vert
405. ing Device 141 Export Packing Below Deck on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 Export Packing Below Deck on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 170 Export Packing Below Deck on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 311 Extended Reset Button Kit 330 External Auxiliary Contact 331 External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits 330 331 External Auxiliary Contact Kits 331 External DeviceNet Connector Unit 141 External DeviceNet Connector with 120VAC Receptade on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 169 External Mounting Channel Kits 324 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 F Fan s and Ventilation in Bulletins 2154H 2154 2155H and 2155 362 in Bulletins 21620 2162R 21630 and 2163R 363 Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162T and 2163T 364 in Bulletins 2162W and 2163W 365 Field Mounted Equipment Units 137 Filters for Door Vents on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 157 French Legend Plates on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 198 French Legend Plates on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 169 Full Load Currents 350 352 Fuse Clip Designator Selection and PowerFuse Selection for Bulleti
406. ing configuration 24V DC cables are routed from each unit to the 24V DC ports in the vertical wireway of each vertical section The Ethernet cable is both 600V AWM and Power Limited Tray Cable PLTC rated along with being UL cUL listed The 24V DC Network consists of multiple 4 ampere networks designed to supply power to the switches and other EtherNet IP components in the MCC When specified up to eight Ethernet adapters are built into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section to provide a convenient method for the MCC units to connect to the EtherNet IP network Two pairs of 24V DC adapters providing up to 8 device connections 4 device connections per pair are always built into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section to provide a convenient method for the MCC units to connect to the 24V DC power supply Intelligent Motor Control CENTERLINE 2100 with IntelliCENTER Technology offers Intelligent Motor Control components which provide vital information from the MCC via the Embedded System components consist of but are not limited to E1 Plus solid state overload relays solid state overload relays E300 solid state overload relays SMC Flex Soft Starters PowerFlex Variable Frequency Drives PowerMonitor energy meters 1 Available in CR2 for wireway mounted switch designs 2 Available in CR2 for unit mounted switch designs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 0
407. ing order Table 176 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 T handle Control Circuit Wire Marker Shunt Trip and Legend Options Option Option Description SMC3 SMC Flex Delivery Number Program 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 9 T handle 111 T handle latch on unit door Y Y SC Arc Resistant Latches 112 Requires arc resistant MCC Y Y Y Control Circuit Wiring 7 Type MTW TEW 90 C 16 AWG copper wire VW1 rated Y Y Y Y 750 Type MTW TEW 90 C 14 AWG tinned copper wire VW1 rated 0 v v Y 750B Tinned Power wire and 14Awg tinned MTW control wire v4 Jv v Y SC 24 7505 SIS 90 14 AWG tinned copper wire 0 jv jy Y 2 days Control Circuit Ring Lugs 750RL Insulated ring lugs for control wires where possible Y Y Y Y Control Circuit Spade Lugs 750SL Insulated spade lugs for control wires where possible Y Y Y Y Control Wire Markers 751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire Not Y Y Y SC available in Canada 751HS Heat shrink type marker at each end of control wire Y Y Y Y SC 4 2 days 7515 Sleeve type marker at each end of control wire Y Y Y Y SC Shunt Trip 4549 For tripping circuit breakers from remote 120V 60 Hz source Y Y French Legend Plates 860F Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices Y Y Y Y Specify 860F when pilot device option is selected Spanish Legend Plates 860S Legend plates prin
408. ings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 Drive comes pre programmed for Heavy Duty Applications Refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163VB 034NKB 44THM Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program SC 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 223 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 600 V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 120 Delivery P ND 600 V Space Factor Catalog Number SpaceFactor Catalog Number
409. ion EtherNet IP Description IMC Device EtherNet IP Required for Communication Card Option PowerMonitor 5000 Yes Yes 86W54 Embedded Port is used to connect to Display when EtherNet IP Card is not selected Must select EtherNet IP option to ensure ability to connect to Ethernet Switch supplied in Ethernet IntelliCENTER MCC E1 Plus No Yes ENET Option provides 193 ENT E1 Plus Side Car E3 No Yes ENET Option provides 2100 ENET EtherNet IP adapter E300 Yes No 7FE3E E300 is only available on EtherNet IP at this time SMC Flex No Yes 13GE Option provides 20 COMM E communication card PowerFlex 40 No Yes 14GE Option provides 22 COMM E communication card PowerFlex 523 No Yes 14GER Option provides 25 COMM E2P communication card PowerFlex 525 Yes No 14GER EtherNet IP port embedded Option provides 25 COMM E2P communication card PowerFlex 70 No Yes 14GE Option provides 20 COMM E communication card PowerFlex 700 No Yes 14GE Option provides 20 COMM E communication card PowerFlex 753 No Yes 14GER Option provides 20 750 ENETR communication card PowerFlex 755 Yes No 14GER EtherNet IP port embedded Option provides 20 750 ENETR communication card Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 41 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IntelliCENTER Software 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology IMPORTANT AllIntelliCENTER software is copyright protected and for install
410. ircuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 180 Bulletin 21620 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 480V Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and 1w gasket NEMATyp
411. ire derating Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163RA 027NKC 44THM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program PE 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600V AC HEAVY DUTY See page 215 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single moto
412. ired option code for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units is 900111 Not available for 1 0 space factor and larger units Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 145 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Pilot Lights Non Push To Test Bulletin 800T pilot lights are transformer type Bulletin 800F pilot lights are full voltage type When three or less devices are selected pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800T 800H for selector switches When more than three devices are selected pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800F OnO 5 space factor units pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800F maximum of four pilot devices can be selected On dual mounted units pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800T 800H for selector switches maximum of three pilot devices may be selected When selected option 85T Elapsed Time Meter occupies the space of one Bulletin 800T or 800H pilot device or the space of two Bulletin 800F pilot devices reducing the number of other devices which can be selected Legend plates are available in French or Spanish at no additional cost by adding 860F or 8605 to the c
413. it Breaker 480V AC and 600V AC Heavy Duty 256 Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual publication 750 001 Basic configuration includes an appropriately sized control circuit transformer for pilot lights and or fans door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 753 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 753 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with circuit breaker use thermal magnetic trip unit and do not include factory supplied installed drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available See Table 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Ratings table Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom Do not mount
414. ited amounts of liquid or dirt dripping and or running down the front of a section Select one drip hood per section Not available for corner sections Table 12 Section Features Modifications continued Delivery Program Power Bus Rating and Aluminum with tin plating m 0 125 x4 600A 50 11 Material TT 0 188 x 4 800A For 3 phase Copper with tin plating 0 125 x 3 600A 3 wire systems 0 125 x 4 800A 0 250 x 4 1200A 0 500 x 4 1600 A 0 625 x 4 2000 A 075 x4 2500 A 8 075 x4 3000 A 8 Copper with silver plating 0 125 x3 600 A PE II 0 125 x 4 800A 0 250 x 4 1200 A 0 500 4 1600 A 0 625 x 4 2000 A 075 x4 2500 A 8 05 x 4 3000 A 8 1 Vertical bus is supplied as tin plated copper 2 Requires 20 in deep MCC 3 PE II for 2193M ENG for 2191M 2192M and add to existing MCC Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 33 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Table 13 Section Features Modifications continued Half rated Full rated MainPower Delivery Neutral Neutral Bus Rating Program i Aluminum with tin plating 2 0 125 x 4 0 125 x 4 600A PE II 0 125 x 4 0 188 x 4 800A For 3 phase Copper with tin plating 0 125 x 3 0 125 x 3 600A 4 wire systems 0105x3 0 1257 4 800A Neutral bus mounts above or 0 12
415. ive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 22B UM001 239 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 201 PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Voltage Frame Drive NEMA 1 1G NEMA 12 Rating Rating Base Control Isolated Line orLoad Isolated Base Unit Control Isolated Line or Isolated Unit Station Signal Reactors Signal Space Station Signal Load Signal Space 1 3 40 5 Conditioner 148 Conditioner Factor 1 3 40r5 Conditioner Reactors Conditioner Factor 14N2 14N2 AND 14N2 14R__ 14N2 AND Line or Load Line or Load Reactors Reactors 380 400 B 14 1 0 1 5 15 1 5 1 5 1 5 N A N A 415 23 40 60 10 5 20 20 20 C 12 2 0 2 0 2 0 N A 25 25 25 N A N A 17 24 3 0 3 0 3 0 480 14 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 2 0 2 0 23 40A 60 2 0 10 5A 2 0 2 0 2 0 25 25 C 20 20 2 0 2 0 25 25 25 17 24 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 240 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with
416. ize PowerFlex 40 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 200 2162T 380 480V VFD Units w Fusible Disconnect Normal Duty Ratings Frame Rating Nominal kW Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 380 41540 480V Space Catalog Number 4 Space Catalog Number 0 Factor Factor B 14 0 37 0 5 1 0 2162 1 _ _ 159 21621 1 4 23 0 55 0 75 0 75 1 0 2162TA 2P3K_ _ 2162TA 2P3 _ _ 4 0 11 15 20 2162 4 _ _ 2162TA 4P0 6 0 22 30 2162TA GPOK 2162TA GPO 10 5 37 50 2162 010 _ _ 209 21627 010 _ _ C 12 55 75 209 2162TA 012K_ _ 250 2162TA 012 _ _ 17 75 10 2162TA 017K_ _ 2162TA 017 _ _ 24 11 15 2162TA 024K_ _ 309 21627 024 _ _ a Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selec Units at these voltages are not UL listed or C UL listed Adding options to this catalog number can result in an increased space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 314 to the horsepower rating desired for example 2162TA 1P4KB Select the number from table on 314 that corresponds to the horsepower or kilowatt rating desired for example 2162TA 1P4KB 33 or 2162TA 1P4KN 33K Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program SC ed the dr
417. ket and filters 6 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse 0 5 15 15 15 10 2195 AK_D 2195 D 0 Q5 2195 BK D 2195 8 D qa 15 2195 CK D 2195 0 0 16 20 2195 2K D 2195 2 D 2o 2195 EK D 2195 D 305 15012958 2195 FK_D 16A 2195 8 D 6 5 2 5 150 2195 GK_D 2195 GK_D 16A 2195 G D SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 15 150 2195 GK A 2195 GK_A 16A 2195 6 8 7 5 3 7 40 20 20 2195 HK_A 2195 HK_A 16A 2195 H A 10 5 50 30 20 2195 JK_A 2195 JK_A 16A 2195 1 15 7 5 70 40 30 200 2195 A 2195 KK_A 16A 2195 KJ A 25 12 5 125 70 60 2195 MK_A 2195 MK_A 16A 2195 MJ A 37 5 18 5 200 100 70 2 0 2195 XK_A 2195 XK_A 16A 2195 XJ_A 50 25 300 150 100 ap 2195 A 2195 YK A 16A 2195 1 A Table is continued on the next page 114 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 80 Ratin Recommended Primary Space Catalog Number 4 Delivery kVA Protection Amperes Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 0 1w gasket filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 6 THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary wi
418. l 1200 N STD STD Optional 3000 R SID STD 1 Sealed to be suitab e for reverse fed applications Trip units are not interchangeable Rating plugs are interchangeable Trip units are provided with test points for functional field testing with a portable electronic test set These trip units incorporate a powered thermal memory that recalls near trip conditions and automatically imposes a shorter time delay thereby preventing system damage from cumulative overheating These units also incorporate an unpowered thermal memory feature that remembers a trip has occurred and will protect against repeated overload conditions if the CB is re closed before a sufficient cool down period has elapsed 2 Definitions are as follows 151 optional trip unit that provides additional flat response short time delay adjustments with an instantaneous setting 1516 optional LSI unit with ground fault protection and adjustable pickup current and time delay 3 This unit is engineered Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 355 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Fusible Disconnect Units Table 316 Fuse Class Device Bulletin Size Rating Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical UL C UL CSA except where noted 600V or less 21021 30 100 2106 2112
419. l 1 9 78 2191F BKC 52 2191F BJC 52 1 08 2191M BKC 52 2191M BJC 52 1 500 kcmil 2 300 kcmil 2 350 kcmil In top horizontal 2191MT AKC 52 2191MT AJC 52 wireway 9 10 2 750 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 1 750 kcmil 158 2191M CKC 52 2191M CJC 52 2 500 kcmil 4 800 kcmil 4 750 kcmil 6 0 0002 2191 MKC52 2191 MJC52 207 W 8009 9 2 800 kcmil 2 750 kcmil 1 0 8 2191 T BKC 54 2191 T BIC 54 4 600 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 1 750 kcmil 3 500 kcmil 1 5 8 2191 CKC 54 2191 00 54 2 600 kcmil 4 350 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 1 800 kcmil 2 750 kcmil 2 08 2191 DKC 54 2191 DJC 54 2 750 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 4 600 kcmil 800 4 800 kcmil 4 750 kcmil 6 0 00 02 2091 MKC54 2191__ 54 20 W 12009 9 2 800 2 750 kcmil 1 0 8 2191 T BKC 56 2191 T BJC 56 4 600 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 1 800 kcmil 2 750 kcmil 2 08 2191 DKC 56 2191 DJC 56 2 750 kcmil 4 500 kcmil 4 600 kcmil 1200 4 800 kcmil 4 750 kcmil 6 0 00 2 2191 56 2191 MJC 56 1600 20 W 2191__ MKC 58 2191__ MJC 58 2000 6 800 kcmil 6 750 kcmil 2191 MKC 60 2191 MJC 60 300 A 2191F can only be used with 600 A and 800 A horizontal bus ratings 600 A 2191F can only be used with 600 A 800 A 1200 A and 1600 A horizontal bus ratings Main and feeder rating must match horizontal bus rating Full rated neutral bus for 1200 A 2191M units requires a 6 0 space factor lug compartment
420. l Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 297 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 247 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Normal Duty Drive Rating Code 480V NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor Adder Space 14DF___ 14R__ 14DF__ 112A 14DF___ 14R__and 14DF__ and 14R__ and 112A 112A and 14R__ and 112A 2P1H 3P4H 5POH 8POH 011H 1 1G 2 5 None None None None None None None 12 2 5 None None None None None None None 014N 1 1G 2 5 None None None None None 0 5 0 5 12 2 5 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 022N 1 1G 2 5 None None None 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 12 3 0 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 027N 034N 1 1G 2 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None None None 040N 1 1G 3 0 None 0 5 0 5 None 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None 0 5 0 5 0521 1 1G 3 0 None 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 40 None None None 0651 1 1G 3 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 12 40 None 0 0 Ero E ie EN 077N 1 1G 6 0 S F x 5 W None 5 W None 5 W None 5 W 20 W x 15 0 12 6 0 S F x None None None 25 W x 15 0 096N 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 15 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 25 W x 15 0 1251 1 1G 6 0 S F
421. l Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163UB 034HKB 44THM 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertica Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard 257 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 216 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 600 V AC Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 128 HD 600 V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor 3 0 9 0 5 25 2163UB IP7HKC33 25 2163UB IP7H C33 3 13 0 75 25 216318 2 7 34 25 2163UB 2P7H JC3A 3 17 10 25 2163UB OP7HKC35 25 21630 2 7 35___ 3 24 15 25 2163UB 3POHKC36 25 2163UB 3P9H C36 3 27 2 25 2163UB 3P9HKC 37 25 21630 3 9 37___ 3 39 3 25 21631 6 38 25 216318 6 1 38 3 6 1 5 25 2163UB OPOHKC 39 30 2163UB 9POHJC39 3 9 75 25 2163 011 40___ 30 21
422. lable with electronic overload relays Catalog Number Explanation Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starters FVNR Allen Bradley Bulletin 300 starter with fused disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA Class 1 Type B unit with terminals mounted in unit Available with electronic overload relay Space saving alternative to traditional NEMA starter units Table 38 2112 B 3B A B 3824 2113 B 3B A B 38TGA 2n Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size NEMA Enclosure Type Control Voltage Type Horsepower and Disconnecting Option Means Code NEMASize Code Control Voltage Type Code Option Code Type 3B 1 See Table on page 313 See Options section beginning 2112 Full Voltage Non Reversing x n on page 171 FVNR with Fused 3D 3 Disconnect 3 4 Code Horsepower Code and Disconnecting Means 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing 2112 38 24J 38 Horsepower Code See table on page 314 FVNR with Circuit Breaker 941 Fuse Clip Rating and Class See table on page Code NEMA Enclosure Type 316 A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket with 2113 38TGA 38 Horsepower Code See table on page 314 external reset button Circuit Breaker Type See table on page Code Wiring Type K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket 320 Type B D without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button NEMA Type 12
423. lay attachment on off delay with two timed contacts 0 1 60 s 4 89PT2 89PT4 89PL2 Bulletin 700 with mechanical latch attachment Instantaneous Contacts Instantaneous contacts on Bulletin 700CF relays are non convertible Bulletin 700P relays have instantaneous contacts that are convertible from normally open to normally closed FVC FVR FVNR TSIW Delivery TS2W Program 21021 2106 2112 2122 21031 2107 2113 2123 QUANTITY SUPPLIED 410 1 2 1 2 sco 3 N 0 and 1 N C 2 N 0 and 2 N C 4N 0 1 2 1 2 2 0 and 2 N C 4N 0 2 N 0 and 2 N C 4N 0 1 2 1 2 2N 0 and 2 N C 4N 0 2 0 and 2 N C 4N 0 1 2 1 2 PE 2N 0 and 2 N C 2N 0 1 2 1 2 sco 4N 0 No 1 2 1 2 PE instantaneous contacts 2N 0 4N 0 2N 0 1 2 1 2 1 Not available on dual 2103L units dual 2113 units or 0 5 space factor units When selected on 2122 or 2123 size 1 or 2 starter units power terminal blocks are not provided this requires the selection of option 106 omit power terminal blocks One relay is furnished per each contactor on reversing 2106 2107 2 speed 2122 2123 and 2 speed reversing 2126 2127 starters Bulletin 2106 and 2107 size 1 and 2 starters and Bulletin 2113 size 3 starters require 2 0 space factors when a relay is selected Mutually exclusive with 11DSA2 and 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary 7FEC_ or
424. le Disconnect trek ERE Y WERT naue EE Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CAO04C EN P October 2015 Index Table of Contents UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Soft Starter SMS caviar Portia ae alan cec bt ES ttal eet 357 UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive 358 UL C UL CSA Short Circuit Ratings for Programmable base xa eeu IIa VPE PNEU RO 358 kW to Catalog HP Code Conversion for Bulletins 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 and 2123 359 Recommended Capacitor Sizes 480V and 600V 360 Horsepower Ratings for Bulletin 2192F Fusible Disconnect Feeder Switch FDS BIS estes staat esaet e RPG T CIO ROUES 361 Conductor Size Conversion Chart Metric Conductor Size to American Wire Gauge Conductor Size 361 Metric Conversion Table oce ty rue p eed erac ba 362 Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2154H 2154 2155H and PLU MS 362 Fans and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q 2162R 2163Q 2163R 216207 216310 2162 and 2IG3V onde ACUERDO RE 363 Fans and 364 Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart for Bulletins 2182E 2192 1 2183b abd ek Gs toS IRSE PROTON IDEE 366 Power System Configuration Application Information 367 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October
425. le 7FECTBY or 7FEC3FYG NEMA size 1 3 Plus overload relays have ground fault sensor as standard NEMA size 4 6 Plus overload relays need to have the ground fault configured to include a ground fault sensor Refer to Table 153 for E3 overload relay configuration options 11 For 0 5 space factor or 1 0 space factor with option 15 Bulletin 2106 2107 2112 and 2113 the standard capacity VA rating is 75VA 12 Bulletin 2113 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix CA are increased to 1 5 space factors Bulletin 2113 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix CT or CM are increased to 2 0 space factors SS 5 Table 151 Overload Relay Codes for E1 Plus Option 7FEE Table 152 Overload Relay Codes for and Plus Option 7FEC_ For use with Space Full Load Current Overload Relay Code Add to For use with Space Full Load Current Overload Relay Code Add to Saving NEMA Size Range Amperes Option Number for Saving NEMA Size Range Amperes Option Number for example example 7FEED 7FEC2B 1 1 4 5 C 1 1 5 32 16 D 3 15 B 54 27 5 125 C 2 9 45 F 2 9 45 D 3 18 90 G 3 18 90 E 4 30 150 H 4 28 140 F Table 153 E3 Overload Relay Configuration Options Description Overload Relay Code Add to option number for example 7FEC3FYG 24V DC input points None 120V AC input points available for 110 120V AC control voltage only Y
426. lected Unit Door Door Nameplate Screws Plated steel nameplate screws Provided when Y Nameplate cardholder or nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit Doors 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders with blank cards SCI 1 125 3 625 engraved 3 line or 4 line Acrylic plate available in U S only white with black v Y nameplate letters or black with white letters Phenolic plate white with black letters black with Y Y white letters or red with white letters Stainless Steel Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates two per unit v v SC Nameplate Screws Export Packing Below Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not watertight or waterproof Y v SC Deck Considerations should be taken if extended storage is expected 2 days vertically 176 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 Multiple auxiliary contacts must be group coded by adding the second and third digit of the special feature number to the base digit 9 for example 90 91 98 99 when group coded reads 9018X9 2 Blank nameplates are supplied when engraving is selected or provided Letter height for 3 line nameplates is 0 22 Letter height for 4 line nameplates is 0 18 All text is centered horizontally and 3 Auxiliary contacts are wired to terminal blocks If the number of auxiliary contact wiring points exceeds the number of terminals available in
427. les representative and to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 322 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163RA 032HKC 44THM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2162T and 2163T PowerFlex 40 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 364 Include UL Class CC or J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163T units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans e Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage
428. less 42kAfor0 3 HP at 600V Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 19 Configuration Tables Table 276 Circuit Breaker Type for Space Saving NEMA Bulletins 2107 and 2113 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers MCP Instantaneous Inverse Time Thermal Mag or Solid State Circuit Breakers NEMA High Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Size 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 240V Interrupting Capacity 65 kA at 480V 65 kA at 480V 100 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V 35 kA at 600V Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Default Optional Default Optional Default 1 TGA MCP THA MCP TGM 6603 THM H6C3 THX HOC3 2 TGA MCP THA MCP TGM 6603 THM H6C3 THX HOC3 3 THA H6F3 1 1 HOF3 4 TJM J63 ee TX JOF3 Table 277 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2197 Rating High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Amperes 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V Suffix Default Frame Suffix Optional Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame 15 70 TGM G6C THM H6C THX HOC TU J15C 80 125 TGM G6C THM H6F THX HOF TJU J15F 150 J6F 1 TX JOF TJU J15F 200 J6F TX JOF TJU J15F Table 278 Circuit Breaker Type for Ho
429. letin 800F pilot devices reducing the number of other devices which can be selected Bulletin 800T pilot lights are transformer type Bulletin 800F pilot lights are full voltage type When three or less devices are selected pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800T 800H for selector switches When more than three devices are selected pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800F On0 5 space factor units pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800F maximum of four pilot devices can be selected Ondual mounted units pilot devices supplied are Bulletin 800T 800H for selector switches maximum of three pilot devices can be selected Legend plates are available in French or Spanish at no additional cost by adding 860F or 8605 to the catalog string Table 119 Description FVC FVR FVNR TS1W TS2W Incandescent Lamps LED Lamps Delivery 21021 21031 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 Option Number Option Number Program 049 1 qp p o p o Lo o o 15200000 60 0 0 0 0 5 CN FORWARD REVERSE Y 5 5L FORWARD REVERSE OFF 5000 00 010 v 5_ 5 0 0 7 Y 5 SL HIGH Low 9 Y 5 CN FAST SLOW 9 Y 5E__ 5EL__ HIGH LOW OFF 00 v 466552 00 FAST SLOW OFF 10 Y SE 580 OVERLOAD Y Y E EN When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 option 900 two auxiliary contacts must be selected 5 Option 91 one N C auxiliar
430. letter changes that have taken place since the original design of the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center Table 6 Sections Series Scope Description of Change Date Implemented in U S Letter AC Original design February 1971 Changed terminal blocks November 1976 c All Elimination of external mounting channels June 1979 All Reverse fed 2192 and 2193 April 1981 Et All Redesign gasketing October 1982 All Modified top horizontal wireway pan to accept units with handle interlock in topmost space factor October 1983 42K 42K bracing incorporates new bus support and cover January 1985 6 65 65K bracing incorporates new bus support and cover July 1985 ge All New hinge design January 1986 Jm All Changed handle operating mechanism and circuit breaker to Cutler Hammer Series C 150 A 250 A October 1986 and 400 A frame ko All Changed to new unit grounding system May 1990 L Changed to new 600 1200 A circuit breaker operating mechanism May 1996 M All Changed to serpentine DeviceNet cabling system May 2001 N All New design for 100 000 A bus bracing and begin use of Right hand side sheet with integral May 2009 mounting flanges SecureConnect units September 2011 1 Replacement and renewal parts are no longer supported Consult MCC Technical Support Complete new series units with comparable features and options can be retrofitted into any series of struct
431. lication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 140 Option Option Description Rating Main Neutral Bus Space Factor Adder MLUG MFDS MCB Delivery Number Location 2191 2192 2193 Program mw M M MLUG MFDS MCB MLUG MFDS MCB Incoming m 88HN Provides for incoming neutral 600 5 None Y PE Neutral Bus half connection to horizontal 0 For Bulletin rated neutral bus within the main 800 None d 2191M main incoming unit Incoming 1200 9 None Y lug units neutral bus rating must See table on match the horizontal neutral 1600 n None page 84 for bus rating half or full 2000 7 None available lugs 88FN 60 None Y full 00 None Y rated 1200 9 6 Y 1600 None Y 200 None Y Incoming 88HN Provides for incoming neutral 400 9 9 10 None Y Y Neutral Bus half connection to horizontal 8 8 9 For Bulletins rated neutral bus within the main 600 10 10 d 2192M main incoming unit Incoming 800 8 8 10 1009 fusible neutral bus rating must disconnect match the horizo
432. line harmonic distortion Applications exposed to excessive high voltage transients due to lightning However surge protective device unit for the total MCC is recommended for such applications for example catalog 2100 SPKB 1 or catalog 2100 SPKC 1 Applications with both line and load reactors are not recommended without first contacting your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative While this application is not detrimental to the drive itself it can produce erroneous drive operation caused by effects of common mode current These effects can be influenced by drive HP carrier frequency motor load and output cable length Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative when both line and load reactors are deemed necessary for the application Additional recommendations are available in the specific IGBT based PWM inverter user manual Consult these manuals for restrictions regarding drive carrier frequency motor cable length and motor insulation class inverter class motors Information on the use of reactors and the use of Bulletin 1204 terminators can also be found in the user manuals Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 291 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and
433. ly the nominal motor horsepower listed Do not use another size motor without verifying the suitability of the unit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Heavy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 The nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163VB 034NKC 44THM Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Bs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 269 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 48
434. mer Requires separate 110 120V AC source Space Factor 0 5 10 Miscellaneous Units Catalog Number Wiring Type A Only Class I NEMA 1 and Type1 NEMA 12 w gasket 2100 DPS8KXWD 2100 DPS8JXWD This power supply is to be used Includes disconnect fuses and 350VA control circuit 1 0 2100 0 58 00 2100 0958 19 with 8 0 A Class I Cable only transformer to provide power to power supply Refer to the DeviceNet Media Includes circuit breaker fuses and 350VA control circuit 15 2100 DPS8K_ 30_ 2100 0958 30 07 Design and Installation Manual transformer to provide power to power supply publication DNET UM072 2 0 Includes circuit breaker fuses and 350VA control circuit 10 2100 0 58 H 30 2100 DPS8 H 30 77 transformer to provide power to power supply Unit disconnecting means has a horizontal handle Redundant DeviceNet Power Without disconnection means plug in stabs or control circuit 1 0 2100 DPS8KXWD 767C 2100 DPS8JXWD 767C Supply Unit transformer Requires separate 110 120V AC source 110 120V AC input and 8 0 24V DC Includes disconnect fuses and 750VA control circuit 15 2100 DPs8k_ 767 2100 DPS8J 767C 00 supplies providing back at for transformer to provide power to power supply DeviceNet system Includes circuit breaker fuses and 750VA control circuit 15 2100 0 58 30 2100 0958 30 767 transformer
435. minal Horsepower kW code See Frequency AC Drive with Table 266 and Table 267 Circuit Breaker __ Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 322 Code Wiring Type Code Line Voltage B Type B B 480V C 600V Code Human Interface Module and Options See options section beginning on page 285 Drive Size Code Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal HP or kW m Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP Code Frame Ratings HP 2PIH 12 2 1 1 1P7N 3 0 9 0 5 2P1H 2 21 1 1 7 3 0 9 0 5 2 3 0 15 1P7N 13 13 0 75 2 3 0 1 5 2 7 3 13 0 75 2 34 2 1P7N 3 1 7 1 3P4H 2 3 4 2 2P7H 3 1 7 1 5 2 5 0 3 2P7N 3 24 15 5 2 50 3 3 24 15 8POH 2 8 0 5 2P7N 3 27 2 8 2 8 0 5 3P9N 3 27 2 00H 12 11 7 5 9 3 3 9 3 011 2 11 7 5 6 1 3 3 9 3 014412 14 10 6PIN 3 61 5 022 2 14 10 9 3 61 5 02N 2 22 15 9PON 3 9 7 5 027H 3 22 15 011H 3 9 7 5 027N 3 27 20 01 3 1 10 034H 3 27 20 017 3 11 10 034N 3 34 25 017413 17 15 040 3 34 25 022 3 17 15 040N 3 40 30 0213 22 20 052 4 40 30 027 4 22 20 052414 52 40 027N 4 27 25 065H 4 52 40 032H 4 27 25 065N 4 65 50 032N 4 32 30 077H 5 65 50 041H 5 32 30 077H 5 077 60 041N 5 4 40 096H 5 77 60 052 5 4 40 096H 5 096 75 052N 5 52 50 125 6 96 75 063 6 52 50 125H 6 125 100 063
436. mode provides pump start and stop in addition 5 480A Y Y PE to soft start soft stop current limit full voltage and kick start Refer to SMC Flex section of publication A117 CA001 for detailed description of modes of operation Braking Control 13XD This starting mode provides Smart Motor Braking Accu Stop 5 85A Y Y Smart Motor Braking and Slow Speed Braking in addition to soft start soft stop 2 2 Accu Stop and E current limit full voltage kick start and preset slow speed 108A Speed Braking Refer to SMC Flex section of publication A117 CA001 for 1354 Y Y detailed description of modes of operation 201A 7 2 251A Y Y 317A Y Y 361A Y 480A Y Y Pump Control 1 Adding this option increases the space factor of the unit For Bulletin 2154H see page 182 for Bulletin 2155H see page 183 For Bulletin 2154 see page 188 for Bulletin 2155 see 190 2 Soft Start Pump Stop Smart Motor Braking Accu Stop and slow speed with braking are not intended to be used as an emergency stop 3 Push Button option 1XA and 1XCand selector switch option can only be used with standard starting mode and are the only push button and selector switch options that can be selected with standard starting mode 4 Push button option 1XB and selector switch option 3XB can only be used with Pump Control Option 13XB and are the only push button and selector switch options that can be selected with button and selector switch
437. motor control centers Each unit contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 363 Require UL Class CC or J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are required in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163X units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Bulletin 2162X and 2163X use normal duty PowerFlex 523 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class 1 Type B unit with terminals mounted within the bucket for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals For NEMA Type 3R and NEMA Type 4 enclosure construction contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162X and 2163X PowerFlex 523 Drive Bulletins 2162X and 2163
438. mperes 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V 100 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame 200 VB TM 583 TX JOF3 400 VC TKM K6H3 TKX KOH3 TKU K15H3 600 VD TMM M6H3 TMX MOH3 1 Table 275 Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2107 2113 and 21 2301 MCP Instantaneous Inverse Time Thermal Mag or Solid State Circuit Breakers NEMA High Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA Size 100kA at 240V 100 kA at 240V Interrupting at 600V 100 kA at 480V 65 kA at 480V Capacity 100 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Default Optional Default Optional Default Default Optional 1 16407 MCP THAS MCP TGM G6C3 THM H6C3 THX HoG H15H3 J15H3 2 TGA MCP THA MCP TGM G6C3 THM THX HoG H15H3 J15H3 3 TGA MCP THA MCP TGM G6C3 THM THX HoG THUL H15H3 J15H3 4 TJA MP 1 J6F3 1 1 TX JOF3 TJU J15H3 1 5 MP 1 1 T TKU 15 3 21 6 1 M6H3 MOH3 do 100 kA at 600V 65 kA at 600V 320 Referto CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Circuit Protection publication 2100 10032 for more information 65kAfor0 2 HP at 480V or
439. n red W white for example 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 171 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 12 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Table 149 Pushbutton Selector Switch and Pilot Light Options Option Description FVR FVNR Option Delivery N P 2106 2107 2112 2113 Number Push Buttons 0 START STOP v 19 SC FORWARD REVERSE STOP STOP Y Y 1B Push Buttons and Selector Switch P 2 HAND START HAND STOP HAND OFF AUTO 1F Selector Switch 0 0 HAND OFF AUTO 3 FORWARD OFF REVERSE OFF ON v 360 Pilot Lights Standard Type ON Y 4 0 6 Full voltage 800F Lens color 8 0 designator ON OFF d cal AB GGR FORWARD REVERSE Y 4 0 FORWARD REVERSE OFF Y 4 __ 00 OVERLOAD Y Y 4T O LED Type ON AL 0 0 Lens color 2 E 4 6 7 designator ON OFF Y A A B GR W FORWARD REVERSE A0 FORWARD REVERSE OFF si 9 09 OVERLOAD Y Y 4TL O Push to Test ON 5 06 sc Standard Type 0 6 0 Lens color ON OFF d uoti designator FORWARD REVERSE Y 5 0 A B C G R NT FORWARD REVERSE OFF fo 09 9 OVERLOAD Y 5T _ 9 Push to TestLED ON v
440. n control Y Y Y Y PE 1 Options 9 and 9A are mutually exclusive and not available with optional overload relays 7F 2 Notavailable for dual 2103L or dual 2113 units Not available for 0 5 space factor 2103L units Not available for 0 5 space factor 2112 or 0 5 space factor 2113 units with E1 Plus with ground fault jam protection option 7FEE_G or E1 Plus with jam protection option 7FEE_J Not allowed for 0 5 space factor 2113 units with eutectic overload relay Mutually exclusive with 89 relay and 87 timer options ot available with push buttons or selector switches except options 3 and 1F are allowed for Bulletin 21021 21031 2112 and 2113 3 DeviceNet options 11DSA2 and 11DSA3 are mutually exclusive Not available with 7 Mutually exclusive with overload relays option 7FEC and E300 overload relays option 7FE2 and 7FE3 4 DSA option is not allowed on 2193FZ B and 2193F7 C due to the addition of the lug pad 5 utually exclusive with E1 Plus options 7FEE D 7FEE 7FEE_J 6 Required on IntelliCENTER MCC with EtherNet IP network orders with overload relays option 7FEC__ 7 8 9 Available for 110 240V control voltage SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage Not available for common control ot available with option 7FE2 or 7FE3 or eutectic overload relays Options 17 and 89CBL are mutually exclusive 10 Not available
441. n is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 4 to 40 10096 of maximum value selected 13 Value shown is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 4 or 2 5 increments to 40 10096 of maximum value selected 14 Value shown is max setting of trip unit Trip unit is electronic adjustable by 2 596 increments to 40 100 of maximum value selected 15 These units have horizontal operating handles 16 A300 trip is a plug in unit a 400 A trip is a frame mounted unit 17 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the trip current from Table 68 for example 2193F AKC 40TGM If optional load lugs will be selected select from Table 69 for example 2193F AKC 40TGM 804350 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 99 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB continued 7 Main and Feeder Units e CENTERLINE 2100 motor control centers are rated for use with 75 C wires Wire must be sized by using the 75 C column in NEC Table 310 16 The actual temperature rating of the lug is not relevant e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table Table 68 Trip Current Trip Current Amperes Number Trip Current Amperes Number 15 30 250 46 20 31 300 48 25 61 400 50 30 32 600 52 40 34 800 54 50 35 1000 55 60 36 1200 56 70 37 1600 58 80 38
442. ncorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards for example 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers Tap arrangement is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN The 15 kVA transformer has 110 220V secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2196 FKNS Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 318 for example 2196 FKNS 24J No power fuses available 8 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 9 For ratings 3 KVA and larger vented door is provided 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A oO gt 122 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFMR continued TIP The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor See page 113 for product description TIP Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer
443. nd bus options are no main no lug 2191M 1 lug 2192M or 2193M 2 lugs Lugs accept one 6AWG 250kcmil cable Requires tin plating on plug in unit ground stab Requires tin plating on unit load ground connector Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Basic Sections and Structure Features Modifications SC Il and 1 Table 16 Structure Features Modifications continued Horizontal Neutral Bus Splice Kit Splice bar hardware installation instructions included in power bus splice kit One kit required per shipping split on front mounted lineups Two kits required per shipping split for back to back construction Main Power Bus Phase A B C Rating and Material 600 A Aluminum with Tin Plating 800 A Aluminum with Tin Plating 600 A Copper with Tin Plating 800 A Copper with Tin Plating 1200 A Copper with Tin Plating 1600 A Copper with Tin Plating 2000 A Copper with Tin Plating Delivery Program PE II 2500 A Copper with Tin Plating ENG 3000 A Copper with Tin Plating ENG 600 A Copper with Silver Plating 800 A Copper with Silver Plating 1200 A Copper with Silver Plating 1600 A Copper with Silver Plating 2000 A Copper with Silver Plating PE II 2500 A Copper with Silver Plating ENG 3000 A Copper with Silver Plati
444. ne 277 volts line to neutral maximum 2 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal handles up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt pull apart control terminal block with 16 AWG control wire only One 3 pole power terminal block is supplied as standard 3 Dual mounted unit supplied without power terminal blocks 4 100 A unit with transformer control option 6P or 6XP increases space factor from 1 5 to 2 0 5 Ratings are based on the contactor being used to switch transformers having an inrush of not more than 20 times their rated full load current regardless of the nature of the secondary load Ratings do not apply to transformers used in resistance welder service 6 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2103LB BKBD Select trip current from table on page 319 for example 2103LB BKBD 30 Select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2103LB BKBD 30THM 7 To dual mount combination lighting contactors in one unit Select two trip current numbers from table on page 319 for example 2103LB BKBD 3032 Then select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 319 for example 2103LB BKBD 3032THM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 55 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Start
445. neutral riser 3 For top entry of incoming cables only 4 Disconnect supplied with lug pad assembly reference page 327 for additional lugs 5 Requires pullbox Select on page 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 95 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Feeder and Main Circuit Breaker Units FCB MCB Bulletin 2193F and 2193M are circuit breaker units with trip ratings available from 15 3000 A These units are available with thermal magnetic trips up to 250 A and electronic trips 300 A and above All trip ratings above 300 A are electronic trip which includes long short and instantaneous LSI protection as standard Groud fault protection LSIG is available as an option on 600 A and above and as standard on R frame circuit breakers e Electronic trip LSI is available as an option on H frame and J frame circuit breakers The 2193F is a plug in unit for ratings up to 300 A and is a frame mounted unit for ratings 400 A and above The 2193M is frame mounted for all ratings Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Circuit Breaker Feeders and Mains 125Aand 250A Frame Feeders through 225 A Trip are Plug in Units 400A Frame with 300 A trip is a Plug in Unit 400 3000 A Frame Feeders at 400 A Trip and above and all Mains are Frame Mounted e Mains 600 3000 A available with Built in Ground Fault Protection
446. ng ENG Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 37 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Basic Sections and Structure Features Modifications SC Il and 1 Table 17 Section Features Modifications continued Delivery Program Horizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit One 0 25 1 unplated copper For applications utilizing ground bus 50 11 mounted on both top and bottom or Two 0 25 x 1 unplated copper from back to back line ups two ground bus 5 kits are required for joining One 0 25 1 tin plated copper each shipping split Two 0 25 x 1 tin plated copper NO OX ID NO OX ID compound on vertical bus for section plug in units Pullbox 0 12 high x 15 deep or 20 deep except corner sections Shutters For isolation of plug in stab openings automatic For isolation of plug in stab openings manual Protective Caps For unused plug in stab openings Unit Isolating Barriers For dosing the wire opening between unit and vertical wireway DeviceNet Connector Covers For covering the unused DeviceNet connectors in the vertical wireway of a DeviceNet MCC Wireway Tie Bars Five cable tie bars in vertical wireway Outgoing Equipment Ground Lug One 6 250 kcmil lug mounted on horizontal ground bus in addition to lug provided T Handle T handle latch on ve
447. ngrounded MPSUG This option disconnects internal drive protective devices v vig Py ym y Y Y Power System which are referenced to ground This option is required if the drive is used on an ungrounded power system or a power system which is grounded through any impedance Auxiliary Power 14APS 24V DC auxiliary power supply option module Provides Y JO Supply power to drive logic circuits when line power is removed from drive Requires customer supplied source of 24V DC power Option is installed in the location for Port 8 Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 289 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 239 Bulletins 2162 2163 VFD Control Interface Options Option Option Description PowerFlex 40 70 525 700 and 750 Series Drives Delivery Number 21620 21628 2162W 2162 21621 21620 2162v__ Program 21630 21638 2163W 2163X 2163T 21630 21631 Safety Systems 14SFR1 Safe Torque off Option with Factory Installed Y 19 7900 1 se MSR138DP safety relay Relay uses a removable terminal block and accepts inputs for one N C two N C or Light Curtain provides two safety outputs and three delayed safety outputs with 0 5 105 delay Relay control power is 115V AC 14SFR2 S
448. nit for that motor size Normal Duty Applications can allow 110 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 520 User Manual publication 520 UM001 2 nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 525 drive units should be sized according to the application and output ampere rating 3 Adding options to catalog string can increase space factor Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 275 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 228 2162W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery up Program 600V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 0 9 05 1 0 2162WB 0P9KC 33 15 2162WB 0P9JC 33 SC 13 0 75 1 0 2162WB 1P7KC 34 1 5 2162WB 1P7JC 34 A 1 7 1 0 1 0 2162WB 1P7KC 35 1 5 2162WB 1P7JC 35 22 15 1 0 2162WB 3P0KC 36 20 2162WB 3P0JC 36 30 20 1 0 2162WB 3P0KC 37 2 0 2162WB 3P0JC 37 42 3 0 1 0 2162WB 4P2KC 38 20 2162WB 4P2JC 38
449. nit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 227 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units IMPORTANT Thehorsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 194 Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 380 415V Normal Duty Frame Rating 0 Nominal kW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Normal Duty 380 415V Space Factor Catalog Number 8 Space Factor Catalog Number 8 Program 0 1 3 0 37 2 0 2163RA 1P3NK_ 33K_ 2 0 2163RA 1P3NJ_ 33K_ PE 1 5 0 55 2163RA 2P1NK_ 34K_ 2163RA 2P1NJ_ 34K_ 2 1 0 75 2163RA 2P1NK_ 35K_ 2163RA 2P1NJ_ 35K_ 2 6 1 1 2163RA 3P5NK_ 36K_ 2163RA 3P5NJ_ 36K_ 3 5 1 5 2163RA 3P5NK_ 37K_ 2163RA 3P5NJ_ 37K_ 5 0 2 2 2163RA 5PONK_ 38K_ 2163RA 5PONJ_ 38K_ 8 7 37 2163RA 8P7NK 39K 25 2163RA 8P7NJ 39K 11 5 3 5 2163RA 011NK 40K 2163RA 011NJ 40K 1 154 75 2163RA O15NK_ 41K_ 2163RA O15NJ_ 4
450. nits Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output An I O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 211 2162U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Delivery Type 1 w gasket Program HD 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor 2 21 1 25 2162UB 2P1HKB 35 25 2162UB 2P1HJB 35 SC 2 3 0 15 25 2162UB 3P4HKB 36 25 2162UB 3P4HJB 36 2 34 2 25 21621 8 3 37 25 2162UB 3P4HJB 37 2 5 0 3 25 2162UB 5POHKB 38 25 2162UB 5POHJB 38 2 8 0 5 25 2162UB 8POHKB 39 25 2162UB 8POHJB 39 2 11 75 25 2162UB 011HKB 40 25 2162UB 011HJB 40 2 14 10 25 2162UB 022HKB 41 3 0 2162UB 022HJB 41 3 22 15 25 2162UB 027HKB 42 3 5 2162UB 027HJB 42 3 27 20 25 2162UB 034HKB 43 3 5 2162UB 034HJB 43 3 34 25 3 0 2162UB 040HKB 44 3 5 2162UB 040HJB 44 4
451. nits with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVNR 63 2112 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVNR 68 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVNR 65 2113 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non 2162T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480VAC 239 21621 Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC 241 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 380 480VAC 227 229 231 21631 Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480VAC 242 2163T Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC 244 21801 21821 and 21831 Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Programmable Controller PLC 307 2190 Metering Compartments METER 75 78 2191M and 2191F Lug Compartments Provisions for Basic Sections Incoming Lines MLUG and Outgoing Feeders FLUG 82 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Line Dimensions 88 90 2192F Fusible Disconnect Switch Feeders Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit FDS 92 Breaker FVNR 68 2192M Fusible Disconnect Switch Mains 2122E 2 peed 2 Winding Starter Unit with MFDS 93 Fusible Disconnect Switch TS2W 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB 97 100 70 212
452. not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Integrated HIM Human Interface Module is included Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 523 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 523 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors Table 234 2163X Combination PowerFlex 523 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery 480V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor A 14 0 5 1 0 2163XB 1P4KB 33 1 5 2163 1 33___ SC 17 0 75 1 0 2163XB 2P3KB 34 1 5 2163XB 2P3 B 34 23 10 1 0 2163 2 3 35___ 15 2163XB 2P3 B 35 3 0 1 5 1 0 2163XB 4POKB 36 2 0 2163XB 4P0 B 36 40 20 1 0 2163 4 37___ 20 2163XB 4P0 B 37 6 0 3 0 1 0 2163 6 38___ 20 2163 6 38___ 10 5 5 0 1 0 2163XB 010KB 39 2 0 2163XB 010 B 39 C 13 75 2 0 2163XB 013KB 40 25 2163 8 013 8 40 C 17 10 20 2163 017 41_ 25 2163XB 017JB 41___ D 24 15 20 2163 024 42___ 3 0 2163 024 8 42___ D 30 20 25 2163 030 43 35 2163 8 030 8 43 Size the PowerFlex 523 drive units ac
453. nput fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or C UL listed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units IMPORTANT ampere rating Table 178 Bulletin 21620 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 380 415V Normal Duty CENTERLINE 2100
454. ns 21000 2102L 2192F and 2192M 317 for Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 2126 and 2127 316 G Gasketing Kit 324 Ground Detection Lights on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Ground Fault Protection on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Ground Lug Outgoing 38 Grounded Unit Door on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 196 Grounded Unit Door on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 159 Grounded Unit Door on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 Hardware and Kits 8A Round DeviceNet Cable 334 Bolt on Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Branch Breakers for Lighting Panels 332 Bottom Closing Plate 324 Bus Stab Isolation Kit 326 Cardholder for Unit Doors 328 Control Station Housing 328 Control Station Mounting Plate 328 DeviceNet Connection Cover Kit 334 DeviceNet Field Support Kit 334 DeviceNet Scanner Modules 334 DeviceNet Terminating Resistors 334 DeviceNet Trunk Line Cable 334 DeviceNet Unit Cable 334 Door Hardware Kit 328 Door Hinge Kit 328 Drip Hood 323 End Closing Plate 324 Extended Reset Button Kit 330 External Auxiliary Contact 331 External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits 330 331 External Auxiliary Contact Kits 331 External Mounting Channel Kits 324 Gasketing Kit 324 Ho
455. ns 343 Overload Relay Heater Elements on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 170 P Parts Illustrations Typical 15 Deep Section Construction 31 Pilot Lights on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 192 375 Index 376 Pilot Lights on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 172 Plug In Unit Retrofit Kit 330 Power Factor Correction Capacitors on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 158 Power Supply on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 309 Power System 367 Power Terminal Blocks on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 167 Primary Voltage Code for Bulletins 2195 2196 and 2197 314 Protective Caps 38 Protective Modules on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 193 Publication Overview 9 Pull Apart Terminal Bocks 330 Pullbox 323 Push Buttons and Selector Switch on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 145 Push Buttons on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 191 Push Buttons on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 145 Round DeviceNet Cable with Connectors 334 S Section Modification SC
456. nt series sections NEMA Type 1 w gasket and Type 12 2100H NA4J2 Horizontal Wireway Cover Covers either top or bottom wireway opening at front of vertical section For 20 wide vertical section 2100H NWW20 For 25 wide vertical section 2100H NWW25 For 30 wide vertical section 2100H NWW30 For 35 wide vertical section 2100H NWW35 For 40 wide vertical section 2100H NWW40 Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 323 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 280 Section Hardware and Kits 20 Hardware and Kits Description Catalog Delivery Number Program End Closing Plate Covers both top and bottom For 15 deep sections NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N3A1 SC horizontal wireway openings and bus opening on one side Type 12 2100H N31 of vertical section only For For 20 deep sections NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N3A2 use with sidesheets having internal c channel mounting NEMA Type 12 2100H N3J2 angle End Closing Plates for Covers both top and bottom For 15 deep sections NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 21008 ECP1A Right Hand Sections with horizontal wireway openings cpu Integral Mounting and bus opening on one side NEMA Type 12 2100 1 Flanges of vertical section only For Fo
457. ntal neutral 1200 10 10 switch and bus rating half or full 1600 5 N A None N A 2193M main 7 circuit breaker 2000 6 None None Y Y See ps 88FN 150 9 N A None Y page 95 for i 92M and l 25 wa 9 N A None Y page 104 for 9 9 10 s 2193 400 None standard and 600 8 8 1 0 1009 Y optional lugs 800 8 8 10 1009 2 2 1200 9 0 10 10 Y Y 1600 5 None N A Y Y 2000 5 None None Y 2500 5 None None Y Y 3000 5 Y Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 161 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 140 Delivery 2191 2192 2193 Program Space Factor Adder Description Rating Main Neutral Bus Location MLUG MFDS MCB Number MLUG MFDS Incoming 88NPC 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 246 250 kcmil lug Insulated from and mounted on 2 vB wll sc Neutral 4 unit support pan Located below main incoming unit if top entry and located above main incoming Connection unit if bottom entry Adds 0 5 space factor main unit if less than 6 0 space factor Not available for Plate 8 2191M
458. nted only With disconnecting means Fusible disconnect 30 A switch plug in stabs control circuit transformer 4 slot chassis 1 5 space factor Fusible disconnect 30 A switch without plug in stabs control circuit transformer 7 slot chassis 2 0 space factor frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Bottom mounted only e Circuit breaker 15 A trip plug in stabs control circuit transformer 4 slot chassis 1 5 space factor e Circuit breaker 15 A trip without plug in stabs control circuit transformer 7 slot chassis 2 0 space factor frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Bottom mounted only Unit Options Processor cards all memory upgrade options Communication cards Ethernet ControlNet DeviceNet Remote I O DH Power supply 10 0 A Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 305 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 17 Programmable Controller Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2180 2182 and 2183 Programmable Control I O Chassis Units NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 Type A Wiring with gasket and Type 12 Table 255 2180L A XWD 2182L A B w 2183L A B 30THM Bulletin Number Number of 1 0 Chassis and Slots NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Trip Current and Circuit Breaker Option
459. oad protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 755 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 755 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with fusible disconnect switch do not include factory supplied installed branch circuit drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available If fusing is not factory installed UL Class J fuse clips will be provided sized based on the fuse size that would be factory installed Combination Unit Short Circuit Rating is 100 kA for 480V See Table 320 Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output An I O option module is
460. oad terminal blocks are NOT furnished Lighting panel bus is aluminum with tin plating Directory card is supplied 8 Lighting and Power Panel Units Table 74 Type Panel Bus and Main Max Number of Space Catalog Number Delivery Lug Ampere 1 pole Factor Wiring Type A Class 12 Program Rati Circuit Break ee 1 NEMA Type 12 WITH MAIN LUG ONLY MLO Single Phase 100 18 20 2193LE AKL118 00WT 2193LE AJLT18 00WT SC 3 wire 120 240V 10 kA ICrms Sym 225 30 2 5 2193LE CKL130 00WT 2193LE COL130 00WT 42 3 0 2193LE CKL142 00WT 2193LE CJL142 00WT Three Phase 100 18 2 0 2193LE AKL318 00WT 2193LE AJL318 00WT 4 wire 120 208V AC 10 ICrms Sym 30 2 5 2193LE AKL330 00WT 2193LE AL330 00WT 225 42 3 0 2193LE CKL342 00WT 2193LE CJL342 00WT WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCB 1 100 A Main Circuit Breaker is Cutler Hammer BAB type series rating 10 kA 225 A Main Circuit Breaker is Cutler Hammer ED type series rating 65 kA Single Phase 100 16 2 0 2193LE AKB116 40WT 2193LE AJB116 40WT SC 3 wire 120 240V AC 2 225 30 3 5 2193LE CKB130 45WT 2193LE CJB130 45WT 42 40 2193LE CKB142 45WT 2193LE CB142 45WT Three Phase 4 wre 100 0 15 20 2193LE AKB315 40WT 2193LE AJB315 40WT 120 208V AC 27 25 2193LE AKB327 40WT 2193LE AJB327 40WT 225 42 40 2193LE CKB342 45WT 2193LE CB342 45WT 1 The 100 A main circuit breaker in a 10
461. ockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 250 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Heavy Duty CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Drive Rating Code 600407 NEMA Type Base Unit Space Factor Adder Space 14DF___ 14R__ 14DF___ 112A 14DF___ 14R__ 14DF___ Factor and 14R__ and112A and112A and14R__ and 112A 1P7H 2P7H 3P9H 6P1H 1 1G 2 5 None None None None None None None 12 2 5 None None None None None None None 9POH 011 1 1G 2 5 None 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 None None None None None None None 017H 022H 1 1G 2 5 None 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None None None 027 116 3 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 4 032 116 3 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 4 041 1 1G 6 0S F x None None None None None None None 20 W 15 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 25 W x 15 0 052H 1 1G 6 05 25 W 15 0 12 6 0 S F x None None None 25 W x 15 063 077 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0 S
462. odifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Option Option Description FVR FVNR Delivery Number 2106 2112 Program 2107 2113 Auxiliary Contacts 900 NORMALLY OPEN One auxiliary contact on each contactor or starter Y SC Y 910 NORMALLY CLOSED One N C auxiliary contact on each contactor or starter v Y 98 NORMALLY OPEN One auxiliary contact operates with movement of external handle only Y Y 99 NORMALLY CLOSED One N C auxiliary contact operates with movement of external handle only Y Y 790K9 One Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y 79019 Two Form C Aux mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y 790A One Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y v 79019 One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y Y 79089 Two Form C Aux One Form C Alarm mounted internally in Circuit Breaker Y T Handles 411 T handle latch on unit door Y v Control Wire Markers 751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire Not available in Canada Y Y 751HS Heat shrink type wire marker Y v 7515 Sleeve type wire marker Y v French Legend Plates 860F Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices Specify 860F when pilot device optionis v v selected Spanish Legend Plates 8605 Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices Specify 8605 when pilot device optionis v v se
463. og number for example 32418 Two digits are required for quantities less than ten for example 30303 When selecting multiple branch breakers with different trip ratings add additional string numbers to the end of the catalog number for example 2193LE AK318 OOWT 32A18 30A03 30 02 Locations ofthe branch breakers are determined by the factory The maximum amperes connected to any one connector cannot exceed 200 A on bolt on branch breakers All branch breakers are Type BAB Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN Bulletin 2193PP is a plug in unit panel board with main circuit breaker The panel boards are rated for 100 A 150 A or 225 A with up to 42 branch circuits One two and three pole bolt on branch circuit breakers are available with ratings from 15 Ato 100A Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN Plug in unit panel board e Rated for 100 A 150 A or 225 A with up to 42 branch circuits 1 20r3 pole bolt on branch circuit breakers available with ratings from 15 100 A Reference page 332 for additional bolt on breakers Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 109 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 8 Lighting and Power Panel Units Table 76 2193PP K B 5 18 40 CB 30A18 Bulletin Number Maximum Ra
464. ol voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2106B 3BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2106B 3BABD 38 Select fuse class Then select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2106B 3BABD 38 24J IMPORTANT Thecatalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K for example 2106B 3BK orreplace the letter D with the letter J for example 21068 38 Bulletin 2107 Space Saving Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR See page 56 for product description Units are cULus listed unless otherwise indicated Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all units Table 32 NEMA Size Horsepower Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w NEMA Type 12 gasket 1 05 10 0 75 10 0 517 21078 3 _ __ 2107B 3BD 5 2 15 25 15 25 100 21078 3CA 21078 34CD 3 30 50 30 50 150 21078303 21078 300 1 These units have horizontal operating handles up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 27 for information on installation into series E J sections 2 These units have horizon
465. ompartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 82 kvA Amperes Wiring Type A Class Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1andType NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 0 1w gasket 7 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 8 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one secondary fuse 0 5 30 30 30 10 2196 _0 _ 2196 4 D 9 05 o 2196 BK D ES 2196 8 D 1 15 2196 CK D 2196 0 D 46 20 21962K D 21962 D 2 2196 EK D 2196 D 3 15 250 2196 FK_D __ 2196 FK_D __ 16A 2196 E D 0 5 2 5 30 250 2196 GK D 2196 GK_D __ 16A 2196 6 0 SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240V phase to phase 120V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 30 250 2196 GK A 2196 GK_A __ 16A 2196 G A ug 7 5 3 7 60 30 30 2196 HK_A 2196 HK A 16A 2196 HJ_A 10 5 60 30 30 2196 2196 JK_A __ 16A 2196 JJ_A 15 7 5 100 60 60 3 00 2196 KK_A __ 2196 KK A 16A 2196 KJ_A 25 12 5 200 60 60 309094 2196 MK A 2196 MK A 16A 2196 A 37 5 18 5 200 100 100 3520 D 121964 2196 YK A 16A 2196 3 A 50 25 200 100 352005 2196 YK_A _ 2196 YK_A __ 16A 2196 YJ_A _
466. on the isolation contactor The standard SMC 3 auxiliary contact is set for NORMAL and is used to control the isolation contactor When ON pilot light or DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA is selected in SMC 3 units without an isolation contactor and without any additional auxiliary contacts the standard SMC 3 N 0 auxiliary contact will be used and set to NORMAL When ON pilot light or DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA is selected in SMC 3 units without an isolation contactor only one additional 0 or N C contact can be selected select two auxiliary contacts option 900 or one 0 and one N C auxiliary contacts option 901 The auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SMC 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SMC 3 N 0 auxiliary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not used When ON pilot light and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ are selected in SMC 3 units select two N O auxiliary contacts option 900 Without an isolation contactor option 1310 the auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SMC 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SMC 3 N O auxiliary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not used When ON OFF pilot lights are selected on SMC 3 units select 0 auxiliary contact and one N C auxiliary contact option 901 Without an isolation contactor option 13lC the auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SMC 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SMC 3 N 0 auxiliary contact is set f
467. ontactors Consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for application assistance Table 45 NEMA Constant or Variable Torque Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Size Horsepower Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 208V 240V 380 415V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 20 2123 8 2123FB BD SC 2 10 10 15 15272225 15 25 2 0 213FB CA 212388 0 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 3 5 2123FB DA 2123FB DD_ __ 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 45 2123FB EA 2123FB ED PE 50 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 a 2123FB FA_ __ 2123FB FD_ __ PE I 5 1 If low speed full load current is below 77 A a special starter is required Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2123FB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2123FB BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2123FB BABD 30TGA e For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publication 2100 TD032 IMPORTANT catalog numbers listed include an external reset
468. option 11DSA_ 7FEC_ 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 901 one N 0 and one N C auxiliary contact must be selected 6 When used with option 1F 11DSA_ 7FEE_D or 7FEC_ or ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 90 N O auxiliary contact must be selected Important required option code for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units is 900111 When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 900 2 N O auxiliary contacts must be selected Important required option code for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units is 900111 146 7 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 1F 11DSA_ 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 901 0 and one N C auxiliary contact must be selected Important required option code for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units is 900111 When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 7FEE_D or 7FEC_ or ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 9001 two N 0 and one N C auxiliary contacts must be selected Important required option code for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starter units is 900111 8 When used with option 11DSA_ or 7FEE_DEE_D option 90 one N O auxiliary contact must be selected 9 Not available on 7FE2 or 7FE3 Overload Relay Options 10 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 11DSA_ or 7FEE_DEE_D option 901 one 0 and 1 N C auxiliary contact
469. or Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor 3 0 9 0 50 25 2162UB 1P7NKC 33 2 5 2162UB 1P7NJC 33 3 13 0 75 25 2162UB 1P7NKC 34 2 5 2162UB 1P7NJC 34 3 17 1 2 5 2162UB 1P7NKC 35 2 5 2162UB 1P7NJC 35 3 24 15 25 2162UB 2P7NKC 36 2 5 2162UB 2P7NJC 36 3 27 20 25 2162UB 2P7NKC 37 2 5 2162UB 2P7NJC 37 3 3 9 3 2 5 2162UB 3P9NKC 38 2 5 2162UB 3P9NJC 38 3 6 1 5 25 2162UB 6P1NKC 39 2 5 2162UB 6P1NJC 39 3 9 0 75 25 2162UB 9PONKC 40 3 0 2162UB 9PONJC 40 3 11 10 0 25 2162UB 011NKC 41 3 0 2162UB 011NJC 41 3 17 15 25 2162UB 017NKC 42 3 5 2162UB 017NJC 42 3 22 20 25 2162UB 022NKC 43 3 5 2162UB 022NJC 43 4 27 25 3 0 2162UB 027NKC 44 4 0 2162UB 027NJC 44 4 32 30 3 0 2162UB 032NKC 45 4 0 2162UB 032NJC 45 5 41 40 6 0x20 Wx 2162UB 041NKC 46 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 041NJC 46 15 0 15 0 5 52 50 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 052NKC 47 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 052NJC 47 15 D 15 D 6 63 60 60x25 Wx 2162UB 063NKC 482 6 0x 25 Wx 2162UB 063NJC 48 20 D 20 D 6 77 75 6 0x25 Wx 2162UB 077NKC 498 6 0x 25 Wx 2162UB 077NJC 49 20 D 20 D 6 99 100 60x25 Wx 2162UB O99NKC 50 6 0x 30 Wx 2162UB 099NJC 50 20 D 20 D 6 125 125 60x25 Wx 2162UB 125NKC 518 6 0x35 Wx 2162UB 125NJC 51 20 D 20 D 6 144 150 od Wx 2162UB 144NKC 520 na 1 The HP ratings shown are nominal values Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Standard units are configured to properly protect only the nominal
470. or AT SPEED and is not used When ON OFF pilot lights and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA are selected on SMC 3 units select two and one N C auxiliary contact option 900 91 IMPORTANT this number of auxiliary contacts requires the selection of an isolation contactor option 1310 The following apply to auxiliary contacts for Bulletin 2154 and 2155 SMC Flex units When isolation contactor Option 1310 is selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four in any combination except three N C four N C or one N 0 and three N C When isolation contactor Option 131C is not selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four in the following combinations two N 0 two N C three N 0 one N C four N O or four N C When ON pilot light is selected on SMC Flex units select one N O auxiliary contact option 90 When ON OFF pilot lights are selected on SMC Flex units select one 0 and one N C auxiliary contact option 90 and 91 When DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 13DSA_ is selected on SMC Flex units select one N 0 auxiliary contact option 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 197 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascend
471. or Load Reactors Reactors 600 B 17A 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 30 42 66 20 20 20 2 0 25 25 C 99 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 25 25 25 1223 19 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 Bulletin 2162U and 2163U PowerFlex 753 Drive These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a high performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fans and venting where required See page 363 Include internal electronic overload protection Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fans Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque Are digitally programmable with access to mode programming providing precise and repeatedly accurate set up control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Have available 24V DC or 115V AC control voltages A Human Interface Module HIM must be selected Bulletin 2162U and 2163U use PowerFlex 753 drives IMPORTANT n480V applications UL Class J time delay fuses are optional both branch circuit protection and drive input protection In 600V appli
472. or Size American Wire Gauge Size 0 actual size in mm actual size in mm 10mm 18 0 823 50mm 41 0 53 49 15mm 16 1 31 70 mm 2 0 67 43 25mm 14 2 68 95 mm 43 0 85 01 4mm 12 3 31 95 mm 4 0 107 20 6mm 10 5 26 120 mm 250 kcmil 127 0 10mm 8 8 37 150 mm2 300 kcmil 152 0 16mm 6 13 30 185 mm 350 kcmil 177 0 25mm 84 1 13 185 mm 400 kcmil 203 0 25mm i3 0 26 67 240 mm 500 kcmil 253 0 35mm 2 33 62 300 mm 600 kcmil 304 0 35mm 1 44 21 400 mm 750 kcmil 350 0 1 Reference IEC Standard 60947 1 table 2 This American wire gauge conductor size is the closest equivalent to the metric conductor size Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 361 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Appendix Metric Conversion Table Table 328 English Metric English Metric English Metric English Metric Measurement Equivalent Measurement Equivalent Measurement Equivalent Measurement Equivalent inches millimeter inches millimeter inches millimeter inches millimeter 0 016 0 40 0 313 7 94 1 25 40 20 508 00 0 031 0 79 0 375 9 53 2 50 80 30 762 00 0 063 1 59 0 438 1111 3 76 20 40 1016 00 0 094 2 38 0 500 12 70 4 101 60 50 1270 00 0 125 3 18 0 563 14 29 5 127 00 60 1524 00 0 156 3 97 0 625 15 88 6 152 40 70 1778 00 0 188 4 76 0 688 17 46 7 177 80 80 2032 00 0 218 5 56 0 750 19
473. or control wires where possible Y Y Y Y Control Wire 751D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire Not Y Y Y SC Markers available in Canada J51HS Heat shrink type wire marker Y Y Y Y Y SC 4 2 days 7515 Sleeve type wire marker Y Y Y Y Y SC Omission of 752 For combination starter units NEMA size 1 and 2 Y Y Y SC Circuit Breaker MCP frame only N A in 0 5 space factor units NEMA size 3 4 2 d NEMA size 4 Y Shunt 754 Shunt Trip Relay Applying potential to the relay trips the breaker Available on all circuit breaker units 120V 100 Rating of 755 Provides 100 rating of main switch or circuit breaker NEMA Type 1 Available on 2192M 600 2000 AO PE II Main Disconnect and Type 1 with gasket only except non fused 2192M is available in Switch or Circuit NEMA Type 12 Not available with NEMA Type 3R or Type 4 MA on 2193M 1200 3000 A 1200A SC Breaker my 2000 2500 3000 A9 Undervoltage 780 Undervoltage relay Loss of potential to the relay trips the breaker v Y Y Y Release 3 4 120V 1 Options for factory wiring of control circuits Also available for 2100 DPS 2100 C2D 2100 E2D_ and 2100 DC 05XWD units Also 2192F 2192M 2193F and 2193M units when option 11DSA is selected 750B only available when unit is fed from the vertical or horizontal power bus Dedicated auxiliary devices for example fans device and component internal wiring and wiring that could
474. ormer Units Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFMR TIP See page 113 for product description TIP The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip e To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative e arrangement for 15 50 kVA single phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is two 2 1 2 Taps FCBN e Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise e Units consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together This circuit breaker compartment has a horizontal operating handle For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 87 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery kva Factor Wiring Type A Only Class I Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1andType NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 0
475. ous Units 4 Unit ammeter and current transducer options are mutually exclusive 5 Elapsed time meter mounts in position normally used for a pilot device limiting the maximum number of pilot devices selected On 0 5 space factor units elapsed time meter uses two positions normally used for a pilot device Not available on dual mounted units Available on units with 120V separate or transformer control only Not available on 380 415V 50 Hz applications 6 Mutually exclusive with control relay options 89CB 89CBL 89CF and 89 in 1 0 space factor and current transformer options 700TC1 and 700 4 in 1 0 space factor 1 0 space factor units are increased to 1 5 space factor 7 Requires option 90 Normal open auxiliary contact for Bulletin 2102L 2103L 2112 and 2113 Requires option 900011 for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 vacuum contactor starters 8 Not available on Bulletin 2191M units specified with metering options Not available on Bulletin 2191MT 600A in horizontal wireway corner section or 10 wide incoming lug section Not available on non fused 2192M units Mutually exclusive with key interlock mounting provision option 201 9 Horizontal neutral bus and incoming neutral bus is required when 3 phase 4 wire power system is specified Available only on 480 600V 60 Hz applications 10 Unit load ground connector and unit ground stab plating must match the horizontal and vertical ground bus plating 160 Rockwell Automation Pub
476. ous Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 139 Option Option Description FVC FVR FVNR TSIW 2100 Delivery Number TS2W ESW Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2103L 2107 2113 2123 Grounded 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door Unit door hinge Available on all units SC Unit Door grounding strap for IEC requirements Unit Load 79L Select on all plug in units in sections with vertical unit load ground Unplated copper Available on all plug in units Connector 279170797 bus Provides ground connection at unit location for cable size 14 plated copper 4 AWG UnitGround Copper unit ground stabs also may be used with steel vertical Copper alloy Available on all plug in units Stab 790 ground bus Select on plug in units in sections with vertical plug in Unplated copper d bus 910404 05 Tin plated copper Thermistor 84 1 Bulletin 817 E2P 110 120V AC 50 60 Hz output is unwired Y Protection Relay Unit 85AA Analog ammeter and current transformer Y Y ammeter 85XA Current transformer only for use with external meter Current transformer rated 2 5VA or Y Y greater Elap
477. ovided with two 24V DC inputs and Size 1 IMPORTANT For non DeviceNet one 110 240V AC output Size 2 9 applications a 24V DC separate power Sire3 2 source is needed A Bulletin 8 193 DNCT DeviceNet Configuration Size 4 Terminal is needed for programming and 7FEC2_0 Plus overload relay is provided with four 24V DCinputsand Size 1 Y monitoring two 110 240V AC outputs Size 2 v E Size3 Y Y jr 00 Size 4 PAG Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 173 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 12 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Table 150 Control Circuit Transformers OL Relays and DSA Options Option Option Description FVR FVNR Delivery Number 2106 2112 Program 2107 2113 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary DSA 0 5 110542 For use with starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and outputs Four 120V AC inputs v Y SC mutually exclusive and two 120V outputs Cannot be selected with E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC__ or E1 Plus with DeviceNet 7 D 11DSA3 For use with starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and outputs Four 24V DC inputs v and two 240V AC max outputs Cannot be selected with electronic overload relay 7FEC__ or E1 Plus with DeviceNet 7FEE_D Overload EtherNet IP Communication ENET For use on staraters to provide EtherNet IP communication for
478. p designator from table on page 316 for example 2112B VBABD 5 1 26 If power fuse is selected first select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2112B VBABD 51 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 316 for example 2112B VBABD 51GT 20J For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 IMPORTANT Thecatalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter for example 2112B VBK_ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter I for example 21128 64 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVNR See page 61 for product description Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all units Table 36 NEMASize Horsepower Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 208V 240V 380 415V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 1w gasket 10 0 125 3 0 125 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 05 21138423 21138 00 SC 1 0 125 75 0 125 75 0 125 10 0 125 10 1 0 2113B BA_ __ 2113B BD_ __ DUALTU 0 125 7 5 0 25 75 0 125 10 0 125 10 15 2113BBA_ _
479. pace factors are not required or supplied A4 1 1 A _ H 44 4 33 ns Es L1 L1 ii 1 4 D T p 02 2 SEP 13 3 8 ij lw e eza Y ree B 1 PES iE 24141 44 Jolo seque EE 25112122 9 0110 0 0 oo o oo e ojoj jo o ec eejeo 8 29 ee esel 2 FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 TIP All lug pads shown accept NEMA standard 2 hole lugs 1 75 on center using 0 5 hardware 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Feeder and Main Fusible Disconnect Switch Units FDS MFDS Bulletin 2192M and 2192F are fusible disconnect switches These switches are available with ratings from 30 2000 A The 2192F is a plug in unit for ratings up to 200 A and frame mounted for ratings 400 A and above The 2192M is frame mounted rigidly mounted and hardwired in the structure for all ratings The bolted pressure switch design is used for 2192 units rated 600 2000 A Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Fusible Disconnect Feeders and Mains 30 200 A Feeders are available as Plug in Units 400 1200 A Feeders and all Mains are Frame Mounted 600 2000 A units have Visual Blade Bolted Pressure Switches CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers
480. phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 207 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 182 Bulletin 21620 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 600V Heavy Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Frame Rating 0 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor Factor 0 9 0 5 1 5 21620 1 7 33 20 2162QA 1P7HJC 33 13 0 75 2162QA 1P7HKC 34 2162QA 1P7HJC 34 17 1 21620 2 7 35 21620 2 7 35 24 1 5 21620A 2P7HKC 3
481. plated copper 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus Two 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected Two 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected Ground Bus 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus Tin Plated copper 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus Two 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected Two 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected Vertical Ground Bus 10 188 x 0 75 vertical plug in steel ground bus Steel 0 188 x 0 75 vertical plug in ground bus Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 vertical ground bus for grounding unit load 0 188 x 0 75 vertical plug in ground bus Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 vertical ground bus for grounding unit load Horizontal Splice bars hardware and installation instructions for 3 phase splicing One kit required per Aluminum tin plated 600 A Power Bus shipping split on front mounted lineups Two kits required per shipping split for back to bus 800A Splice Kit back construction Copper tin plated bus 603 800 A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A ENG 3000 A ENG Copper silver plated 600 A PE II bus 800A 1200 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500A ENG 3000 ENG 36 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative when specifying 100 kA series coordinated bracing for Add to existing sections Standard ground bus lugs provided for horizontal grou
482. plications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2331 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT ampere rating Table 196 Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 480V Heavy Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units
483. pping split Shipping split is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not sci 9 watertight or waterproof Skid is 2 8 construction according to shipping split size Top is 2 4 frame with 0 438 orientated strand board 05 Ends and sides covered with 0 438 orientated strand board 058 with 2 x 4 cross members Two steel bands around outside of container Extended storage may require space heaters and other considerations 1 Available on NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 sections only 2 External mounting channel is shipped attached to MCC sections 3 Additional time required for export packing of SC II and 1 sections 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER Technology Embedded Systems CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER Technology provides CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with sections having an Embedded System The Embedded System can either be DeviceNet network or EtherNet IP network DeviceNet The DeviceNet cabling consisting of trunk line and drop lines is routed through the sections and into the individual units allowing the devices to communicate via DeviceNet A complete DeviceNet system includes cabling power supply scanner module and the necessary DeviceNet components in the M
484. ps FCBN The 15 kVA transformer has 110 220V secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2197 EKNS Select the trip current from table on page 319 for example 2197 EKNS 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 321 for example 2197 EKNS 30TGM For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 9 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A 1 Ov Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 129 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFMR continued TIP The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor See page 113 for product description TIP For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content i
485. ption number for example 7FEGFYG 24V DC input points None 120V AC input points available for 110 Yn 0 All 120V AC control voltage only Ground fault Includes Bulletin 193 CBCT G 8 1 20 ground fault sensor 39 4 5 68 120V AC input points and ground fault YG ma 60 1 20 see description above 39 4 5 68 1 When 120V AC inputs are selected Overload Relay Code Y or YG with Option 7FEC5 only 4 inputs points are available 2 Bulletin 2112 2113 NEMA Size 2 with Option 7FECS_Y or 7FEC5_YG are increased to 1 5 space factor 3 Bulletin 2112 NEMA Size 4 is increased to 3 5 space factor Bulletin 2113 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix TJA is increased to 2 5 space factors Bulletin 2112 NEMA Size 5 with Class J fuse clips is increased to 4 0 space factor Bulletin 2112 NEMA Size 5 with Class J fuses is increased to 4 0 space factors 4 NEMA Size 3 with ground fault option must include power terminal blocks therefore wiring type must be Type B and unit is not allowed to have omit power terminal blocks option 106 Only available with option 7FECS Not available with option 7FEC1 So Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 153 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 127 Catalog Explanation for
486. r Space Factor Catalog Number 0 17 1 20 2163 1 7 35 20 2163RA 1P7NJC 35_ 240 15 2163RA 2P7NKC 36 2163RA 2P7NJC 36 27 2 2163RA 2P7NKC 37_ 2163RA 2P7NJC 37_ 3 9 0 3 2163RA 3P9NKC 38_ 2163 3 9 38 _ 610 5 2163RA GP1NKC 39 2 5 2163RA GP1NJC 39 9 9 0 75 2163RA 9PONKC 40 2163RA 9PONJC 40_ 1 11 10 2163RA 011NKC 41_ 2163RA O11NJC 41_ 17 15 2163RA 017NKC 42 30 2163RA 017NJC 42 2 2 20 25 2163RA 022NKC 43 _ 2163RA 022NJC 43 _ 2 25 2163RA 027NKC 44_ 2163RA 027NJC 44_ 3 32 30 3 0 2163RA 032NKC 45_ 35 2163RA 032NJC 45 4 40 2163RA 041NKC 46 40 2163RA 041NJC 46 52 50 35 2163RA 052NKC 47 2163RA 052NJC 47_ 4 62 60 6 0 20 2163RA 062NKC 48_ 60 25 2163RA 062NIC 48_ 5 77 75 6 0 2163RA 077NKC 49_ 6 0 2163RA 077NJC 49_ 25 W 20700 25 W 207079 6 99 100 2163RA 125NKC 50 6 0 2163RA 125NJC 50_ 1250 125 2163RA 125NKC 51 30 W 20 0 2163RA 125NIC 51_ 1442 150 2163RA 144NKC 52_ 6 0 2163RA 144NJC 52_ 35 W 207009 234 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 Ampere ratings are at 2 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings can requ
487. r 20 deep sections NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H ECP2A use with sidesheets having internal c channel mounting NEMA Type 12 2100H ECP2 angle Bottom Closing Plate For 20 wide x 15 deep section NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 w gasket MCC 2100H N1A1 gasketed plati For 20 wide x 20 deep section non gasketed plates 2100H N1A2 For 15 deep corner section 2100H N1A1C For 20 deep corner section 2100H N1A2C External Mounting Two 1 5 x 3 mounting channels for a single section For 20 wide vertical section 2100H NMC1 Channel Kit For 25 wide vertical section 2100H NMC2 IMPORTANT Adding an external mounting channel adds 1 5 to height of section For 30 wide vertical section 2100H NMC3 For 35 wide vertical section 2100H NMC4 For 40 wide vertical section 2100H NMC7 For 15 deep corner section 2100H NMC5 For 20 deep corner section 2100 6 Unit Operating Handle Permits unit operating handle to be located above the NEC 6 7 handle to floor height limitation 2100H NE1 Extender Complies with NEC Article 404 8 A and the UL Standard for Safety UL 845 Space Heater Kit 200 watt 120 volt strip heater with thermostat set at 21 C 70 F 2100H NH1 200 watt 240 volt strip heater with thermostat set at 21 C 70 F 2100H NH2 Gasketing Kit Gasketing to cover the section perimeter of two 1 0 space factor doors or one 1 5 through 5 0 space factor 2100H GJ10 1 Cannot be air shipped doors For units mounted in series A throug
488. r 7 Delivery kVA Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 380V 400 V 4151 NEMATypeland NEMAType1with NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket 0 filtersand Type 1w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 110 115 secondary with one 1 pole circuit breaker 0 050 15 15 15 10 2197 _5 _ 2197 AJ_S PE 0 75 0 2197 K 21978 S 19 15 2197 CK_S 2197 0 _S 160 20 219748 S 2197 7 20 2197 EK_S _ 2197 _5 _ 3 1 5 259 2197 FK_S _ 2197 FK_S __ 16A 2197 FJ_S _ SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220V phase to phase 110V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 25 2197 GKNP 2197 GKNP 16A 2197 GJNP 7 5 37 20 m 2197 HKNP 2197 HKNP 16A 2197 HJNP 10 5 30 2197 __ 2197 _ 16 2197 NP 15 7 5 9 50 309 2197 KKNP __ 2197 KKNP __ 16A 2197 KJNP SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230V phase to phase 115V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 250 2197 GKKNP 2197 GKKNP __ 16A 2197 GJKNP __ PE II 7 5 3 7 20 2197 HKKNP 2197 HKKNP __ 16A 2197 HJKNP __ 10 5 30 2197 JKKNP 2197 JKKNP __ 16A 2197 JKNP Table is continued on the next page 128 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004
489. r NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2112 with Class J and HRCII C fuses Requires 2 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with MCP circuit breaker Circuit Breaker code CA and E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ Not available in units containing a current transducer 700TC Available in Canada only Available 120V separate or transformer control only Not available with overload relay or E300 overload relay for thermistor protection use Plus overload relay or E300 overload relay 2 85 85AA not available with 7FEE_D 7FEC_ 7FE2 or 7FE3 3 Ammeter has 5 A movement 3 5 scale 102 deflection and 2 of full scale accuracy Current transformer for external meter is supplied with 8 foot secondary leads Ammeter scale and CT ratio are determined by the horsepower code Not valid on 0 5 space factor or dual mounted units units with E3 overload relay 7FEC E300 overload relay 7FE2 or 7FE3 or units with E1 Plus overload relay with ground fault jam protection option 7FEE_G Requires 2 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with MCP circuit breaker Circuit Breaker code CA and E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ Footnotes continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 159 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellane
490. r applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 235 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT rating Table 198 Bulletin 2163R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 600V Heavy Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Heavy Duty 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 0 170 1 20 2163RA 2P7HKC 35 2 0 2163RA 2P7HJC 35_ 241 15 2163RA 2P7HKC 36 2163RA 2P7HJC 36 270 2 2163RA 3POHKC 37 2163RA 3P9HJC 37_ 39 3 2163RA GP1HKC 38 25 2163 6 1 38 61 5 2163RA 9POHK
491. r feeder for example 2191M or 2191F If required insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted for example 2191MT or 2191 Ifusing optional lugs select from table on page 86 Then add catalog string number to base catalog number for example 2191MT CKC 52 82B500 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 83 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Lug Compartments Provisions for Inside Corner 10 Wide Sections and Neutrals Incoming Line and Outgoing Feeders See page 32for section descriptions Basicconfiguration includes cover plates lug pads and hardware Configure section and lugs separately Metering options not available For71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table 2191FT Top mounted feeder 2191FB Bottom mounted feeder 2191MT Top mounted main 2191MB Bottom mounted main Table 55 Rating Cable Provisions 3 Space Catalog Number 6 Delivery Amperes Maximum Number Per Phase Factor Wiring Type A Class Program and Maximum Cable Size Mechanical Type Lugs Crimp Type Lugs NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 12 Single Cable Lug Iu PROVISIONS FOR INSIDE CORNER SECTION 6007 4 800 kcmil 4 750 kcmil 609 2191 NKC52 2191__ NIC 52 PE I 800 2191 NKC 54 2191 N C 54 1200 2191 NKC 56 2191 NJC 56 1600 219
492. r when circuit breaker THM is selected 2 Reduce by 0 5 space factor for 45 kW at 380 415V 60 HP at 480V and 60 75HP at 600V applications when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected 184 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2154J and 2155J Soft Starter SMC Units SMC Flex These combination soft starter units are designed especially for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a microprocessor controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible disconnect switch or circuit breaker Features include Seven standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop Optional modes of operation pump control Smart Motor Braking Accu Stop and slow speed with braking Integral SCR bypass Electronic overload protection with selectable trip class Full metering and diagnostics Four programmable auxiliary contacts DPI communication LCD display Keyboard programming High Interrupting Capacity Fuses Option 13HIC included on all units Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class 1 Type B unit with terminal blocks mounted within the controller unit for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals Bulletins 2154 and 215
493. rFlex 753 AC drive units are not intended for use with single phase motors Units with fusible disconnect switch do not include factory supplied installed branch circuit drive input fusing Optional factory supplied installed UL Class J branch circuit drive input fusing is available If fusing is not factory installed UL Class J fuse clips will be provided sized based on the fuse size that would be factory installed Combination Unit Short Circuit Rating is 100 kA for 480V See Table 319 Wiring is Type B Control terminal block can accept maximum of one 12 AWG wire or two 16 AWG wires Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing drive units at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output An I O option module is available to provide an additional 6 Digital Inputs select either 24V DC or 115V AC option module two Digital Form C Relay Outputs two Analog Inputs and two Analog Outputs Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P O
494. rating Table 202 Bulletin 2162T PowerFlex 40 VFD Units 600V Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 8 17 10 109 2162 1 7 _ _ 150 2162 1 7 _ _ 30 15 20 2162TA 3POK_ _ 2162 3 0 _ _ 42 30 2162 2 _ _ 2162 2 _ _ 66 50 2162 6 6 _ _ 209 2162 6 6 _ _ C 9 9 75 209 2162TA 9P9K_ _ 250 2162TA 9P9 122 10 2162 012 _ _ 2162 012 _ _ 19 0 15 2162TA 019K 300 2162 019 _ _ Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 22B UM001 Adding options to this catalog number can result in an increased space factor The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 314 to the horsepower rating desired for example 2162TA 1P7KC Select the number from table on page 314 that corresponds the horsepower rating desired for example 2162TA 1P7KC 35 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 241 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Ta
495. reaker 480V and 600V AC See page 273 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 525 User Manual publication 520 UM001 All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Bucket includes branch circuit short circuit 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload SeeTable 320 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type B only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Integrated HIM Human Interface Module is included Door mounted HIM must be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 525 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 525 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors Table 229 2163W Combination PowerFlex 525 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC Normal Duty
496. red Select on page 288 and 289 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 221 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT ampere rating Table 191 Bulletin 2162R PowerFlex 700 VFD Units 480V Heavy Duty 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 700 drive units according to the application and output Frame Rating 0 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Delivery Heavy Duty 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program 0 1 1 0 5 2 0 2162RA 2P1HKB 33 2 0 2162RA 2P1HJB 33 SC 1 6 0 75 2162RA 2P1HKB 34 2162RA 2P1HJB 34 2 1 1 2162RA 3P4HKB 35 2162RA 3P4HJB 35 3 0 1 5 2162RA 3P4HKB 36 2162RA 3P4HJB 36 3 4 2 2162 5 37 2162RA 5POHJB 37 5 0 3 2162RA 8POHKB 38 25 2162 8 38 8 0 5 2162 011 39 2162RA 011HJB 39 1 11 7 5 2162RA 014HKB 40 2162RA 014HJB 40 14 10 2162RA 022HKB 41 3 0 2162RA 022HJB 41 2 22 15 2 5 2162RA 027HKB 42 2162RA 027HJB 42 27 20 2162RA 034HKB 43 2162RA 034HJB 43 3 34 25 3 0 2162RA 040HKB 44 3 5 2162RA 040HJB 44 40 30 2162RA 052HKB 45 4 0 2162RA 052HJB 45 52 40 2162 065 46 2162RA 065HJB 46 4 65 50 6 0 20 W 2162RA 077HKB 47 60 25 WO 2162RA 077HJB 47 SCA 5 7 60 6 0 2162RA 096HKB 48
497. rizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit 325 Horizontal Power Bus Splice Kit 325 Horizontal Wireway Cover 323 Incoming Line Lug Barriers 327 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Branch Breakers for Panel Board Plug In Unit 332 Line Terminal Shield 330 Lugs for Incoming Line Provisions 327 MCC DeviceNet Terminating Resistor Kit 334 Neutral Connection Plate Kit 326 NO OX ID 325 Plug In Unit Retrofit Kit 330 Pull Apart Terminal Bocks 330 Pullbox 323 Round DeviceNet Cable with Connectors 334 Space Heater Kit 324 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 329 Top Horizontal Wireway Pan 323 Touch Up Paint 325 Unit Door Grounding Kit 330 Unit Door Nameplates 329 Unit Insert Extension Kit 330 Unit Isolating Barriers 326 Unit Operating Handle Extender 324 Unit Support Pan 329 Vertical Ground Bus Kit 325 Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus Kit 325 Vertical Wireway Tie Bar 325 Wiring Diagram Holder Kit 325 Heater Element Selection 343 Heater Element Selection Tables 345 350 Horizontal Ground Bus 36 Horizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit 325 Horizontal Power Bus Splice Kit 325 Horizontal Wireway Cover 323 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 Index Horsepower Ratings 361 Horsepower Ratings for All Bulletins 314 Human Interface Module HIM on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 194 IEC 60439 12 in Bulletins 2162X and 2163X 365 Incoming Line Lug Barriers 327 Incoming Lug Compartments 82 Incoming
498. rovided 6 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A 7 240V and 480V are SC II in U S and PE II in Canada 600V is PE II in U S and SC II in Canada Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 127 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 9 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFMR continued See page 113 for product description TIP For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise 3 50 KVA consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together Table 88 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Numbe
499. rrier frequencies above 2 kHz are selected the drive output current ratings can require derating Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 224 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V AC HEAVY DUTY See page 215 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Comb
500. rs listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table page 313 to identify the preferred control voltage for example 2155JB F108LKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on 314 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired for example 2155JB F108LKB 49 If kW rated select the number from table on page 315 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired for example 2155JB F108LKN 49K Select the appropriate suffix from the table on page 321 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2155JB F108LKB 49TJM 2155JB F108LKB 49KTJM Requires minimum of 3 5 space factors for 45 kW at 380 415V when circuit breaker suffix THM is selected Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 189 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 168 Bulletin 2155J Space Factors with Unit Options Rating Amps Space Factor for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket Units 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Standard With Unit Option 13GF With Option 131C With Options 13GF and 131C With Option 13HIC With Options 13GF and 13HIC With Options 131C and 13HIC With Options 13GF 131C and 13HIC 25 43 20 25 20 60 25 85 20 209 25 250 3
501. rsepower Code See table Page 314 G 6 724 Fuse Clip Rating and Class See Fuse Clip Designator table on page 316 2113 411GA Horsepower Code See table on page 314 Circuit Breaker Type See Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 Code Wiring Type A TypeA B TypeB Code NEMA Enclosure Type A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket with external reset button K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button J NEMA Type 12 without external reset button 62 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2112 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVNR See page 61 for product description Table 34 NEMA Horsepower Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number Delivery Size See Appendix for short Factor Wiring Type B Class Program circuit withstand ratings 208V 240V 380 480V 600V Rating Class NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 415V Amperes Type 1 w gasket 1 0 125 5 0 125 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 CC J HRCII C 0 5 2112843 21128 0 SC 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 CC J 1 0 2112B BA 21128 80 HRCII C 60 J R H HRCII C 2 10 10
502. rsepower and kW Rated Units for Bulletins 2155H and 2155J Rating High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V 100 kA at 600V 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V Suffix Default Frame Suffix Optional Frame Suffix Default Frame Suffix Default Frame 3 60 TGM 6633 H6C3 THX H0G TJU J15F3 85 THM 141 HOC3 TJU J15F3 108 THM 141 HOF3 TJU J15F3 135 o TX JOF3 TKU K15H3 201 TJM 168311 1 o TX JOF3 TKU K15H3 251 TKM _ KOH3 TKU K15H3 361 TKM KOB q we 480 M6H3 1 ee 1 were Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 321 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 19 Configuration Tables Table 279 Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2163Q 2163R 2163T 2163U 2163V 2163W and 2163x Bulletin Voltage Duty Load High Interrupting Capacity Extra High Interrupting Capacity Ultra High Rating 100 kA at 240V 100 kA at 480V Interrupting Capacity 65 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V TGM THM TJM TKM THX TX TKX TJU TKU Suffix 21630 380 415 Normal KW 37 30 37 37 37 37 w 480 Normal Hp 5 40 5 60 5 60 480 Heavy Hp 5 40 5 50 5 50 600 Normal Hp 1 60 6
503. rsepower from table on page 314 for example 2112B BABD 31 If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2112B BABD 31 24J If power fuse is selected first select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2112B BABD 31 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 316 for example 2112B BABD 31GT 20J For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 70003 IMPORTAN T The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K for example 2112B BK_ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 2112B BJ_ __ Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 63 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2112 Vacuum Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Vacuum Contactor and Fusible Disconnect Switch FVNR See page 61 for product description Starters are supplied with one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts as standard Important option code 91 is required to indicate the normally closed contact is being supplied Additional auxiliary contacts two normally open and two normally closed can be added option code 90011 With optional auxiliary contacts the complete op
504. rter is required Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2123EB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2123EB BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2123EB BABD 30TGA e For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publication 2100 TD032 IMPORTANT catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter for example 2123EB BK orreplacethe letter D with the letter J forexample 2123EB B 72 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2123F 2 speed 1 winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSTW See page 69 for product description Includes line terminal guards on circuit breakers for all units IMPORTANT 2 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors A 2 speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole c
505. rtical wireway door Master Nameplates Located on top horizontal wireway cover of the second vertical section in lineup 2 x 6 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws Stainless steel nameplate screws for master nameplate 2 per nameplate External Mounting Channel 0 Two 1 5 x 3 mounting channels IMPORTANT Adding an external mounting channel adds 1 5 to height of section NEMA Type 3R Lifting Angle Optional lifting angle for NEMA Type 3R cabinets only This angle is not removable PE II IMPORTANT Adding the lifting angle adds 3 63 to the height of the section Space Heaters and Thermostat Space heater with thermostat in each section 200 watt 120 volt strip heater 50 11 Requires user supplied source of power Thermostat set at 21 C 70 F For two section shipping split one space heater is supplied in each section with a single thermostat control located in right hand section For three section shipping split one space heater is supplied in each section with a single thermostat control located in center section Space heater with thermostat in each section 200 watt 240 volt strip heater Thermostat set at 21 C 70 F For two section shipping split one space heater is supplied in each section with a single thermostat control located in right hand section For three section shipping split one space heater is supplied in each section with a single thermostat control located in center section Export Packing Below Deck for Sections Maximum 3 section shi
506. s Series combination rating is 22 when used with branch circuit breakers rated 60 or higher 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate catalog string number from Factory Installed Bolt on Branch Breaker table below to identify the branch breaker trip rating for example 32A_ Add two digits to specify the number of branch breakers desired Two digits are also required for quantities less than ten for example 03 for quantity three 2193PP CKB530 42CX 32A03 When selecting multiple branch breakers with different trip ratings add additional string numbers to the end of the catalog number for example 2193PP CKB518 40CB 30A08 31B02 30C02 Locations of the branch breakers are determined by the factory Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 111 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 78 Factory Installed Bolt on Branch Breaker 0 1 Pole Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic 2 Pole Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic 480Y 8 Lighting and Power Panel Units 3 Pole Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic 480Y Delivery 277V AC 277V AC 277V AC Program Circuit Breaker 14 SYM Circuit Breaker 14 kA SYM Circuit Breaker 14 kA SYM Trip Rating 40 Catalog String Trip Rating 40 Catalog String Trip Rating Catalog String Amperes Number Amperes Number 40 Number Amperes 15 30A PE 20 31A 25 61A
507. s Type Code Code Enclosure Type Code Line Voltage Code Option 2180L Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 P 220 230V See Options section beginning Programmable Controller PLC 1 0 with gasket 240V on page 309 Chassis without Disconnecting Means J NEMA Type 12 N 380V 2182L Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix KN 400V Programmable Controller PLC 1 0 4151 Chassis with Fusible Disconnect B 1801 21831 Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix C 6001 Programmable Controller PLC 1 0 Sn XWD 120V Chassis with Circuit Breaker Does not include transformer 1 218018 218218 and 2183LB indicate bottom mounting on section or power bus stabs Code Number of 1 0 Chassis and Slots 1 4 slot chassis 1 7 slot chassis Bulletins 21801 21821 and 21831 306 Code Trip Current and Circuit Breaker Type Bulletin 2183 Only See Table on page 307 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 17 Programmable Controller Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Units 2180L 2182L 2183L Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Programmable Controller PLC See page 305 for product description Basicconfiguration does not include processor input output adapter modules or power supply Table 256 Bulletin 1756 1 0 Chassis Units Bulletin 1 0 Chassis Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Factor Wiring Type A Only Class 1
508. s Kit hardware and installation instructi round Bus Ki ardware and installation instructions Tin plated copper 2100 1791 Unit Load Ground Kit Hardware for connecting unit load ground wires to horizontal ground bus Kit consists of two 14 AWG to 4 2100H UG1 AWG lugs and hardware Horizontal ground bus can accommo date to six 2100H UG1 kits Horizontal Power Bus Splice Kit Splice bars hardware and installation instructions for 3 phase splicing of NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 sections One kit required per shipping split on front mounted lineups two for back to back For 600 A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H NATOG For 800 A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H NATO8 For 600 A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT06 For 800 A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCTO8 For 1200 A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT12 For 1600 A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT16 For 2000 A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT20 Splice bars hardware and installation instructions for 3 phase splicing of NEMA Type I Type I with gasket and Type 12 sections One of the sections has horizontal power bus 5 deeper then normal Bumped back Bus For 600 A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H ZAT06 For 800 A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H ZATO8 For 600 A copper tin plated bus 2100 2 106 For 800 A copper tin plated bus 2100 2 108 For 1200 A copper tin plate
509. s and sections ship on the SC II delivery program and only the engineered unit has a longer delivery time Delivery Program Indications Delivery programs are indicated in the right column of the tables ENG delivery program is indicated by shaded cells Table 3 Delivery Program Catalog Number Delivery Wiring Type B Class 1 Program NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 21128 8 SC 2112 8 0 PE II Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information Discount Schedule The CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are on Discount Schedule Seismic Applications Actual CENTERLINE 2100 MCC units have been seismically qualified by dynamic triaxial multi frequency testing seismic tests using ICC ES AC156 acceptance criterion that covers general equipment and supports the seismic certification of electrical systems such as MCCs The testing was carried out in accordance with ICC ES AC156 criteria and supports data for the following qualification requirements Compliance Documents Compliance Level 2010 American Society of Civil Engineers ASCE 7 10 Sps 1 63 g 2012 and 2015 International Building Code IBC 2013 California Building Code CBC 2012 ICC ES AC156 Acceleration g Horirontal RAS Vertical RAS 10 00 Frequency Hz 156 Sps 1 63 g Required Response Spectra RRS Throug
510. s is 900111 or starter units is 900111 act must be selected tact must be selected ry contacts must be selected When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 9001 two N 0 and one N C auxiliary contacts must be selected Important required option code for Bulle 8 When used with option 11DSA_ or 7FEE_DEE_D option 90 one 0 auxiliary contact must be selected 9 Not available on 7FE2 or 7FE3 Overload Relay Options 10 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact must be selected 1DSA_ or 7FEE_DEE_D option 901 one 0 and one N C auxiliary contact must be selected 11 When a eutectic alloy overload relay is used option 9 N 0 overload relay auxiliary contact must be selected Not available with option 1105 3 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 12 Bulletin 800F incandescent lamps are only available for 110 120V AC separate or transformer control 13 Option numbers are not complete select pilot light lens color add letters to the option number When used with option in2 12 and 2113 vacuum contac amber blue dear green R or starter units is 900111 red W white for example 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot light Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescen
511. s provided on the half rated neutral riser When three or four lugs are specified two lugs are provided When five or six lugs are specified three lugs are provided on half rated neutral riser Frame mounted unit Must be located at top or bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at top or bottom of section May not be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard A special bus splice kit is provided when this unit is supplied adjacent to a section with standard depth bus The catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert T for Top mounted or B for Bottom mounted for example 2192MT or 2192MB Unless already selected select the voltage code from table on page 93 for example 2192MT GKC Then select the appropriate fuse clip designator from Fuse Clip Sizes Types on page 93 for example 2192 0 29 If power fuse is selected select from table on page 317 for example 2192 6 29 6296 For fuse rating based on disconnect rating see publication 2100 TD003 If optional line lugs are selected select from Optional Crimp Lugs for Bulletins 2192FT 2192FB 2192MT and 2192MB table below for example 2192MT GKC 29 629G 82B500 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units 7 Main and F
512. s with ON light and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA and when isolation contactor option 1310 is selected If used with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA select isolation contactor option 1310 and two contacts and one N C auxiliary contact option 9001 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 171 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Converter Modules and Line and Load Protection Modules Options Option Protective Modules Option Number 13D 133E Description Protective module contains capacitors and metal oxide varistors MOVs which protect the internal power circuitry from severe electrical transients and high electrical noise SMC 3 SMC Flex Delivery 2154 2155 2154 21552 Program LineSide 4800 MAX 3 37 Y Y sc 4 8A v v 108 85A v Y 5 85A Y Y 108 480A Y 600V 3 37 Y Y PEin U S 4 8A v 7 i 108 85A v v 5 85 Y Y 108 480A Y LoadSide 480VMAX 43 85A v v sc 108 85A Y 5 85A Y Y 108 480A Y v 600V 4 8A v Y PEin U S 108 135 v Y e 5 85A Y Y 108 480A Y Y 1 Load side protective module not allowed with pump control 13XB or braking con
513. sa 14DF___ VR __ 140 112A 14DF___ 148 14DF__ and14R and 112A 112A and14R and 112A 2P1H 3P4H 5 8 O11H 1 16 2 5 None None None None None None None 12 2 5 None None None None None None None 022H 1 1G 2 5 None None None 0 5 0 5 1 0 1 0 12 3 0 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 027H 034H 1 1G 25 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 040 1 1G 3 0 None 0 5 0 5 None 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None 0 5 0 5 052 116 3 0 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 40 065 116 3 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 12 40 None 0 0 077 116 6 0 S F x 5 W None 5 W None 5 W None 5 W 20 W 15 D 12 6 0S F x None None None 25 W x 15 D 096H 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 15 D 12 6 0S F x None None None 25 W x 15 125 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0S F x None None None 25 W x 20 D 156H 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0S F x None None None 30 W x 2070 186H 1 1G 6 0S F x None None None 5 W 5 W 5 W 5 W 25 W 20 D 12 6 0S F x None None None 35 W x 20 D 248H 1 1G 6 0 S F None None None None None None None 30 W x 20 D 12 oe T SEE y De X 1 Type 12 w 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6 0 S F 20 W x 15 D 300 R
514. seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual publication 20A UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT Thehorsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output 212 ampere rating Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Freq
515. sed Time 85T Six digit non resettable meter with tenths mounted in control station Y Y Meter 5 6 0 Unwired 87A Bulletin 596 time delay addition to NEMA size 1 through 5 On delay Y Timer 87B contactors with N O and N C contacts Off delay v Auxiliary not Not available with 7FEC available on 0 5 SF units Ground 88A Three Bulletin 800T pilot lights clear wired in grounded WYE 240 Volt Available on Bulletin 2191M 2192M SC Detection 88B complete with fusing 480 Volt and 2193M ONLY Lights Not for use with solidly grounded 88C 600 Volt power systems 88H 208 Volt 88l 415 Volt 88KN 400 Volt 88N 380 Volt 88AT Three Bulletin 800T push to test pilot lights clear wired in 240 Volt Available on Bulletin 2191M 2192M _88 grounded WYE complete with fusing 480 Volt and 2193M ONLY Not for use with solidly grounded 88CT 600 Volt power systems 88HT 208 Volt 88IT 415 Volt 88KNT 400 Volt 88NT 380 Volt Ground Fault 88GF Integral ground fault protection system with adjustable pick up adjustable time delay Only available on Bulletin 2192M PE II Protection control power indicator light trip indicator and built in test feature Shunt trip is included 1600 2000 A For use with solidly See required voltage code on 93 grounded WYE systems only 1 Not available on dual starters requires 1 5 space factor for size 1 and 2 and 2 0 space factor for 2113 size 3 Requires extra 0 5 space factor fo
516. sed be the fastest processor available to you Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 43 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology Notes 44 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Safety Technology ArcShield Technology Chapter 3 ArcShield is an optional Safety Technology feature that helps to provide a safer working environment by controlling and diverting the incident energy during an arc flash event The CENTERLINE 2100 MCC with ArcShield has been tested in accordance with the IEEE C37 20 7 standard for Type 2 accessibility Type 2 accessibility allows personnel to be protected while in front at the side or in the rear of the enclosure in the event of an arcing fault ArcShield helps contain arc faults by two methods Specific devices that help limit the amount of available arc fault current distributed through the MCC Device Limited The devices used in device limited motor control centers include ULListed Devices Class L 4 lt 1200 A Class R Any fuse lt 600A Class J Any fuse lt 600A ULListed Molded Case Circuit Breakers Allen Bradley Bulletin 140G Structures and features of the MCC are tested to contain and withstand an arc fault in a specified time duration 100 ms The 100 ms time duration is the maximum allotted time for an overcurrent and or short circuit protective device to
517. shown on the motor nameplate can vary considerably from the listed value depending on the specific motor design IMPORTANT Use the motor nameplate full load current to determine the rating of the devices used for motor running overcurrent protection Table 313 kw Full load Current Amperes Average Values for 4 Pole 1500 rpm Motors 220V 230v 380V 400177 4151 0 25 140 134 0 88 0 83 0 80 0 37 2 10 2 00 1 20 118 1 16 0 55 2 75 2 60 1 50 1 47 1 45 0 75 3 50 3 30 2 10 2 00 1 90 1 1 4 40 4 20 2 60 2 50 2 40 1 5 6 00 5 70 3 50 3 30 3 20 2 2 8 70 8 30 5 00 4 80 4 60 3 7 14 13 4 8 20 7 80 7 50 5 5 20 19 1 11 5 10 9 10 5 7 5 27 25 8 15 5 14 8 14 2 11 39 373 22 21 1 20 5 15 52 50 30 29 28 18 5 64 6 37 36 35 22 75 72 44 42 40 30 103 99 60 57 55 37 126 121 72 5 69 66 45 147 141 85 82 80 55 182 174 105 100 96 75 239 229 138 136 135 90 295 282 170 167 165 110 356 341 205 202 200 132 425 407 245 236 230 150 484 463 280 269 260 160 520 497 300 286 275 185 580 555 340 324 312 200 640 612 370 353 340 220 710 679 408 395 385 250 475 461 450 0 352 These values are calculated Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Trip or Electronic Trip Circuit Breaker Interrupting Capacity Ratings
518. signed especially for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a microprocessor controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible disconnect switch or circuit breaker Features include Three starting modes soft start kick start and current limit Electronic overload protection with selectable overload trip class Motor and system diagnostics Configurable auxiliary contacts Soft stop Integrated bypass contactor High Interrupting Capacity Fuses Option 13HIC included on all units Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class 1 Type B unit with terminal blocks mounted within the controller unit for connection of items such as remote pilot devices and input signals Bulletins 2154H and 2155H are available in NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with gasket and NEMA Type 12 plug in construction Class J time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on Bulletin 2154H units Instantaneous or a variety of inverse time thermal magnetic circuit breakers provide branch circuit protection on 2155H units A variety of options such as isolation contactors auxiliary contacts pilot devices protective modules and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary DSA can be added to Bulletin 2154H and 2155H units Extra space can be required to accommodate the optional equipment Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 13 179 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 13 Combination Soft Starter SMC Uni
519. signed for use on a Delta System Ungrounded WYE System or Impedance Grounded WYE System Main units are frame mounted They must be located at the top or bottom of the section 2193MT Top mounted main 150 3000 A are top fed 2193MB Bottom mounted main 150 400 A are top fed 2193MB Bottom mounted main 600 3000 A are reverse fed Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Give special consideration to the mounting of the CTs for a metering device Consider the addition of a pull box All trip ratings about 300 A are electronic trip which includes long short and instantaneous 151 protection as standard Groud fault protection LSIG is available as an option on 600 A and above and as standard on R frame circuit breakers Electronic trip LSI is available as an option on H frame and J frame circuit breakers Includes line terminal guard for all circuit breaker units Table 70 Frame Range of Interrupting Capacity Rating Space Catalog Number Delivery Available Trips rms symmetrical amperes Factor Wiring Type A only Class 1 Program amperes Rating Trip Suffix 208V 240V 380V 400V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 ampere Style 415V 480V Type 1 w Gasket 125A Thermal TGM 15 125A 100k 65k 15 2193M AKB 2193M AJB SC AQ Mag 125A Thermal THM 15 125A 100k 6k 2193M_ BKC _THM 2193M_ BJC _THM SC
520. st windblown dust and rain splashing water and hose directed water They are also designed to remain undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure They are designed to meet hosedown external icing and rod entry design tests The enclosures are not designed to protect against internal condensation or internal icing NEMA Type 12 Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust falling dirt and non corrosive dripping liquids They are designed to meet drip dust and rust resistance tests They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation This publication refers to standard NEMA Type 12 design standard sheet steel For stainless steel NEMA Type 12 enclosures contact your Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative 14 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 1 General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Delivery Programs CENTERLINE 2100 MCC products are available on several quick delivery programs and limited to equipment described in this publication e SCandPE Products indicating SC or PE delivery provide 5 and PE I delivery When options are added or specified for a section time of delivery is determined by the longest lead time SC This program offers stock supported individual plug in units This program applies to all plug in units unless they
521. supply Delivery Program Table is continued on the next page 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 10 Miscellaneous Units Table 105 Miscellaneous DeviceNet Units and EtherNet IP Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Description Space Catalog Number Delivery Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program NEMA 1andType1 NEMA Type 12 w gasket Bulletin 1788 ControlNet to Without disconnecting means plug in stabs or control 0 5 2100 C2DKXWD 2100 C2DJXWD SC DeviceNet linking device used circuit transformer Requires separate 110 120V AC source to interface a DeviceNet Viewing window in door to provide visual verification of network to a ControlNet status indicators twork without the need fi PIC chassis 8 needtora disconnect fuses and 80VA control circuit transformer 1 0 2100 Qpk 0 2100 CQpj 09 t Viewing window in door to provide visual verification of status indicators With circuit breaker fuses and 80VA control circuit 10 2100 QDK 30 9 2100 QDJ 30 transformer Viewing window in door to provide visual verification of status indicators Bulletin 1788 Ethernet to Without disconnecting means plug in stabs or control 0 5 2100 E2DKXWD 2100 E2DJXWD DeviceNet linking device Used transformer Requires separate 110 120V AC source to connect an Ethernet network Viewing window in door to prov
522. t uw S 286 1 When three or less pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices When more than three pilot lights are selected 800F pilot devices 62V 2163V 2162W 2163W 2162X and 2163Xsee footnote 8 Options 1 1E and 3E are not available with communication module 14GC 14GD 14GE 14GR Extra space can be required for Bulletin 21620 21630 21621 21631 2162W 2163W 2162X and 2163Xrefer to specific drive selection pages for specific space factor adders Option 3F is mutually exclusive with option 1 1E 3 and 3E For Bulletin 2162T and 2163T option 1 3 and 3F are mutually exclusive with each other When 3F is selected only one Pilot Light is allowed Only one Pilot Light is allowed 800F pilot devices are supplied for all configurations Option 3F is always wired to the built in 24VDC inputs Pilot lights operate at 120V AC When selecting RUN AT SPEED and FAULT pilot lights the pilot light style must be the same For 2162U and 2163U when more than one pilot light is selected a Digital amp Analog optional 1 0 module 14DA2R1 or 14DA2R2 must be selected For 2162V and 2163V when any pilot light is selected a Digital amp Analog optional 1 0 module 14DA2R_ must be selected 11 1 0 Option Board 14DA2R1 or 14DA2R2 is required with any Push Button Control Station Housing or Selector Switch Options When three pilot lights ar
523. t cables IntelliCENTER technology is UL and C UL listed and meets the requirements of a Class 1 power limited circuit in Canada Class 1 extra low voltage power circuit Per NEC this circuit is supplied from a source that has a rated output of not more than 30V and 1000 VA The power supply unit has an 8 A 24V output The network cabling is rated 8 A 600V See NEC Article 725 for more detailed information Type 2 Protection Short circuit coordination is defined in IEC 60947 4 1 Type 2 protection also referred to as Type 2 coordination is obtainable when the fuses are specified and sized accordingly Only Type 1 coordination is available other than on specified fuses and circuit breaker units Standard Efficiency High Efficiency and Special Motor Applications Rockwell Automation makes engineering evaluations for the protective device circuit breaker or fuse selection sizing and setting range based on the protection rules requirements and motor criteria as stipulated in NEC NEMA and UL standards for example motor full load currents FLCs X R ratios lock rotor currents and nominal utilization voltages Should the motor application have criteria that deviate from those stated in the aforementioned standards higher FLC and or motor inrush currents greater than 130096 of the nominal FLC may be experienced for example special motors non standard NEMA motors energy efficient motors Design E motors and IEC Type N motors
524. t can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise Units consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together The circuit breaker compartment has a horizontal operation handle Table 89 Ratin Size of Primary Protection Space Catalog Number 0 Delivery kva Factor Wiring Type A Class I Program 380 V 400 V 415V NEMAType1with NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket 8 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 9 SINGLE PHASE 110 115 secondary with one 1 pole circuit breaker 2 3 1 5 15 15 15 209 219718 5 6 2197LFK 5 16A 21977 0 5 _ PE I SINGLE PHASE 110 220V secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220V phase to phase 110V phase to enter tap neutral 5 2 5 20 2 0 2197Z GKNP 21977 6 _ 16 2197Z GJNP PE I 759 37 20 2197Z HKNP __ 2197Z HKNP __ 16A 2197Z HJNP __ 109 5 30 21972 KNP 21972 JKNP 16A 21972 JNP 15 7 5 9 50 259 21972 KKNP __ 2197Z KKNP __ 16A 2197Z KJNP SINGLE PHASE 115 230V s
525. t includes the ability to use the 1 SC Catalog Number 2101A INTLNRGDOC __ features of IntelliCENTER Energy version 4 0 and later as well as the additional installation software needed 10 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 350 500 1 Must be ordered separately from MCC 2 Applies to either IntelliCENTER MCCs with DeviceNet or EtherNet IP network 3 Catalog number is incomplete Complete the catalog string with the number of metering devices in the MCC for example if 8 metering devices are in the MCC then 10 would be used and the catalog string would be 2101A INTLNRGDOC 10 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers System and Equipment Requirements for running IntelliCENTER Software These minimum system requirements provide optimal operation of the IntelliCENTER software Operating system Windows XP SP3 7 Windows Vista SP2 Windows 7 Windows 8 or later Processor 2 GHz minimum 2 Video resolution 1024 x 768 resolution with True Color 24 bit or better CD ROM drive 4X 16X recommended Hard disk space 3 GB free disk space Mouse Microsoft compatible RAM 2 minimum 4 GB recommended Equipment Necessary for Connection of a Computer via DeviceNet ControlNet or Ethernet DeviceNet Laptop computer 1784 PC
526. t load to bottom of switch e Refer to Appendix for horsepower ratings e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table 7 Main and Feeder Units Table 62 Switch Rating Fuse Clip Load Lugs Provided Space Catalog Number 4 Delivery Amperes Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program Rating Class Cables Cable Wire Wire NEMA Type 1 or NEMA Type 12 Amperes Size Range Type Type 1 w gasket Phase 30 These units have horizontal operating 30 CJ 1 14 8 AWG CU 0 5 2192FZ BKC 2192 81 SC handles and Bulletin 194R fused disconnect Switch See page 29 for information on installation into series E J sections 30 Wired to pull apart terminal blocks as 30 1 14 4 AWG 1 0 2192F BK 2199F B standard For unit without power terminal RH blocks add 110 to the catalog number string 60 N C Unit will then be supplied with a 60 JRH 1 CU 10 2192F CK_ __ 2192 0 separately mounted disconnect switch and fuse block Dual 30 Dual disconnects use Cutler Hammer fusible 30 2192F BK_ 2424 2192 22224 switches Duals must have identical fuse clip Dua a types Only 30 A and 60 A disconnects with 60 30 2192F CK 2524 2192 0 2524 60 30 600V Class H and R fuse clips are wired to V0 pull apart terminal blocks Dual 60 Dual units require two sets of fuses The fuse 60 2192F CK 2525 2192 0 2525
527. t pilot lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights 14 SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage Bulletin 800F pilot lights cannot be used with common line voltage control 147 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Table 120 Option Option Description Sizeor FVC Size or FVR FVNR TS1W Main Delivery Number Rating Rating TS2W 2193M Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2103L 2107 2113 2123 VA VA VA VA Control Circuit 6 7 Standard capacity with 30A go 1 80 80 9 80 SC Transformer with primary fusing 604 80 2 80 80 80 grounded and fused secondary 100 AD 200 3 200 200 200 200A 250 4 250 250 250 300A 350 5 350 350 350 6 80 2001 250 and 400A 600 500 6 0 Standard capacity with primary fusing for 500 PE 3000AT 10096 rated mains 6 OD 100 watt extra capacity with 30A 130 1 130 130 130 m SC primary fusing 6A 130 2 30 130 Bo 100A 250 3 250 250 250 200A 350 4 350 350 350 300A 500 5 500 500 500 6 130
528. t top or bottom of section Basic configuration includes door unit support pan lug pads and hardware Configure section and lugs separately For 4 wire applications Incoming neutral bus see page 161 or neutral connection plates see pages 35 144 162 and 3296 are available for Bulletins 2191MT and 2191MB For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 2191FT Top mounted feeder 2191FB Bottom mounted feeder 2191MT Top mounted main 2191 MB Bottom mounted main Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Give special consideration to the mounting of the CTs for a metering device Consider the addition of a pull box Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 7 Main and Feeder Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 54 Rating Cable Provisions Space Catalog Number Delivery Amperes Maximum Number Per Phase Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program and Maximum Cable Size 5 Mechanical Type Lugs Crimp Type Lugs and NEMA Type 12 Single CableLug Multiple Cable Lug gasket PROVISIONS FOR BASIC SECTIONS 3007 2 400 kcmil 2 350 kcmil 10 2191F BKC 48 2191F BJC 48 SCA 1 0 8 10 2191 BKC 48 2191 BJC 48 600 2 400 kemil 4 250 kcmil 2 350 kcmi
529. ta ce ded sad chro neg ies du Cot d ete Secure CONNEC bodied Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Combination Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Units eus adr estan Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units FVR Bulletin 2112 2112 Vacuum and 2113 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage Non reversing Starter Units FVNR Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units Bulletin 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F Combination 2 speed Starter Units TS2W and TSIW Chapter 6 Bulletin 2190 Metering Compartments METER Chapter 7 Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Outgoing Feeder Lug Compartment FLUG and Incoming Main Lug Compartment MLUG Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Feeder and Main Fusible Disconnect Switch Units FDS Mone Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Feeder and Main Circuit Breaker EC D MCR ieee D ROG E E EP aes Chapter 8 Bulletin 2193LE Lighting Panel tpe SE Rae pet E ev Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN Chapter 9 Bulletin 2195 2196 2197 Control and Lighting Transformers XFMR sie va mec Hd es oe e
530. tact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162R and 2163R PowerFlex 700 Drive e Bulletins 2162R and 2163R use PowerFlex 700 Drives NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type Class J time delay drive input fuses provide both branch circuit and drive input protection Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 215 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 188 2162R A 034N 44 14HA0 2163R A 034N 44THM 14HA0 Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 700 Nominal NEMA Enclosure Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW and Human Interface Module Output Current Rating Type Circuit Breaker Type and Options Code Type Code Enclosure Type Code Nominal Horsepower kW Code and 2162R PowerFlex 700 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Circuit Breaker Type Frequency AC Drive with gasket 2162R 33 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 See Table 266 and Table 267 21638 700 Variable 2163R 33THM 33 Nominal Horsepower kW code See Frequency AC Drive with Table 266 and
531. tact your Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for pricing and availability NEMA Type Class motor control centers can be provided in NEMA Type A or B construction Type A User s power and control connections are made directly to the device within the unit Type B Terminal blocks are supplied for user s control termination within unit insert On NEMA size 1 3 starter units and 30 100 A contactors units terminal blocks are also supplied for user s load terminations NEMA Type BT NEMA Space Saving units do not include power terminal blocks NEMA Type BD Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 13 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information Enclosure Comparison The following table is a comparison of Allen Bradley CENTERLINE 2100 MCC NEMA enclosure type numbers to IEC Standard 60529 Classification of Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures The comparison is based on data from tests conducted on the CENTERLINE 2100 MCC enclosures and the NEMA enclosure type test requirements which meet or exceed the IEC enclosure classification designation test requirements Table 2 Degree of Protection Comparison o Eye NEMATypelvented withorwithoutgaketeddoors NEMA Type 1 vented with filters with or without gasketed doors IP30 NEMA Type 1 non vented without gasketed doors IP40 NEM
532. tactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 122 Option Option Description FVR FVNR TS1W Delivery Number TS2W Program 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 E1 Plus with Jam 7FEE_J Selectable trip class 10 15 20 30 NEMA Size 1 2 AI SC Protection atii selectable Auto Manual Auto reset v dual 17 y Module electronic overload relay for NEMA starters size 1 6 with Jam Protection Module NEMA Size 3 Y v N NEMA Size 4 X2 NEMA Size 5 Y NEMA Size 6 d Vacuum Contactor Starters 200 A 400 A 600 A Y 1 Options 7FEE_ 7FEE_D 7FEE_G and 7FEE_J are supplied with one N O and one N C auxiliary contact 2 Options 7FEE_ 7FEE_D 7FEE_G and 7FEE_J are mutually exclusive with each other and overload relay options 3 Mutually exclusive with 89_ relay and 87_auxiliary timer options Not available with pushbuttons or selector switches except 3 and 1F are allowed for Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Separate or transformer control only Not available with option 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 4 Not available on IntelliCENTER MCC with EtherNet IP network orders 5 Not available on dual starter units or with option 85XA current transformer 85AA ammeter or 700TC_ current transducer 6 Available for separate transformer or line to neutral control only not available with common control 7 Option numb
533. tage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Vacuum Contactor and Circuit Breaker FVNR See page 61 for product description Starters are supplied with one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contacts as standard Important option code 91 is required to indicate the normally closed contact is being supplied Additional auxiliary contacts two normally open and two normally closed can be added option code 90011 With optional auxiliary contacts the complete option code including the standard normally closed contact is 900111 Refer to Options section on page 151 Table 37 Rating Horsepower Space Circuit Catalog Number 0 Amperes Factor Breaker Wiring Type B Class F 208V 240V 380 480V 600V pame a NEMAType1 NEMA Type 12 Amperes and Type 1 w gasket 200 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 60 100 3 5 250AF 2113B VBA 2113B VBD_ __ 50 60 125 125 150 3 5 400AF 2113B VBA 2113B VBD_ __ 400 60 75 75 100 100 150 125 200 200 3 5 400AF 21138 VA 21138440 250 4 800AF 21138 VA 21138 0 100 125 125 150 200 250 300 300 400 6 0 800AF 21138 VA 2113B VCD_ __ 0 600 150 250 350 6 0 800AF 2113B VDA 2113B VDD_ _ 2o w 1 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 2 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2113B VBAB
534. tal operating handles up to six Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 27 for information on installation into series E J sections 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2107B 3BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2107B 3BABD 38 Select circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 320 for example 2107B 3BABD 38TGA IMPORTANT 60 substitute the letter A with the letter K for example 2107B 3BK_ ___ or replace the letter D with the letter J for example 21078 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2112 2112 Vacuum and 2113 2113 Vacuum Combination Full Voltage Non reversing Starter Units FVNR These combination full voltage non reversing starter units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 509 starter starter units with vacuum contactors use Allen Bradley Bulletin 1102C contactors and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The full voltage non reversing starters are rated for NEMA sizes 1 6 starter units with vacuum contactors are rated 200 A 400 A or 600 A E
535. ted below selected 11 KVAR 42KV starter Door interlock is included Three phase power 12 5 KVAR Y HKV fuses are included 13 5 KVAR 44 15 kVAR Y ZEN Capacitors are factory wired 10 1044 side ofthe 16 AR 7 contactor and on the line side of the overload relay 46KV 17 5 KVAR Y 47KV 18 kVAR Y 48KV 20 kVAR Y 49KV 22 5 kVAR Y 50KV 25 kVAR Y 51KV 27 5 kVAR Y 52KV 30 kVAR Y 53KV 32 5 kVAR Y 54KV 35 kVAR Y 55KV 37 5 kVAR Y 56KV 40 kVAR Y 57KV 42 5 kVAR Y 58KV 45 kVAR Y 59KV 50 kVAR Y 1 See option 4BF for optional blown Recommended Capacitor Size tab Delivery Program fuse indicators Not available on dual starters 0 5 space factor units 6 0 space factor units or Space Saving NEMA units or vacuum contactor starters Refer to e in Appendix or suggested capacitor ratings 2 For applications other than motor applications connected to the load side of the starter or for those applications outlined in publication 2100 AT001 contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative 3 Not available with overload option 7FE2 and 7FE3 until CR2 4 At 600V 37 5 KVAR to 50 KVAR are 1 0 space factor 158 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellane
536. ted in Spanish are available on all pilot devices Y Y Y Y Specify 8605 when pilot device option is selected Unit Door Nameplates Door Nameplate Plated steel nameplate screws Provided Y Y Y Y Screws when cardholder or nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders with v Y Y Y 5041 Doors blank cards 1 125 x 3 625 Acrylic plate available in U S only Y Y Y Y engraved Lettering is white with black letters or 3 line or 4 line black with white letters lat db ons Phenolic plate Lettering is white with Y Y Y Y black letters black with white letters or red with white letters Stainless Steel Nameplate Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates 2 per unit Y Y Y Y Screws Export Packing Below Deck Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packingis Y Y Y SCI not watertight or waterproof Take consideration if extended storage 2 days is expected 1 Options for factory wiring of control circuits Device and component internal wiring and wiring that could affect operation or certification for example insulation temperature class EMC shielding requirements communication requirements UL C UL CSA CE are not included 2 Examples of where insulated lugs cannot be used include SMC terminals Bulletin 800F pilot devices 700CF relays disconnects circuit breakers and areas where more than one wire per terminal is required 3 Not
537. th three secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208 V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 20 15 200 2195 PK 2195 PK_H 16A 2195 9 15 7 5 20 15 2195 0 2195 0 _ H 16A 2195 0 25 12 5 40 30 2195 SK_H 2195 SK_H 16A 2195 SJ_H 30 15 50 40 2195 TK_H 2195 TK H 16A 2195 7 37 5 185 60 50 2 0 2195 VK_H 2195 VK_H 16A 2195 VJ_H 45 22 5 70 60 2709 2195 WK 2195 WK_H 16A 219530 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life we recommend that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors can be sufficient 2 Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section 4 Thecatalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 313 to identify the transformer primary voltage desired for example 2195 FKBD 5 Forratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 6 For ratings 3 KVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3 kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still is NEMA Type 1
538. the letter D with the letter I for example 21138 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 apart control terminal block Type BD only in Type B units with 16 AWG control wire only See page 27 for information on installation into series E J sections 2 Dual mounted units supplied without power terminal blocks 3 For 200 HP at 240V or 400 HP at 480V suffix letter identifying circuit breaker must be TMM only For NEMA size 6 select either top cable entry 2113BT or bottom entry 2113BB of motor load cables 25 HP at these voltage ratings are not UL listed Per US NEC if unit is installed in the USA it must use an Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic breaker MCP breaker non compliant with US NEC for these units 5 50HP at these voltage ratings are not UL listed Per US NEC if unit is installed in the USA it must use an Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic breaker MCP breaker are non compliant with US NEC for these units 6 300 HP at these voltage ratings are not UL listed Per US NEC if unit is installed in the USA it must use an Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic breaker MCP breaker are non compliant with US NEC for these units 7 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 8 The catalog numbers listed are not complete 65 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2113 Vacuum Full Vol
539. the letter D with the letter J for example 2122FB BJ_ __ Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 71 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2123E 2 speed 2 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TS2W See page 69 for product description Includes line terminal guards on circuit breakers for all units IMPORTANT A2 speed 2 winding motor 15211 requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A 2 speed 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for application assistance Table 44 NEMASize Constant or Variable Torque Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Horsepower Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 208V 240V 380 415V 480V 600V NEMA Type 1 and Type NEMA Type 12 1w gasket 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 2 0 2123EB BA 2123EB BD SC 2 10 10 15 192225 15 25 2 0 2123EB CA 2123EB CD 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 3 0 2123 0 2123EB DD 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 45 2123 8 8 2123EB ED PE 50 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 pu 2123 2123EB FD_ __ PE I 1 If low speed full load current is below 77 A a special sta
540. the unit remaining auxiliary contacts are unwired See Table 156 for allowable auxiliary contact configurations 4 maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as the result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames mounted internally must be selected 5 Onlyavailable for Bulletin 2107 and 2113 12 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Table 156 Auxiliary Contact Options Auxiliary Contact Bulletin 2106 and 2112 Bulletin 2113 Catalog String Sizes 1 2 and 3 90 91 Size 4 900 90 91 911 9000 900 91 90 911 9111 KX lt SISS 4 S A LI gt 90000 9000 91 900 911 90 9111 91111 I gt Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 177 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 12 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Notes 178 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Soft Starter SMC Units SMC 3 These combination soft starter units are de
541. thstand rating is 100 kA Select the voltage code from the Voltage Code Table below for example 2100 EPS8KB 13 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from the Voltage Code Table below for example 2100 EPS8KB Select the circuit breaker from the Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Option Table below for example 2100 EPS8KB 30TGM Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 141 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 106 Voltage Code Table 107 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker 10 Miscellaneous Units Option Fuse Clip Voltage Voltage Code Suffix Frame Type Circuit Breaker Description 220 230 P TGM 663 High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA at 240V 65 kA at 480V 240 A THX HOF3 Extra High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA at 480V 35 kA at 600V 380 N TU J15F3 Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 100 kA at 600V 400 KN 415 480 600 C 1 Referto Appendix for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings Table 108 Catalog Explanation for Stratix Switch Unit 2100 ESW 10 K T 10 L A P Bulletin Number Ethernet Switch Unit Switch Size Endosure Mounting Space Factor Switch Software Switch Features Wireway Port Count Code Location Type Adapter Connection Type Table 109 Table 110 Table 111 Table 112 Table 113 Table 114 Table 115 Table 10
542. ting NEMA Enclosure Type of Main System Phases 1 Pole Branch Main Breaker Circuit Breaker Branch Breakers of Main Bus Type Breakers Positions Trip Rating Type Code Type Code System Phases Code Circuit Breaker Type 2193 Plug in Panel Code Enclosure Type Three Phase T Standard Interrupting Board PPAN K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Capacity gasket CB Medium Interrupting J NEMA Type 12 Code 1 Pole Branch Capacity Breakers Positions CM High Interrupting Capacity 18 18 Code Type of Main 30 30 Code Rating of B Main Circuit Breaker 42 42 Main Bus Code Branch Breakers C 225A See Factory Installed Bolt On Code Main Breaker Trip Branch Breaker table on page Rating m 40 100A 42 150A 45 225A 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 8 Lighting and Power Panel Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2193PP Plug in Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN See page 109 for product description Basic configuration includes door with T handles unit support pan panel board neutral and panel board ground bus Unit plugs into the MCC vertical bus The panel board bus is aluminum with tin plating The panel board is series rated The interrupting capacity rating shown can be applied to all branch circuit breakers Bulletin 2193PP panel board is suitable for use with 3 phase 4 wire solidly grounded Wye systems rated 480Y 277 or less Can also be used on solidly
543. tion Overview e dva stele ed Na COL eis 9 FOOUNOCES ductos UL UD NM RAT ee ES Oe EU 10 Other Resource Publications for CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 10 CENTERLINE 2100 MCC 8 10 Service and Storage 8 11 UL G ULAOSA set scettr Yit ecd e de qst 12 9001 s oh Se bie eg 12 CE Marko us Geo tiie A SAO CO 12 TEC GYA39 ut RE m xe usus 12 American Bureau of Shipping 12 NEMA Defined cies ott odo eA tette eae ieu 13 13 NEMA E A QE 13 Enclosure 14 NEMA Enclosure Type Descriptions 14 Delivery Programs dto ptg dria 15 ved vu abt Aa det e ehe MAE 16 Applications 16 Intelligent Motor Control Products 0 0 cece eee eee ee eee 17 Type Protection hla eed wie eer akan es 17 Standard Efficiency High Efficiency and Special Motor Applications d e tee RE E 17 Documentation enc cer pee per RA WERE WERE ERU eS 18 CENTERLINE 2100 MCGs Support eee eee ev ERR RR RATE 20 C
544. tion code including the standard normally closed contact is 900111 Refer to Options section on page 151 Table 35 Rating Horsepower Space Disconnect FuseClip Catalog Number 9 Delivery Amperes Factor Switch See Appendix for short Wiring Type B Class Program Rating circuit withstand Amperes ratings 208V 240V 380 480V 600V Rating Fuse Class NEMAType NEMA Type 12 2 5 Type 1 w gasket 415V 200 40 40 60 60 60 3 5 200 100 JRH HRCI 2112B VBA 2112B VBD_ __ ENG 50 60 100 125 150 C 200 J R H HRCII C 400 60 75 150 200 4 400 2000 J R H HRCII C 400 J 400 75 100 125 200 250 45 400 2000 JRH HRCI 2112B VCA_ __ 21128440 150 C 400 J R H HRCII C 600 100 125 200 250 300 6 0 600 400 J R H HRCII ENG 29 207WO C 125 150 300 400 600 600 150 300 350 6 0 600 400 JRH HRCI 2112B VDA 2112B VDD_ __ 207110 C 600 1 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only 3 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2112B VBABD Select the horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2112B VBABD 51 If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip from table above Then select cli
545. to provide power to power supply 76 09 Ethernet Power Supply Unit Without disconnection means plug in stabs or control 0 5 2100 EPSSKXWD 2100 EPS8JXWD 110 120V AC n and8 0 circuit transformer Requires separate 110 120 AC source A 2AN DCoutput Thispower cr fuses and control circuit transf o 2100 2 2100 58 02 supply is to be used with two ncludes disconnect fuses and control circuit transformer to 1 100 EPS8J_ 40A out us for Class II provide power to power supply Wiring Includes circuit breaker fuses and control circuit transformer 1 5 2100 EPSgK 30 13 2100 EPS8 30 19 to provide power to power supply Includes circuit breaker fuses and control circuit transformer 1 0 2100 EPS8K H 30 03 2100 58 H 30 13 to provide power to power supply Unit disconnecting means has a horizontal handle Redundant Ethernet Power Without disconnection means plug in stabs or control 1 0 2100 EPS8KXWD 786C 2100 EPS8JXWD 768C Supply Unit 110 120V AC circuit transformer Requires separate 110 120V AC source input and 8 0 A 24V DC m E Two power supplies Mens disconnect fuses control circuit transformerto 1 5 2100 EPS8K 768 2 2100 58 768 12 back up for Ethernet provide power to power supply system Incudes circuit breaker fuses and control circuit transformer 1 5 2100 EPSBK 30 768C 9 2100 58 30 768 9 to provide power to power
546. tom mounted Main unit and neutral unit doors are interlocked 5 Same as MLUG MFDS MCB for example if MLUG MFDS or MCB is in the top of the section main neutral bus is in top bus pocket 6 Horizontal neutral must be located on the opposite side of the MLUG except 6 space factor the neutral bus location is unrestricted 1200 A full rated neutral must be 6 space factor Vo restrictions Horizontal neutral must be located below the main power bus Top incoming only Horizontal neutral must be located below the main power bus 10 Option 88HN 88FN changes unit to full width of section with no vertical wireway next to unit 1 Not available with 600 A incoming lug compartment in horizontal wireway or 10 wide section with incoming lugs 2 May only be selected for 300 A main incoming lug compartment For ratings greater than 300 A use incoming neutral bus option 88HN_ or 88FN 13 May only be selected for 400 A and smaller main fusible disconnect switch For ratings greater than 400 A use incoming neutral bus option 88HN or 88FN 14 May only be selected for 400 A and smaller frame main circuit breaker For frame ratings greater than 400 use incoming neutral bus option 88HN or 88FN a es mi Table 141 Option Option Description FVC FVR FVNR TS1W Delivery Number TS2W Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2103L 2107 2113 2123 Interposing Relay 0 _go
547. tomation sales representative when the temperature difference is greater Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 343 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Motors Rated For Intermittent Duty Consult your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative 344 Class 20 Curve Time Current Characteristics 40 Average W Heater Trip Curve Time to Trip Seconds 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 Percent of Rated Current W Heater Ambient Temperature Correction Curve KL STANDARD RATING TEMPERATURE Percent of Rated Current 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 C T T T er 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10 120 130 140 150 160 Ambient Temperature Degrees Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Appendix Heater Element Selection Tables Table 303 Index to Heater Element Selection Tables Device Combination Motor Starters Bulletin Number Size Table Number 2106 2107 NEMA 1 4 Table 305 NEMA Table 143 NEMA 5 Table 311 NEMA Table 347 2112 2113 NEMA 1 Table 308 NEMA Table 181 0 5 space factor 2112 2113 0 NEMA 1 4 Table 305 NEMA Table 143 NEMA 5 Table 311 NEMA Table 347 NEMA 6 Table 309 NEMA Table 195 2112 2113 Vacuum contactor starters Table 309 NEMA Table 195 2713 0 NEMA 3 4 Table 307 NEM
548. tor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Not available on R frame circuit breakers option TRUG 9 Model 420L size 4 all voltages and size 5 at 380V 415V 480V and 600V only 10 Model 420X size 5 at 208V and 240V and size 6 all voltages 11 Provided as standard with Bulletin 2193LE and 2193PP 12 Only available with unit mounted industrial Ethernet switches 13 Locking Latch 114 and T Handles 111 are mutually exclusive Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 167 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 147 Option Option Description FVC FVR T 1W 2100 Frame Delivery Number TS2W ESW Program 2102L 2106 2112 2122 21031 2107 2113 2123 Control Type MTW TEW 90 copper 16 AWG Y Y Y Y SC Circuit wire VW1 rated Wiring 5 750 Type MTW TEW 90 C copper 14 AWG tinned Y Y Y Y wire VW1 rated 7505 8 Type SIS 90 C copper wire 14 AWG tinned Y Y Y Y SC 2 days Control om 750RL Insulated ring lugs for control wires where possible Y Y Y Y ys Lugs 5777 d 750SL Insulated spade lugs f
549. trol 13XD options see Table 173 for details Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 193 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 172 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Communication HIM and HIC Fusing Options Option Option Description SMC 3 SMC Flex Delivery Number Program 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 99 DeviceNet Starter 13DSA2 Four 120V AC inputs and two 120V AC outputs for DeviceNet Y Y ve sc Auxili exclusive 0 13DSA3 Four 24V DC inputs and two 120V AC outputs for DeviceNet Y Y X8 vo Communication 13GC ControlNet communication module Y Y Modules Mounted internal to SMC Flex mutually exclusive Includes one 1786 TPYS tap supplied loose for customer mounting 13609 DeviceNet communication module Mounted internal to SMC Flex Y Y 13GE Ethernet communication module Y Y Mounted internal to SMC Flex 13GR Single Point Remote 1 0 Y Y Ground Fault Current 13GF Provides ground fault core balance current transformer for ground fault Y Y Transformer indication Human Interface 13HBAO Blank Cover No Door mounted in bezel Cable to SMC Flex unit included No Y Y SC Module HIM
550. ts Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Combination Soft Starter SMC 3 Unit e Bulletin 150 SMC 3 Solid State Controller Three starting modes soft start kick start and current limit 3 135 A rating Built in bypass contactor and overload relay e NEMA Class 1 Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit Table 157 2154H B A 38 S 2155H B A 38THM Bulletin Number Wiring Type Current Rating NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Horsepower kW Code and Options Disconnecting Means Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Options 2154H SMC 3Soft Starter SMC A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket See Options section with Fusible Disconnect with external reset button beginning on page 191 2155H 5 3 Soft Starter SMC K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket with Circuit Breaker without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button Code Horsepower kW Code and J NEMA Type 12 without external reset Disconnecting Means Code Wiring Type button 2154H 38 38 Horsepower kW code B Type B See tables on Page 314 180 Code A B D E F G H J K L M Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Current 2155H 38THM 38 Horsepower kW code THM Circuit Breaker See tables on page 314 and 321 Code Line Voltage
551. ts Redesign and upgrade of ratings for 24 500 A SMC 2 and SMC PLUS units Original design of August 1997 SMC Dialog Plus units 1200 A 2193 Redesign of 1200 A 2193F and 2193M units November 1997 800 A 2193 Changed circuit breakers to MDL Frame November 1998 225 A 2193F Changed circuit breakers from J Frame to F Frame October 1999 T 2000 A 2193 Changed to Flange Mounted Operating Handle November 2000 All sizes Changed the Bulletin 800MR and Bulletin 800T PS pilot devices to Bulletin 800Es All 1 5 space factor units Changed unit bottom plate U All except 2100 SD1 Changed to new Bulletin 1497 control circuit transformer July 2001 2100 SD1 Changed smoke detector head and base components November 2001 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 25 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 7 Unit Series 1 General Information Units Series Letter Scope Description of Change Date Implemented in U S V 21620 21630 21640 21650 Redesign of 240 480V PowerFlex 70 and release of 600V PowerFlex 70 April 2002 2162R 2163R 21648 21658 Original release of PowerFlex 700 Beginning July 2002 2154H 2155H Original release of SMC 3 Beginning November 2002 2154 2155 Original release of SMC Flex Beginning April 2004 2112 sizes 3 4 and 5 Redesign to reduced space factor with Class J fuse clip April 2004 21627 2163T Original release of PowerFlex 40 S
552. ts with this option 3 Not available on Ethernet IntelliCENTER order 4 Not available for DeviceNet IntelliCENTER orders 5 When specifying options 13DSA2 or 13DSA3 with Bulletin 2154 and 2155 units option 1360 must also be specified 194 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 14 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 173 Bulletins 2154 and 2155 Isolation Contactor SCR Fusing and SMC Flex Control Mode Options Option Option Description SMC 3 SMC Flex Delivery N m 2154H 2155 2154 2155 92m Add Isolation 13IC Provides unit with Bulletin 100 isolation contactor 3 19A Y Y Y Y SC Contactor 24A 25 Y Y Y Y 30 37A 43A Y Y Y 54 60A Y v Y Y 85A Y Y Y 97 108 Y Y Y Y 135 180 v Y Y 201 251A Y 317 361A Y Y 480 500A Y Y Standard Starting This starting mode group provides soft start soft stop 5 480A Y Y Mode 2 8 current limit full voltage kick start preset slow speed linear speed start and stop and dual ramp Refer to SMC Flex section of publication 117 001 for detailed description of modes of operation Pump Control 0 9 13XB This starting
553. ttom of section 5 Fortransformers with 480V primary add 0 5 space factor 6 catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2196 FKBD If power fuse is NOT selected select fuse clip designator from table on page 318 for example 2196 FKBD 24J If power fuse IS selected select the fuse clip designator AND the manufacturer from table on page 318 for example 2196 FKBD 24JG For fuse rating based on transformer rating see publication 2100 TD003 7 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 8 For ratings 3 KVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A 9 240V and 480V are SC in U S and Canada 600 V is PE in U S and SC in Canada 10 240 V and 480V are SC II in U S and PE II in Canada 600V is PE II in U S and SC II in Canada Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFMR TIP The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor See page 113 for product description TIP Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors
554. ttom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 288 and 289 IMPORTANT Thehorsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 70 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 179 Bulletin 21620 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 480V Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1w gasket NEMATypei2 Delivery Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Program Factor Factor A 11 0 5 1 5 21620 1 1 33 2 0 21620A 1P1NJB 33 SC 1 6 0 75 2162QA 2P 1NKB 34 2162QA 2P 1NJB 34 2 1 1 21620A 2P1NKB 35 2162QA 2P1NJB 35 3 0 15 2162QA 3P4NKB 36 2162QA 3P4NJB 36 3 4 2 2162QA 3P4NKB 37 2162QA 3P4NJB 37 B 5 0 3 2162QA 5PONKB 38 2162QA 5PONJB 38 8 0 5 2162QA 8PONKB 39 25 21620A 8PONJB 39 C 11 75 20 2162QA 011NKB 40 3 0 2162QA 011NJB 40 14 10 2162QA 014NKB 41 21620A 014NJB 41 D 22 15 2 5 2162QA 022NKB 42 2162QA 022NJB 42 27 20 2162QA 027NKB 43 3 5 2162QA 027NJB 43 34 25 2162QA 034NKB 44 3 0 21620A 034NJB 44 40 30 3 0 21620A 040NKB 45 35 21620A 040NJB 45 E 52 40 3 00 2162QA 052NKB
555. ue 0 4 full scale accuracy kWh KVARh kVAH net true RMS to the 63 harmonic frequency 40 05 and power factor 0 4 The PowerMonitor 5000 unit includes min max event logs trend log up to 45 867 data points and distortion analysis with THD crest factor I V and distortion power factor Every PowerMonitor 5000 unit includes Ethernet network communication as standard and has options for DeviceNet and ControlNet network communication The 1426 M5 unit can be flash upgraded to M6 and M8 PowerMonitor 5000 units Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for details PowerMonitor 5000 Bulletin 1426 6 Same functionality as the Bulletin 1426 M5 except for the addition of harmonic analysis with TIF Crest Factor IEEE 519 and 96 THD and multiple channel and cycle oscillographic recordings In addition the same communication platforms are available Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 75 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 6 Metering Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2190 Analog Voltmeter and or Ammeter or Digital Metering System Current Transformers CTs shipped loose for field mounting Potential transformers PTs included as needed Field mountable in 0 5 1 0 or 1 5 space factor location Control Transformers included as needed
556. uency AC Motor Drive Units Table 186 Bulletin 21630 PowerFlex 70 VFD Units 600V Normal Duty CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Frame Rating Nominal HP Catalog Number NEMA Catalog Number 3 Delivery 1andType1 Type 12 Program w gasket Space Space Factor Factor A 0 9 0 5 15 21630A 0P9NKC 33 20 21630A 0P9NJC 33 SC 13 0 75 21630A 1P7NKC 34 21630A 1P7NJC 34 17 1 21630A 1P7NKC 35 21630A 1P7NJC 35 24 15 2163QA 2P7NKC 36_ 21630A 2P7NJC 36 27 2 21630A 2P7NKC 37 _ 21630A 2P7NJC37 _ B 3 9 3 21630A 3P9NKC 38 21630A 3P9NJC 38 6 1 5 21630A 6P1NKC 39 2 5 21630A 6P1NJC 39 C 9 0 7 5 2 0 21630A 9PONKC 40 3 0 2163QA 9PONJC 40_ 11 10 2163QA 011NKC 41_ 21630A 011NJC 41_ D 17 15 25 21630A 017NKC 42 216303 017 42 22 20 21630A 022NKC 43 _ 3 5 216304A 022N C 43 27 25 21630A 027NKC 44 3 0 21630A 027N C 44 32 30 21630A 032NKC 45 _ 216304A 032NJC 45 E 4 40 300 21630A 041NKC 46 4 0 21630A 041NJC 46 52 50 21630A 052NKC 47 2163QA 052NJC 47_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4 kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 70 700 Reference Manual publication 001 2 Requires 3
557. uency for Frame 4 and larger If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 2 Drive comes pre programmed for Heavy Duty Applications Refer to the PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 3 nominal horsepower ratings shown are for reference only Size the PowerFlex 755 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard 262 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Delivery Program SC 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 219 2162V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600 V AC Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 ND 600 V SpaceFactor Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Factor 3 0 9 0 50 25 2162VB 1P7NKC 33 25 2162VB 1P7NJC 33 3 13 0 75 25 2162VB 1P7NKC 34 25 2162VB 1P7NJC 34 3 17 1 25 2162VB 1P7NKC 35 25 2162VB 1P7NJC 35 3 24 15 25 2162VB 2P7NKC 36 25 2162
558. ul 2191M or 2191F page 84 but are not available in either NEMA Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction 10 Wide This section must be selected as part of a 2 section shipping split shipped attached to a 20 25 or 30 wide section It cannot be selected as free PE II Incoming Lug standing or attached to a section with 9 vertical wireway any 35 wide drive unit full section programmable controller 1600 A and 2000 A 2192M or Compartment 2000 A 2193M and is not available in NEMA 3R Type 4 or back to back construction For selection information refer to page 84 71 High This 70 48 high x 15 or 20 deep section accommodates standard plug in units up to and including 4 5 space factors Standard height bus 45 center ENG Section point and lower height bus 25 5 center point are available Please note the following restrictions for 71 high sections If top incoming unless a full section incoming main lug is used or top frame mounted device is required select lower height bus Ifbottom incoming unless full section incoming main lug is used or bottom frame mounted device is required select standard bus height If frame mounted transformer is required select standard bus height mounted transformer with top incoming main lug is required select standard height bus and use a full section incoming main lug Two frame mounted units cannot be used ina single section Top frame mo
559. units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause the drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module selection is required Select from Options section Drive includes two 24V DC Digital Inputs one 24V DC 115V AC Digital Input one Digital Form C Relay Output and one Analog Output Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 224 2163V Combination PowerFlex 755 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480V AC Heavy Duty Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 128 HD 480V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 2 21 1 25 2163 2 1 35 25 2163 2 18 8 35 2 30 15 25 2163VB 3P4HKB 36 25 2163VB 3P4HJB 36__ 2 34 2 25 2163VB 3P4HKB 37__ 25 2163VB 3P4HJB 37 2 50 3 25 2163VB 5POHKB 38 25 2163VB 5POHJB 38 2 80 5 25 2163VB BPOHKB 39 25 2163VB 8POHJB 39 2 11 75 25 21631 011 40 25 2163VB 011HJB 40 2 14 10 25 2163VB 022HKB 41 30 2163VB 022HJB 41 3 22 15 25 2163VB 027HKB 42 35 2163 027 8 42__ 3 77 20 25 2163VB 034HKB 43 35 2163VB 034HJB 3 3 34 25 30 2163VB O40HKB 44 35 2163VB O40HJB 4 4 40 30 30 2163VB O52HKB 45 40 2163VB 052HJB 5 4 52 40 30 2163VB OG5HKB 46 40 2163VB 065HJB 46 5 65 50 60x20 Wx 2163VB 077
560. units can cause drive to trip address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative e Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise e Unit consists of two compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together The fusible disconnect compartment has a horizontal operating handle For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 32 Table 85 Ratin Fuse Clip Rating Space Catalog Number 4 Delivery kvA Amperes Factor Wiring Type A Class Program 380V 4000 415V NEMA 1 NEMA Type 1 with NEMA Type 12 7 1w gasket 5 filters and Type 1 w gasket and filters 6 SINGLE PHASE 110 115 Volt secondary with one 1 pole circuit breaker 0 3115 9130 30 30 20 21967 _5 _ 21967 FK S 16A 21967 0 S PE I SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase to phase 110 V phase to center tap neutral 5 25 0 130 209 21967 6 21967 6 16A 2196 G NP
561. unted units and bottom frame mounted units cannot be mixed in the same line up for example Bulletin 2191 2192 2193 2195 2196 and 2197 units Only the following incoming main lug compartments are available pre engineered 300 A and 600 A in 1 0 space factors 800 A in 1 5 space factors 1200 A in 2 0 space factors 600 2000 A full section 4 5 space factors 6 0 space factor frame mounted units are not available See publication 2100 TD024 for more information 71 High Back There is no additional charge for assembling 15 or 20 deep sections back to back Back to back construction consists of two separate sections to Back Section 32 mounted together each with separate bus Front and rear sections must be equal in width Six 20 wide sections per shipping split is maximum A front to rear horizontal bus link is provided only when an incoming line lug compartment main breaker or main disconnect is selected This splice link is located at the opposite end of the MCC from the incoming line section Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Vertical Sections and IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 11 Section Features Modifications Delivery Program Cabinet Depth 15 deep 50 11 20 deep Enclosure Type NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with gasket gasketed unit door areas NEMA Type 12 totally gasketed enclosure with bottom closing plates NEM
562. upply power to devices such as E3 electronic overload relays in the 2100 DNBPS Power Supply event of loss of normal network power For more information refer to publication 2100 TD022 Ethernet Patch Cord Teal 600V PLTC used for internal MCC connections Can be used for external MCC Connections Replace with length 1585 M8HBJM 2 desired Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative to ensure valid catalog string or for cables with angled connectors Stratix Switch Stratix switch used in standard design for all IntelliCENTER MCC with EtherNet IP network 6 Port 1783 BMS6TL a orders Other versions are available Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or 10 Port 1783 BMS10CL Rockwell Automation sales representative for details 1 Refer to the DeviceNet Media Design and Installation Guide publication DNET UMO072 for application information 2 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative for ordering information 334 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Appendix Approximate Dimensions Appendix A All 6 0 space factor units are frame mounted and do not have a vertical wireway 2 50 1 64 mm 6 e WIREWAY e 152 mm 51 n L e 152 mm 381 mm 1 14 29 mm 114 29
563. uration includes three power poles and one hold in contact Includes line terminal guards for circuit breakers on all units IMPORTANT Toaddressthe heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 5096 Table 26 Rating Transformer Primary Switching kVA 6 Space Catalog Number 6 Delivery Amperes 2081 2401 3804 4154 4801 6001 Factor Wiring Type B Class Program 19 139 119 39 10 39 119 139 119 39 NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket 30 9 12 36 24 43 28 731 49 88 62 11 05 2103LB ZK_ __ 210318 7 _ __ SC 30 12 36 24 43 28 71 49 88 62 11 10 2103LB BK_ __ 2103LB B DUAL 12 36 24 43 28 71 49 85 62 1 15 21008 8K 120388 0 30 60 2 1 63 41 72 68 11 8 83 14 10 18 1 0 2103LB CK 210318 0 100 41 12 8 1 14 13 3 23 3 16 28 20 35 15 2103LB DK 2103LB D 200 6 8 20 14 EE 27 47 34 59 25 2103LB EK 2103LB E PE 300 14 41 27 47 45 783 5 94 68 117 3 5 2103LB FK 2103LB 1 Ampere ratings apply to non motor loads such as fluorescent ballasts mercury vapor lamps and resistive heating Tungsten lamp current ratings are limited to applications 480 volts line to li
564. urer from table on page 318 for example 21967 FKBD 24JG For fuse rating based on transformer rating see publication 2100 TD003 5 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is provided 6 For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit is still NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 157 for option 16A 7 240V and 480V are SC Il in U S and PE II in Canada 600V is PE II in U S and SC II in Canada uS 120 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 9 Transformer Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFMR continued See 113 for product description TIP Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip To address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it can be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative Transformers with 7 5 kVA rating and larger have Class 180 C 80 C rise 3 50 KVA consists of two compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together
565. ures as shown in the table on page 27 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 23 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 1 General Information Section Nameplate Data When communicating with Rockwell Automation about a particular Allen Bradley motor control center the catalog number or serial number and series letter are required to properly identify the equipment Refer to the CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers User Manual publication 2100 INO12 for more information Each vertical section has a nameplate located on the vertical wireway door On special width sections the nameplate is located on the section door Information on the section nameplate includes Catalog number serial number Series letter of the section Maximum bus bar voltage and current rating e Section location number AD BUL 2100 a MOTOR CONTROL CENTER CATALOG NO SERIAL NO 5 SN L DBCN99 1 BUS RATINGS 600 VAC MAX 3 PHASE HORIZ VERT EACH POWER 1200 POWER 300 SIDE SN 6500818477000100 3 e 800 00 OF N A N A HORIZ VERT HORIZ am N A G NEUTRAL BUS MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SECTION R490618 Allen Bradley PLANT RC RICHLAND CENTER WI U S A Unit Label Data When communicating with Rockwell Automation about a particular Allen Bradley motor control center the catalog number or serial number and series letter are required to properly identify the equipment Refer to the CENTERLINE
566. utomation sales representative 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 Chapter 1 1 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order Table 117 Description TSIW TS2W Option Delivery 21021 21031 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 Number Program FORWARD OFF REVERSE Y HIGH LOW STOP OFF Y 1B STOP Y Y ON OFF 9 Y 1E FAST SLOW STOP Push Buttons and Selector HAND ON HAND OFF HAND OFF AUTO Y Switch 00 HAND START HAND STOP HAND OFF AUTO Y Control Station Housing 6 Blank Y Y 2 1 hole for one pilot device Y 2 2 holes for two pilot devices Y Y 2B 3 holes for three pilot devices Y 2 4 holes for four pilot devices Y Y 2 9 Selector Switch VO 9 HAND OFF AUTO Y v 3 sc M one switch per unit 22 HIGH LOW OFF X FAST SLOW OFF Y OFF ON Y Push buttons cannot be used in conjunction with selector switches except with option 1F Generally when more than three devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied When three or less devices are selecte
567. ve 6 Y Y 51 Push To Test LED ON v8 X8 X 9 vO 3 ON OFF ve vw vo vo lo FAULT Y E 1 When three or less pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices Generally when more than three pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied For 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied Maximum four pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units 4 Select one N O and one N C auxiliary contact option 901 when isolation contactor option 1310 is not selected Select N C auxiliary contact option 91 when isolation contactor option 1310 is selected 5 Not available with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary Option 13DSA3 6 Select one N O auxiliary contact Option 90 when ON pilot light is selected for SMC Flex units Select one N 0 and one N C auxiliary contact Option 90 and 91 when ON OFF pilot lights are selected for SMC Flex units 192 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 2 Pilot devices for 0 5 space factor units are Bulletin 800F A minimum of 1 0 space factor is required for SMC 3 units when more than four pilot devices are required 3 Select two N O auxiliary contacts option 900 for SMC 3 units with ON light and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA when isolation contactor option 131C is not selected Select one N 0 auxiliary contacts option 90 for SMC 3 unit
568. ve Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included Optional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers IMPORTANT The HP and kW ratings shown below are for reference only Size PowerFlex 40 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating Table 204 Bulletin 2162T PowerFlex 40 VFD Units 380 480V Normal Duty Frame Rating Nominal kW Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Delivery 380 41550 480V Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number 0 Factor Factor B 14 037 0 5 109 2163 1 _ _ 159 2163 1 _ _ 5 23 0 55 0 75 0 75 1 0 2163TA 2P3K 2163TA 2P3 _ 4 0 11 15 1 5 2 0 2163TA 4P0K_ _ 2163 4 0
569. ve VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480V AC See page 237 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual publication 228 0 001 All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Basicconfiguration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses 80VA control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included Optional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 288 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors IMPORTANT The horsepower and kW ratings shown below are for reference only S
570. vices used for motor running overcurrent protection Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 312 HP RPM Full load Current HP RPM Full load Current 208V 240V 480V 600V 208V 240V 480V 600V 0 25 3600 1 20 1 04 0 52 0 42 40 3600 111 96 0 48 0 38 4 1800 1 39 1 20 0 60 0 48 1800 117 102 50 8 40 6 1200 1 62 1 40 0 70 0 56 1200 119 103 51 7 414 0 33 3600 148 1 28 0 64 0 51 50 3600 141 122 61 2 49 0 1800 1 69 1 46 0 73 0 58 1800 144 125 62 3 49 8 1200 1 89 1 64 0 82 0 66 1200 147 127 63 4 50 7 0 50 3600 2 08 1 80 0 90 0 72 60 3600 165 143 71 6 573 1800 2 54 2 20 110 0 88 1800 172 149 743 594 1200 2 89 2 50 1 25 1 00 1200 173 150 749 59 9 0 75 3600 2 89 2 50 1 25 1 00 75 3600 204 177 88 5 70 8 1800 347 3 00 1 50 1 20 1800 211 183 91 4 73 1 1200 3 81 3 30 1 65 1 32 1200 215 186 93 1 745 1 3600 3 51 3 04 1 52 1 22 100 3600 267 231 116 92 6 1800 425 3 68 1 84 1 47 1800 276 239 119 95 5 1200 4 60 3 98 1 99 1 59 1200 281 243 122 97 2 15 3600 5 04 4 36 2 18 1 74 125 3600 333 288 144 115 1800 5 80 5 02 2 51 2 01 1800 340 294 147 118 1200 6 49 5 62 2 81 2 25 1200 347 300 150 120 2 3600 6 51 5 64 2 82 2 26 150 3600 397 344 172 138 1800 7 18 6 22 311 2 49 1800 404 350 175 140 1200 8 20 7 10 3 55 2 84 1200 414 358 179 143 3 3600 9 24 8 00 4 00 3 20 200 3600 524 454 22
571. vy Duty Applications can allow 150 overload of listed output current for 60 seconds Ampere ratings are at a 4 kHz carrier frequency for Frame 3 and smaller Ampere ratings are at a 2 kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above these values are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated or Frame 4 and larger Delivery Program SC For derating information contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative and or refer to PowerFlex 750 Series Programming Manual 750 001 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertica Size PowerFlex 753 drive units according to the application and output ampere rating 3 catalog numbers listed not complete Select the appropriate suffix from Table 279 to identify the circuit breaker type for example 2163UB 034NKB 44THM wireway Horizontal bus is 5 in deeper than standard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 15 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 214 2163U Combination PowerFlex 753 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 600V AC Normal Duty CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Frame Rating Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 128 ND 600V Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number 3 0 9 0 5 25 21630 1 7
572. wee 100k 35k 2193F BKC _THXL 2193F BJC _THXL PE Thermal THM 15 100A 100k 65k 25k 0 55 2193FZ BKC _THM 2193FZ BJC _THM SC is THX Ll 100 35 2193FZ BKC THX 2193FZ BJC THX SC LSI THML 25 60 100 AO 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ BKC _THML 2193FZ BJC _THML PE THL 00 wee 100k 35k 2193FZ BKC _THXL 2193FZ BJC _THXL PE a A i TJU 30 150A 1 100 0 5 2193FZ CKC 11 2193F7 OC TJU SC TJU 30 150A e 100k 1 0 2193F CKC _TJU 2193F CJC _TJU SC LSI TJUL 15A 40A 60 100A 100k 2193FZ CKC _TJUL 2193FZ CJC _TJUL PE 150A TJUL 15A 40A 60 100A 100k 2193F CKC TJUL 2193F OC JUL PE 150A Table is continued on the next page Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 97 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 7 Main and Feeder Units Table 67 Frame Range of Available Interrupting Capacity Rating Space Catalog Number Wiring Type A only Delivery Trips Amperes RMS Symmetrical Amperes Factor Class 1 Program Rating Trip Suffix 208V 240V 380V 400V 600V NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Ampere Style 415V 480V Type 1 w Gasket 250A Thermal UM 70 90 225A 100k 65k 25k 15 2193F CKC _TJM 2193 0 sc C Mag Thermal UX e 100k 35k 2193F CKC TJX 2193F QC TJX SC Mag LSI
573. werFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V AC HEAVY DUTY See page 215 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 15096 for 60 seconds and 20096 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM001 Basic configuration includes branch circuit short circuit drive input fuses control circuit transformer door and unit support pan Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 700 drives are cULus UL and C UL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 358 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Give strong consideration to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section locate the drive unit with the highest rating at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units can cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are requi
574. with option 7FEC 7 or 7 2 11 Except primary wiring to control transformers On units where the control transformer is inaccessible for example installed under a mounting bracket the transformer secondary x1 is wired to the transformer secondary fuse and the transformer secondary x2 is grounded and wired to the coil on Bulletin 2102 or 2103 units to the coil on the starter units when option 18 is selected to the normally closed overload relay auxiliary contact on the starter units when option 18 is not selected 12 On units with E300 overload relay the external reset option R is always wired and with separate control E300 overload relay is wired to control circuit fuse 13 2 0 space factor minimum when selected on Bulletin 2106 and 2107 size 1 or 2 14 Not available with dual units 15 A 120 240V AC source must be provided 16 Bulletins 2192F and 2192M require option 98 external 0 auxiliary contact Bulletins 2193F and 2193M require option 98 0 external auxiliary contact or 790K G H and J and 790A all other frames N 0 internal auxiliary contact 17 Not available with dual 2192F units 18 Only available with non wireway switch units 19 Available in CR2 20 Delivery Program is PE Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 157 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units 11 Factory Installe
575. without external reset button Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 67 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 5 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVNR See page 67 for product description e Units are cULus listed unless otherwise indicated Table 39 NEMA Horsepower Fuse Clip Space Catalog Number 2 Delivery Size See Appendix for short Factor Wiring Type B Class Program circuit withstand ratings 480V 600V Rating Amperes Class NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w NEMA Type 12 gasket 2112B 3BA CC J 2112B 3BD 1 These units have horizontal operating handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 27 for information on installation into series E J sections 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 313 for example 2112B 3BABD Select horsepower from table on page 314 for example 2112B 3BABD 38 Select fuse class from above Then select clip designator from table on page 316 for example 2112B 3BABD 38 24J IMPORTANT The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external
576. x One Form C Alarm G H J K AorB vi v Y v mounted internally in Circuit Breaker M N 790T One Form C Alarm mounted internally in G H J Aor B Viv Y Y Y A Y Circuit Breaker 790B Two Form C Aux One Form C Alarm G H J AorB Viv Y Y Y Y Y mounted internally in Circuit Breaker 1 Multiple auxiliary contacts ofthe same type must be grouped by repeating the second digit for each required contact of that type For example to get four of option 98 and two of option 99 the combined string would be 98888 999 GS All options use 120V AC rated accessories Only available with R Frame breakers For vacuum contactor starters only options codes 91 or 900 9111 are allowed Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 004 October 2015 165 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 11 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Table 145 Maximum Number of Additional Auxiliary Contacts Per Starter Contactor Bulletin Number 1 NEMA Size 1 2 Size 3 5 Size 6 21021 21031 29 6 5 2112 2113 0 4 2103L 2113 Dual 2106 2107 4 4 2122 2123 2102L 2103L 2112 2113 0 55 3 2126 2127 4 1 Units selected with OFF pilot light use one of these contacts Bulletins 2126 and 2127 use two of thes
577. x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 25 W x 20 D 156N 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 30 W x 2070 186N 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None 5 W 5 W 5 W 5 W 25 W x 20 D 12 6 0 S F x None None None 35 W x 20 D 248N 1 1G 6 0 S F x None None None None None None None 30 W x 20 D 12 SN 235 20 E 3S zs zu 1 Type 12 w 14RLX or 14RXL becomes 6 0 S F 20 W x 15 D 298 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 16 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Table 248 Space Factor Adders for Bulletin 2163U and 2163V Normal Duty CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Drive Rating Code 600407 T NEMA Type BaseUnit Space Factor Adder Space MDE 14R__ 140 ___ 112 14DF___ 14R__ 14DF__ Factor and 14R__ and112A and112A 4148 and 112A 1P7N 2P7N 3P9N 1 1G 2 5 None None None None None None None 12 2 5 None None None None None None None 6P1N 1 1G 2 5 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 12 2 5 None 0 5 0 5 None None 0 5 0 5 9PON 011N 1 1G 2 5 None 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 None None None None None None None 017N 022N 1 1G 25 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 12 3 5 None Non
578. xternal to the disconnect Delivery Program SC The table is continued on the next page 330 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 20 Hardware and Kits Table 286 Unit Hardware and Kits CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Description Catalog Delivery Number Program External Auxiliary One Normally Open Must be used with external auxiliary adapter kit Unit SeriesQ 2100H N19 SC Contact lat One Normally Closed Tu 2100H N20 FOR BOLTED Mounts one form C auxiliary contact on the operating mechanism external to the bolted pressure Unit SeriesQ 2100H N26A PRESSURE Switch and later SWITCHES F 2192Fand M Mounts two form C auxiliary contacts on the operating mechanism external to the bolted pressure 2100H N26B 600A 800Aand Switch 12003 units 1 Plug in units have provision for a maximum of four pull apart terminal blocks any combination of 3 pole or 5 pole blocks Not available on 0 5 space factor units 2 1 5 space factor Bulletin 2193F with 225 A frame breakers use kit 2100H NXT05B2 3 Kit permits mounting of two Bulletin 595 A normally open 595 B normally closed auxiliary contacts only Not compatible with Bulletin 1495 NB 1495 NP auxiliary contact kits Table 287 Unit Hardware and Kits continued Description Catalog Delivery Number Program External FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS Mounts on
579. y contact mus When used with option 11DSA 7FEC 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 901 one N O and one N C auxiliary con 6 When used with option TF 11DSA_ 7FEE Important required option code for Bulle in2 2 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 1F or 11DSA_ option 901 one 0 and one N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used with option 1F and 11DSA3 option 9001 two N 0 and one N C auxiliary contacts must be selected 3 When ON and OFF or ON and OVERLOAD pilot lights are selected in conjunction with push buttons and control type is separate control or transformer control the pilot lights are Bulletin 800F pilot lights and the push buttons are Bulletin 800T 4 When used with option 11DSA_ 7FEC_ 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 90 1 N O auxiliary contact must be selected be selected D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 90 N 0 auxiliary con 12 and 2113 vacuum contac When used with option and 11DSA3 7FEE_D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 Important required option code for Bulle 7 Option 91 one N C auxiliary contact mus When used with option 1F 1105 7 Important required option code for Bulle in2 12 and 2113 vacuum contac be selected D 7FEC_ ENET 7FE2 or 7FE3 option 901 0 and one N C auxiliary contact must be selected in2 12 and 2113 vacuum contac or starter units is 900111 option 900 2 0 auxilia or starter unit
580. y fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208V phase to phase 120V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 E 20 15 250 21977 PK_H 21977 H 16A 2197 0 H 15 7 5 20 20 21977 0 21977 0 H 16A 219770 H 28125 40 30 21972 SK_H __ 2197LSK H 16A 219775 _ 30 15 50 40 209723K H 219722K H 16A 21972 H 375 185 60 50 25 20972AK 21972AK H 16A 21972 H 4Q25 70 60 ay p 209722WK 21977 14 H 16A 219724 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3 kVA and larger transformers to maximize transformer li e we recommend that the trans ormer not be loaded to greater than 5096 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered door is sufficient GS Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Must be located at bottom of section The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 313 for example 2197Z FKBD Select the trip current from table on page 318 for example 2197Z FKBD 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 321 for example 2197Z FKBD 30TGM For ratings 3 kVA and larger vented door is p
581. ync Includes Gigabit Ports ENG p 4 NAT Includes CIP Sync and Gigabit Ports ENG 1 For6 port switch gigabit ports are RJ 45 ports 5 and 6 For 10 port switch gigabit ports are combo ports 9 and 10 For 20 port switch gigabit ports are combo ports 19 and 20 Not available on 20 port and 30 port with full firmware firmware option F SS Only available with full firmware firmware option F Table 115 Wireway Adapter Connection Type Only available on 10 or 20 port switches in 0 5 1 0 SF designs not available in horizontal wireway Not available with 06 or 30 port options Code Wireway Adapter Connection Type Delivery Program p Power Adapters Only PE Ae Both Ethernet and Power Adapters PE 1 Available with wireway mounted switch in CR2 2 Available with unit mounted switch in CR2 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers 143 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 116 Other Miscellaneous Units 10 Miscellaneous Units Description Space Catalog Number Delivery Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type C Terminal Board Unit Includes Bulletin Top mounted 4
582. your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative For 1600 2000 A applications that require ground fault protection see option 88GF on page 159 Non fused mains are available in 600 2000 A See Fuse Clip Sizes Types table on page 93 2192MT Top mounted main 30 2000 A are top fed 2192MB Bottom mounted main 30 400 A are top fed 2192MB Bottom mounted main 600 2000 A are reverse fed Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Give special consideration to the mounting of the CTs for a metering device Consider the addition of a pull box Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table Includes line terminal guard Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 93 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Table 64 Switch Fuse Clip Line Lugs Provided Space Catalog Number 8 Delivery Rating Factor Wiring Type A Only Class Program Amperes Uem 5 Rating Class Cables Cable WireSize Wire NEMAType 1and NEMA Type 12 Amperes Phase Range 0 1 w gasket 30 30 JRH 1 14 48 AWG CU 159 2192 8 2192 _ _ SC 60 60 1 14 6 AWG CU 219M K 219M Q 100 100 1 8 1 0 AWG CU 2192M DK 21M D 200 200 1 16 4 0 AWG CU 209 2192M_ EK_ 2192M_ EJ_ 400 400 2 1 0 250 kcmil CU 250 2192M FK 2192M_ FJ 6
583. ype table on page 320 for example 2113B 3BABD 38TGA IMPORTANT 68 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K for example 2113B 3BK_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter 7 for example 21138 38 Rockwell Automation Publication 2100 CA004C EN P October 2015 5 Contactor and Starter Units CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Bulletin 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F Combination 2 speed Starter Units TS2W and TS1W These combination 2 speed starter units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 520 starter and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The 2122 and 2123 starter units are designed for use with motors having separate windings or consequent pole windings The 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F are rated for NEMA sizes 1 5 Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote devices The 2 speed starter units are available with a eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relay Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F Combination 2 speed Starter Units TS2W and TS1W Allen Bradley Bulletin 520 starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker Designed with separate windings or consequent pole windings NEMA Class Type B wiring with terminals mounted

CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents